Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
CS_ cut sheets - Solera_20220607_V1
The FireLock Air Maintenance Trim Package is designed to control the system air pressure when using the Series 756 Dry Valves, Series 758 Actuated Valves, or the FireLock NXT 768 Dry and 769 Acutated Devices for dry sprinkler applications. The Victaulic® Air Maintenance Trim Assembly should be used with a reliable source of continuous (24 hours/day, 7 days/week) air available, such as shop air or a tank mounted air compressor with an attached pressure control switch. The high pressure of the supply air is reduced by the integral regulator in the Air Maintenance Trim Assembly to the recommended air pressure based on the water supply pressure. Note: The regulator must be manually set to the recommended air pressure based upon the guidelines given in the Installation and Maintenance Instructions for pneumatic systems. The air maintenance assembly will maintain the set air pressure as long as the supply air pressure is greater then the system air pressure. COMPONENTS Included in the Air Maintenance Trim Assembly are the following components: • High quality regulator which maintains the sprinkler piping air pressure • Strainer – A 100 mesh strainer is used to prevent particles from entering the Air Maintenance System and the sprinkler system. • Restrictor – A brass Restrictor is used in the maintenance loop in order to assure that air cannot enter the sprinkler system faster then air can be discharged through an open head. • Spring Loaded In-line Check Valve – Bubble tight ball check used to isolate the valve air maintenance system from air leaks in the air supply system. • Fast Fill Line – Used to rapidly restore system air pressure following operation or service. • Recommend maximum of two systems per air maintenance trim. • Regulator is a pressure reducing type. WARNING This product must be installed by an experienced, trained installer, • in accordance with the instructions provided with each valve. These instructions contain important information. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury, property damage or valve leakage. If you need additional copies of this product literature or the valve installation instructions or have any questions about the safe installation and use of this device, contact Victaulic Company, P.O. Box 31, Easton, PA 18044-0031 USA, Telephone: 001-610-559-3300. WARNING 30.35_1 FireLock® Devices Air Maintenance Trim Assembly SERIES 757 30.35IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. __________________________Submitted By ________________________Spec Sect ____________ Para __________ Location ____________________________Date ________________________________Approved ___________________________ Date ________________________________ www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REV_D SEE VICTAULIC PUBLICATION 10.01 FOR DETAILS NOTES 1 An air regulator must be used with Series 756/Series 758/Series 768/Series 769 Actuated Valves utilizing an Accelerator. 2 When supervisory air is required, such as in an electrically activated preaction system, the pres- sure should be set as low as the supervisory pressure switch installed will permit. 3 When installed with multiple pneumatic actuated valves, (two maximum) the systems must be isolated by using a spring loaded soft seat check valve to assure air integrity to each system. INSTALLATION & ADJUSTMENT Install the Air Maintenance Trim Assembly in the orientation shown on the appropriate trim drawing. The Air Maintenance Trim Assembly is intended to be used in systems that have a source of com- pressed air available such as shop air or a tank mounted air compressor. Refer to the Installation, Maintenance and Testing Manuals of the particular valve being installed for detailed setting information and procedures. Adjustment To increase the set pressure pull the knob of the regulator out and turn the knob clockwise until the desired pressure is read on the regulator gauge. More accurate adjustment of the system air pres- sure should then be made using the system pressure gauge. After final adjustment lock the regulator by pushing the knob in. To decrease the set pressure pull the knob of the regulator out and turn the knob counterclockwise until the desired pressure is read on the regulator gauge. More accurate adjustment of the system air pressure should then be made using the system pressure gauge. After final adjustment lock the regulator by pushing the knob in. 30.35_2 FireLock® Devices Air Maintenance Trim Assembly SERIES 757 30.35IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REV_D RECOMMENDED AIR PRESSURE FOR DRY AND PNEUMATIC ACTUATED SYSTEMS AIR PRESSURE – psi MAXIMUM WATER SUPPLY PRESSURE - psi (Peak) 5 10 0 10 20 15 30 20 40 25 50 60 75 100 200 30012522517527515025050 767, 776, and798 Actuators 753A A ct u at or COMPRESSOR REQUIREMENTS 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 System Capacity (in gallons)Required Flow Rate (CFM)650600550500450400350300250200150100507007508008509009501000105011001150120012501300135014001450150013 psi/90 kPa 55 psi/379 kPa 40 psi/276 kPa 20 psi/138 kPa 30.35_3 FireLock® Devices Air Maintenance Trim Assembly SERIES 757 30.35IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REV_D WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. NOTE PROPER AIR SUPPLIES FOR SERIES 756/SERIES 758/SERIES 768/SERIES769 ACTUATED VALVES: 1. When a riser or base mounted air compressor is being used to supply air to a dry valve or preac- tion system it is not necessary to use the air maintenance trim assembly with the air regulator. In this circumstance the air line of the compressor is connected to the valve trim at the fitting into which the Air Maintenance Trim is normally installed. When the valve is used with this setup it is the engineer/system designer’s responsibility to size the compressor so that the compressor brings the entire system to the required pressure in 30 minutes. The compressor must not be oversized to provide more air flow as this will slow down or possibly prevent the operation of the valve. It must further be emphasized that the base mounted compressor does not provide any backup air to the system and that continuous service (24 hours per day, 7 days per week) must be maintained in order to prevent the potential of false tripping of the valve due to loss of air pressure. Additionally, due to the large on/off differential available on pressure switches that control base mounted compressors, the compressor pressure switch must be adjusted so that the “ON” contact of the pressure switch is set a minimum of 5 psi higher than the set point of the regulator. 2. When shop air or a tank mounted air compressor is being used, the Air Maintenance Trim Assembly (AMTA) must be used. The AMTA is designed to provide the proper air regulation to the sprinkler system which will assure the proper operation of the Fire Safety Valve. In the event of a compressor becoming inoperative the tank mounted air compressor provides the greatest protection. With a properly sized tank, air can be continuously supplied to the sprinkler sys- tem for an extended period of time even with a loss of compressor. 30.35 FireLock® Devices Air Maintenance Trim Assembly SERIES 757 30.35IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS WCAS-7MYM68 For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com 30.35 2515 REV D UPDATED 1/2009 VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2009 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Certifications/Listings: See Victaulic Publication 10.01 for more details. Product Description: The patent-pending Victaulic Series 768 FireLock NXT Dry Valve is a low differential, latched clapper valve that uses a unique direct acting diaphragm to separate system water supplies from dry-pipe sprinkler systems. 1 see page 12 for European trim Patent Pending 104f/01MEA: 248-98-E 1 1 1 1 30.80 1 victaulic.com | NXT Dry Valve | Series 768 | Publication 30.80 30.80 4219 Rev G Updated 01/2015 © 2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. FireLock NXT™ Dry Valve Series 768 Job/Owner System No. Location Contractor Submitted By Date Engineer Spec Section Paragraph Approved Date Features: The low differential, unique latch and actuator design of the valve allows the valve to be reset without opening the valve. The low differential design is not subject to water columns. The valve allows the water to operate a water motor alarm and/or electric pressure alarms, which continue until the flow of water stops. With the optional accelerator, the valve can be configured to respond faster for use in larger systems, or where faster response times are required. The valve is rated to 300 psi/2065 kPa water working pressure and is factory tested hydrostatically to 600 psi/ 4135 kPa for sizes 1 ½ – 8"/40 – 200 mm. VdS trim configurations are approved to 16 BAR (see page 12). Required air pressure for all trim variations is 13 psi/ 90 kPa. The Series 768 is available grooved x grooved. Standard grooved dimensions conform to ANSI/AWWA C606. The Victaulic Series 768 FireLock NXT Dry Valve is made of high-strength, low-weight ductile iron, and it offers easy access to all internal parts. All internal parts are replaceable. Maintenance and service can be performed without removing the valve from its installed position. The rubber clapper seal is replaced easily without removing the clapper from the valve. The valve is painted inside and out to increase corrosion resistance. The body is tapped for main drain and all available trim configurations. Installation Options The Victaulic Series 768 FireLock NXT Dry Valve is available bare, or in the following configurations: Pre-trimmed The pre-trimmed valve comes completely assembled with all necessary trim components. Vic-Quick Riser The Vic-Quick Riser comes completely pre-trimmed and includes a shut off valve (uses a Series 705W FireLock Butterfly valve – request publication 10.18; for 1 ½ and 2"/40 and 50 mm sizes, the Vic-Quick Riser comes with a Series 728 Ball Valve – request publication 10.17) for system shut off, pre-set pressure switches, and a drain kit for ease of installation. For complete Vic-Quick Riser information request publication 30.20. Series 745 FireLock Fire-Pac (Available in North America only) The Fire-Pac is a completely pre-assembled fire protection valve that provides maximum service in a minimal enclosed space. The unit includes a water supply shutoff valve, the sprinkler system fire protection valve, alarm line pressure switches, air supervisory pressure switches, supervisory pump switches, and digital pressure gauges that are easily viewed through a window in the cabinet door. For complete Fire-Pac information request publication 30.23. Optional accessories ship separately. Exaggerated for clarity Note: Valve is shown in the “set” position Clapper Seal LatchClapper DiaphragmAssembly Seat Exaggerated for Clarity 2 victaulic.com | NXT Dry Valve | Series 768 | Publication 30.80 30.80 4219 Rev G Updated 01/2015 © 2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com Dimensions: The 4 Inch/114.3 Mm Ul Listed, FM Approved Configuration Is Shown Below 1 ½ – 2"/48.3 – 60.3 mm Configurations Contain ¾"/19 mm Drain Valves. 2 ½ – 3"/73.0 – 88.9 mm Configurations Contain 1 ¼"/31 mm Drain Valves. 4 – 8"/114.3 – 219.1 mm Configurations Contain 2"/50 mm Drain Valves. Nominal Size Actual Outside Diameter Dimensions Approx. Weight Each A A1 B B1 C D D1 E E1 F G H J K Without Trim With Trim inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm lbs. kg lbs. kg 1 1/2 1.900 9.00 16.35 27.25 39.50 13.75 16.00 —5.25 8.50 9.50 21.25 3.04 9.17 6.98 16.7 43.04048.3 228.60 415.29 692 1003 349 406 133 215 241 539 77.21 232.91 177.29 7.6 19.5 2 2.375 9.00 13.37 27.25 39.50 13.75 16.00 —5.25 8.50 9.50 21.25 3.04 9.17 6.98 17.0 43.05060.3 228.60 339.60 692 1003 349 406 133 215 241 539 77.21 232.91 177.29 7.7 19.5 2 1/2 2.875 12.61 16.50 32.25 44.25 13.50 16.00 17.50 5.25 9.00 9.25 21.25 3.90 10.50 6.93 41.0 65.06573.0 320.29 419.10 819 1123 342 406 444 133 228 234 539 99.06 266.70 176.02 18.7 29.5 76.1 mm 3.000 12.61 16.50 32.25 44.25 13.50 16.00 17.50 5.25 9.00 9.25 21.25 3.90 10.50 6.93 41.0 65.076.1 320.29 419.10 819 1123 342 406 444 133 228 234 539 99.06 266.70 176.02 18.7 29.5 3 3.500 12.61 16.50 32.25 44.25 13.50 16.00 17.50 5.25 9.00 9.25 21.25 3.90 10.50 6.93 41.0 65.08088.9 320.29 419.10 819 1123 342 406 444 133 228 234 539 99.06 266.70 176.02 18.7 29.5 4 4.500 15.03 19.83 33.50 45.50 15.00 15.75 20.50 5.25 9.00 10.75 21.00 6.25 9.62 8.46 59.0 95.0100114.3 381.76 503.68 850 1155 381 400 520 133 228 273 533 158.75 244.34 214.88 26.7 43.0 165.1 mm 6.500 16.00 22.00 34.00 46.00 15.50 17.00 22.00 5.25 8.50 11.50 20.50 6.20 9.62 8.84 80.0 116.0165.1 406.40 558.80 863 1168 393 431 558 133 215 292 520 157.48 244.34 224.53 36.2 52.6 6 6.625 16.00 22.05 34.00 46.00 15.50 17.00 22.00 5.25 8.50 11.50 20.50 6.20 9.62 8.84 80.0 116.0150168.3 406.40 560.07 863 1168 393 431 558 133 215 292 520 157.48 244.34 224.53 36.2 52.6 8 8.625 17.50 23.00 33.50 45.50 16.75 20.00 25.25 6.25 8.75 12.75 18.50 6.05 9.40 10.21 122.0 158.0200219.1 444.50 584.20 850 1155 425 508 641 158 222 323 469 153.67 238.76 259.33 55.3 71.6 NOTES: The “A” dimension coupling is not shown in order to clarify dimensional callouts. Components shown as dotted lines denote optional equipment. * Measurements denoted with an asterisk take optional equipment into account. Optional drain connection kit is shown for reference and takeout dimensions. A J *A1 B *B1 G F D *D1 CFull Open K *E1 E H 3 victaulic.com | NXT Dry Valve | Series 768 | Publication 30.80 30.80 4219 Rev G Updated 01/2015 © 2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4 victaulic.com | NXT Dry Valve | Series 768 | Publication 30.80 30.80 4219 Rev G Updated 01/2015 © 2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com Performance: Hydraulic Friction Loss The chart below expresses the flow of water at 65ºF/18ºC through a full open valve. Frictional Resistance The chart below expresses the frictional resistance of Victaulic Series 768 FireLock NXT. Dry Valve in equivalent feet of straight pipe. Nominal Size Actual Outside Diameter Equivalent Length of Pipe inches mm inches mm feet meters 1 1/2 1.900 3.004048.3 0.914 2 2.375 9.005060.3 2.743 2 1/2 2.875 8.006573.0 2.438 76.1 mm 3.000 8.0076.1 2.439 3 3.500 17.008088.9 5.182 4 4.500 21.00100114.3 6.401 165.1 mm 6.500 22.00165.1 6.706 6 6.625 22.00150168.3 6.706 8 8.625 50.00200219.1 15.240PRESSURE DROP – PSI FLOW RATE – GPM 800 3,000 8,000 6.05.04.0 3.0 2.0 1.00.90.80.70.60.50.4 0.3 0.2 0.110 20 30 40 60 80 100 200 300 400 600 1,000 2,000 4,000 6,000 10,000 20,0003"/80mm 4"/10 0 m m 6"/150mm and 165.1mm8"/200mm2½"/65 m m a nd 7 6. 1 m m 1½"/40mm2"/50mm Operation: The Series 768 Dry Valve contains a clapper, which has a replaceable rubber seal. The clapper makes contact with the valve’s seat ring, which has access holes leading into an intermediate chamber in the valve. The diaphragm contacts the latch, and the latch holds the clapper closed. In the closed position, the valve diaphragm is maintained in the extended position by the water supply pressure from upstream of the water supply control valve. The diaphragm latch holds the clapper in the closed position. The Series 776 Low Pressure Actuator (LPA) maintains the water, and the system’s air pressure controls the LPA. Required air pressure is 13 psi/90 kPa. The design of the 776 actuator does not require the traditional air cushion of 10 – 20 psi/69 – 138 kPa. Excess air pressure above 13 psi/90 kPa will cause a delay in valve operation. Once the system’s air pressure reduces to the trip point, the LPA opens and allows the water supply pressure in the diaphragm to release (i.e. an open sprinkler). This release allows the latch to move to its open position, permitting the clapper to pivot freely, thus allowing water into the system. Water enters the intermediate chamber of the valve through the holes in the seat ring. The water flows from the intermediate chamber to the alarm line, which activates the system’s alarms. The alarms continue to sound until the flow of water stops. When the flow of water stops, the spring-assisted valve clapper returns to the closed position. The valve acts as an alarm check valve until the system is back in service as a dry system, according to the proper procedure. 5 victaulic.com | NXT Dry Valve | Series 768 | Publication 30.80 30.80 4219 Rev G Updated 01/2015 © 2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com Valve Size Full Open Nominal Size Actual Outside Diameter Flow Coefficient inches mm inches mm Cv Kv1 1/2 1.900 604048.3 52.0 2 2.375 1105060.3 95.0 2 1/2 2.875 1806573.0 156.0 76.1 mm 3.000 18076.1 156.0 3 3.500 2008088.9 173.0 4 4.500 350100114.3 302.8 165.1 mm 6.500 1000165.1 865.0 6 6.625 1000150168.3 865.0 8 8.625 1500200219.1 1499.1 CV Values: CV values for flow of water at +60°F/+16°C through a fully open valve are shown in the table below. Formulas for CV values ΔP = Q2/CV2 Q = CV × √ΔP Flow Coefficient Cv Q (Flow)GPM ΔP (Pressure Drop)psi Where: Material Specifications: Body: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Clapper: Aluminum bronze UNS-C95500 Latch: Aluminum bronze UNS-C95500 Shaft: Stainless 17-4 Clapper Seal: Peroxide cured EPDM, ASTM D2000 Bushings/Seat O-rings: Nitrile Springs: Stainless Steel (300 Series) Diaphragm: Peroxide cured EPDM with fabric reinforcement * NOTE: The 1½-inch/48.3-mm and 2-inch/60.3-mm valve sizes contain washers under the heads of the cover plate bolts. Bill of Materials 1 Valve Body 12 Cover Plate 2 Clapper 13 Cover Plate Gasket 3 Clapper Seal 14 Cover Plate Bolts* 4 Seal Ring 15 Latch 5 Seal Washer 16 Latch Spring 6 Seal Retaining Ring 17 Latch Spring Bushing and O-ring (Qty. 2) 7 Seal Assembly Bolt 18 Diaphragm 8 Bolt Seal 19 Diaphragm Cover 9 Clapper Spring 20 Diaphragm Cover Cap Screws (Qty. 8) 10 Clapper Shaft 21 Latch Shaft 11 Clapper Shaft Bushing and O-ring (Qty. 2) 1 12 11 17 17 11 21 20 9 4 3 18 19 7 5 8 15 16 14 13 2 10 6 6 victaulic.com | NXT Dry Valve | Series 768 | Publication 30.80 30.80 4219 Rev G Updated 01/2015 © 2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com Trim Package Details: Trim Packages: NOTE: See page 11 for details of trim and page 12 for details of European trim. 1 Galvanized components. 2 Series 776 Low-Pressure Actuator – The Series 776 Low-Pressure Actuator is pneumatically actuated and requires only 13 psi/90 kPa minimum air pressure, regardless of the system supply pressure. This actuator allows the system to operate with a low air or gas pressure of 7 psi/48 kPa. 3 All Required Pipe and Fittings. 4 All Standard Trim Accessories. 5 All Required Gauges Optional Trim Package: 1 Black Trim for Foam Systems – If the valve is intended for use in a foam system, black trim must be ordered, per NFPA requirements. Specify this requirement on the order. • Air Compressor (See page 8 for more on the Victaulic Series 7C7 Compressor Package) • Air Maintenance Trim Assembly • Alarm Panels • Drain Connection Kit Air Supply Requirements: The required air pressure for Series 768 FireLock NXT Dry Valves is 13 psi/90 kPa minimum, regardless of the system supply water pressure. Air pressures should be kept below 18 psi/124 kPa, unless a Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator is installed. Systems with air pressures higher than 18 psi/124 kPa may require the addition of a Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator. If multiple Series 768 FireLock NXT Dry Valves are installed with a common air supply, isolate the systems with a spring-loaded, soft-seated ball check valve to ensure air integrity for each system. Good practice is to include a ball valve for isolation and service of each individual system. The engineer/system designer is responsible for sizing the compressor so that the entire system is charged to the required air pressure within 30 minutes. DO NOT oversize the compressor to provide more airflow. An oversized compressor will slow down or possibly prevent valve operation. If the compressor fills the system too fast, it may be necessary to restrict the air supply. Restricting the air supply will ensure that air being exhausted from an open sprinkler or manual release valve is not replaced by the air supply system as fast as it is being exhausted. Optional Accessories: • Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator – The Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator is required when the Series 768 Dry Valve is installed in large systems to improve response time. Request submittal 30.64. • Series 760 Water Motor Alarm – The Series 760 Water Motor Alarm is a mechanical device that sounds when a sustained flow of water occurs (such as with an open sprinkler). Request submittal 30.32. • Series 75B Supplemental Alarm Device – The Series 75B Supplemental Alarm Device is designed to provide a continuous alarm for systems equipped with a mechanical device. Request submittal 30.33. • Series 75D Water Column Kit – The Series 75D Water Column Kit is designed to minimize residual water in the riser from collecting above the clapper. Request submittal 30.34. • Alarm Pressure Switch – Alarm Pressure Switches are designed to activate electrical alarms and control panels when a sustained flow of water occurs (such as with an open sprinkler). • Air Supervisory Pressure Switch – Air Pressure Supervisory Switches are used to monitor low system air pressure and are factory pre-set. • Air Supply System – The air supply system contains all components for establishing and maintaining air in the system. The compressor, low-pressure alarms, ball valves, and required trim are included in the air supply system. 7 victaulic.com | NXT Dry Valve | Series 768 | Publication 30.80 30.80 4219 Rev G Updated 01/2015 © 2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com Compressor Sizing: 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 SYSTEM CAPACITY (in gallons)REQUIRED FLOW RATE (CFM)COMPRESSOR REQUIREMENTS 55030050800105013001550180020 psi/138 kPa 13 psi/90 kPa Base or Riser-Mounted Compressors: For base or riser-mounted compressors, the recom- mended air pressure of 13 psi/90 kPa is the “on” or “low” pressure setting for the compressor. The “off” or “high” pressure setting should be 18 psi/124 kPa. Victaulic offers the Series 7C7 Compressor package for FireLock NXT devices which is riser-mounted and pre-set for the FireLock NXT pressure requirements as stated above. For information on the Series 7C7 package, consult publication 30.22. The Series 7C7 Compressor package is only available in North America. When a base or riser-mounted air compressor supplies air to a Series 768 FireLock NXT Dry Valve, it is not necessary to install the Victaulic Series 757 Regulated Air Maintenance Trim Assembly (AMTA). In this case, the airline of the compressor connects to the trim at the fitting where the Series 757 Regulated AMTA is normally installed (refer to the applicable trim drawing). If the compressor is not equipped with a pressure switch, the Series 757P Air Maintenance Trim Assembly with Pressure Switch should be installed. For information on the Series 757 Regulated Air Maintenance Trim Assembly, see publication 30.35. For information on the Series 757P Air Maintenance Trim Assembly, see publication 30.36. Shop Air or Tank-Mounted Air Compressors: In the event a compressor becomes inoperative, a properly sized tank-mounted air compressor provides the greatest protection for systems. When shop air or a tank-mounted air compressor is used, the Series 757 Regulated AMTA must be installed. The Series 757 Regulated AMTA provides proper air regulation from the air reservoir to the sprinkler system. For tank-mounted air compressors, the recommended air pressure of 13 psi/90 kPa should be used as the set point for the air regulator. The “on” pressure of the compressor should be at least 5 psi/34 kPa above the set point of the air regulator. 8 victaulic.com | NXT Dry Valve | Series 768 | Publication 30.80 30.80 4219 Rev G Updated 01/2015 © 2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com Series 757 Regulated Air Maintenance Trim Assembly: NOTICE • Victaulic recommends a maximum of two Series 768 FireLock NXT Dry Valves per Series 757 Regulated AMTA 1 6 5 4 2 3 Bill of Materials 1 ⁄"/3.2 mm Restrictor 2 Slow Fill Ball Valve (Normally Open) 3 Air Regulator 4 Strainer (100 Mesh) 5 Spring-Loaded, Soft-Seated Ball Check Valve 6 Fast Fill Ball Valve (Normally Closed) 5 2 12 7 8 15 10 16 9 6 4 1 13 3 14 11 TOSYSTEM FROM COMPRESSOR Bill of MaterialsItem Qty. Description 1 1 Restrictor (½-inch NPT) 2 1 Strainer (½-inch NPT) 3 1 Swing Check (½-inch NPT) 4 1 Slow-Fill Ball Valve (Normally Open) 5 1 Spring-Loaded, Soft-Seated Check Valve 6 1 Pressure Switch 7 2 Compression Fitting, Straight (¼-inch NPT x ¼-inch Tube) 8 1 Copper Tubing (¼-inch OD) 9 11 Close Nipple (½-inch NPT x 1.13) 10 1 Nipple (½-inch NPT x 4.00) 11 1 90° Female Elbow (½-inch NPT) 12 4 Female Tee (½-inch NPT) 13 3 Union (½-inch NPT) 14 2 Reducing Bushing (½-inch NPT x ¼-inch NPT) 15 1 Fast-Fill Ball Valve (Normally Closed) 16 1 Pressure Switch Isolation Ball Valve (Normally Open - Lockable) Series 757P Air Maintenance Trim Assembly With Pressure Switch: NOTICE • Victaulic recommends a maximum of two Series 768 FireLock NXT Dry Valves per Series 757P AMTA with Pressure Switch Exaggerated for clarity Exaggerated for clarity 9 victaulic.com | NXT Dry Valve | Series 768 | Publication 30.80 30.80 4219 Rev G Updated 01/2015 © 2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com Compressor Requirements: Compressor Requirements and Settings for Series 768 FireLock NXT Dry Valves Installed with Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerators Set the air regulator of the Series 757 Regulated AMTA to 13 psi/90 kPa. THE SERIES 757P AIR MAINTENANCE TRIM ASSEMBLY WITH PRESSURE SWITCH MUST NOT BE USED ON A SERIES 768 FIRELOCK NXT DRY VALVE INSTALLED WITH A SERIES 746-LPA DRY ACCELERATOR. When a Series 768 FireLock NXT Dry Valve is installed with a Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator, the Series 757 Regulated AMTA must be used. NOTE: The use of an air regulator with a base or risermounted compressor could cause short cycling, resulting in premature wear of the compressor. In the event a compressor becomes inoperative, a properly sized tank-mounted air compressor provides the greatest protection for systems installed with a Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator. In this situation, air can be supplied continuously to the sprinkler system for an extended time period. NOTE: The Series 757 Regulated AMTA must be used with a tank-mounted air compressor or shop air system that continually supplies air to a Series 768 FireLock NXT Dry Valve installed with a Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator. The air regulator of the Series 757 Regulated AMTA is a relief-type design. Any pressure in the system that is above the set point of the air regulator will be released. Therefore, charging the air regulator above the set point could cause premature operation of a valve installed with a Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator. NOTE: The series 746-LPA should not be used above 30 psi. If higher pressures are required, the series 746 should be used. Settings for Air Supervisory Pressure Switches and Alarm Pressure Switches Air supervisory pressure switches are required for dry systems and must be set according to the following instructions. NOTE: Switches for Vic-Quick Risers are pre-set at the factory. Wire the air supervisory pressure switches to activate a low-pressure alarm signal. NOTE: In addition, the local authority having jurisdiction may require a high-pressure alarm. Contact the local authority having jurisdiction for this requirement. Set the air supervisory pressure switches to activate at 2 – 4 psi/14 – 28 kPa below the minimum air pressure required, but not lower than 10 psi/69 kPa. Wire the alarm pressure switch to activate a water flow alarm. Set the alarm pressure switch to activate on a pressure rise of 4 – 8 psi/28 – 55 kPa. Remote System Test Valve Requirements The remote system test valve (inspector’s test connection) should contain a UL Listed and/or FM Approved valve (normally closed), which can be opened to simulate the operation of a sprinkler. The remote system test valve (inspector’s test connection) should be located at the most hydraulically demanding location in the release system. NOTE: Multiple restrictions on the remote system test valve (inspector’s test connection) may slow the air decay rate and cause the system to respond slower than required. The remote system test valve (inspector’s test connection) should terminate with an orifice equal to the smallest orifice in the releasing system. The remote system test valve (inspector’s test connection) is used to ensure that water reaches the most remote part of the system within 60 seconds. 10 victaulic.com | NXT Dry Valve | Series 768 | Publication 30.80 30.80 4219 Rev G Updated 01/2015 © 2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com Exploded View Drawing – Trim Components Series 768 FireLock NXT Dry Valve (Optional Accessories Also Shown) ( Trim) From WaterSupply ToSystem From SystemAir Feed 24 15 9 8 23 2 14 16 6 10 17 1318 22 1920 22 12 7 11 1 22 3 4 5 21 ALocation A To Drip CupLocation A To Drip CupLocation A To Drip CupLocation Bill of Materials 1 Series 768 FireLock NXT Dry Valve 2 FireLock Rigid Coupling (Optional/ Sold Separately – Comes Standard when VQR Assembly is Ordered) 3 Water Supply Main Control Valve (Optional/Sold Separately – Comes Standard when VQR Assembly is Ordered) 4 Drain Swing Check Valve 5 Drip Cup with Cap 6 Alarm Pressure Switch (Optional/Sold Separately – Comes Standard when VQR Assembly is Ordered) 7 Series 729 Drip Check Valve 8 Diaphragm-Charge-Line Ball Valve (Normally Open) 9 3-in-1 Strainer/Check/Restrictor Assembly 10 Series 760 Water Motor Alarm (Optional/Sold Separately) 11 Alarm Test Ball Valve 12 Diaphragm-Charge-Line Pressure Gauge (0-300 psi/0-2068 kPa/0-20.7 Bar) 13 Series 749 Auto Drain 14 Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator Assembly (Optional/Sold Separately) 15 Series 776 Low-Pressure Actuator 16 Air Manifold 17 Air Supervisory Pressure Switch (Optional/Sold Separately – Comes Standard when VQR Assembly is Ordered) 18 System Pressure Gauge (0-80 psi/0-552 kPa/0-5.5 Bar with Retard) 19 Water Supply Main Drain Valve - Flow Test 20 Water Supply Pressure Gauge (0-300 psi/0-2068 kPa/0-20.7 Bar) 21 Drain Connection Kit (Optional/Sold Separately – Comes Standard when VQR Assembly is Ordered) 22 Gauge Valve 23 System Main Drain Valve 24 Series 748 Ball Check Valve 14a 14b Note 1 Exaggerated for clarity Optional devices include the Series 75D Water Column Device Kit and the Series 75B Supplemental Alarm Kit. NOTE 1: Connection point for the Series 75D Water Column Device Kit. For installation of the Series 75B Supplemental Alarm Device, refer to the instructions supplied with the product. 11 victaulic.com | NXT Dry Valve | Series 768 | Publication 30.80 30.80 4219 Rev G Updated 01/2015 © 2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com Exploded View Drawing – Trim Components: (European Trim: Series 768 FireLock NXT Dry Valve (Optional Accessories Also Shown) 104f/01MEA: 248-98-E ) From WaterSupply 2 3 ToSystem From SystemAir Feed 24 15 9 8 23 14 16 6 1025 17 1318 22 1920 22 12 7 11 1 22 4 21 5 ALocation A To Drip CupLocation A To DripCupLocation A To DripCupLocation Note 1 Bill of Materials 1 Series 768 FireLock NXT Dry Valve 2 FireLock Rigid Coupling (Optional/Sold Separately – Comes Standard when VQR Assembly is Ordered) 3 Water Supply Main Control Valve (Optional/ Sold Separately – Comes Standard when VQR Assembly is Ordered) 4 Drain Swing Check Valve 5 Drip Cup with Cap 6 Alarm Pressure Switch (Optional/Sold Separately – Comes Standard when VQR Assembly is Ordered) 7 Series 729 Drip Check Valve 8 Diaphragm-Charge-Line Ball Valve (Normally Open) 9 3-in-1 Strainer/Check/Restrictor Assembly 10 Series 760 Water Motor Alarm (Optional/Sold Separately) 11 Alarm Test Ball Valve 12 Diaphragm-Charge-Line Pressure Gauge (0 – 300 psi/0 – 2068 kPa/0 – 20.7 Bar) 13 Series 749 Auto Drain 14 Series 746-LPA Dry Accelerator Assembly (Optional/Sold Separately) 15 Series 776 Low-Pressure Actuator 16 Air Manifold 17 Air Supervisory Pressure Switch (Optional/Sold Separately – Comes Standard when VQR Assembly is Ordered) 18 System Pressure Gauge (0 – 80 psi/0 – 552 kPa/0 – 5.5 Bar with Retard) 19 Water Supply Main Drain Valve – Flow Test 20 Water Supply Pressure Gauge (0 – 300 psi/0 – 2068 kPa/0 – 20.7 Bar) 21 Drain Connection Kit (Optional/Sold Separately – Comes Standard when VQR Assembly is Ordered) 22 Gauge Valve 23 System Main Drain Valve 24 Series 748 Ball Check Valve 25 Water Motor Alarm Shutoff Valve (Normally Open)* *Item 25, water motor alarm shuto valve, can be closed to prevent water from owing into the Series 760 Water Motor alarm during conditions that are not favorable for the alarm to sound (i.e. during a trip test). 14a 14b 12 victaulic.com | NXT Dry Valve | Series 768 | Publication 30.80 30.80 4219 Rev G Updated 01/2015 © 2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com InstallationReference should always be made to the appropriate Installation, Maintenance, and Testing Manual included with each shipment of Victaulic products. These manuals are also available in PDF format on our website at victaulic.com WarrantyRefer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NoteThis product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. TrademarksVictaulic® and FireLock® are registered trademarks of Victaulic Company. WARNING • This product must be installed by an experienced, trained installer, in accordance with the instructions provided with each valve. These instructions contain important information. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury, property damage, or valve leakage. If you need additional copies of this product literature or the valve installation instructions, or if you have any questions about the safe installation and use of this device, contact Victaulic Company, P.O. Box 31, Easton, PA 18044-0031 USA, Telephone: 001-610-559-3300. 30.80 4219 Rev G Updated 01/2015 © 2015 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 13 victaulic.com | NXT Dry Valve | Series 768 | Publication 30.80 victaulic.com 10.85 5839 Rev AB Updated 08/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. Series AH2 Series AH2-CC 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes by Component • Series AH2 Braided Hose: 31, 36, 48, 60, 72"/790, 914, 1219, 1525, 1830 mm. Note: length includes adapter nipple and 5.75"/140 mm straight reducer. • Series AH2-CC Braided Hose: 31, 36, 48, 60, 72"/790, 914, 1219, 1525, 1830 mm. Note: length includes captured coupling and 5.75"/140 mm straight reducer. • Sprinkler Reducers: • Sprinkler Connections: ½ and ¾"/15 and 20mm • Straight Lengths: 5.75, 9, 13"/140, 230, 330 mm • 90º Elbows: • Short (typically used with concealed sprinklers) • Long (typically used with recessed pendent sprinklers) • Low Profile Short (for use with Style AB5, AB11 and AB12 Bracket) • Low Profile Long (for use with Style AB5, AB11 and AB12 Bracket) • Inlet Connections: • 1"/25 mm Grooved IGS • 1"/25 mm NPT or BSPT adapter nipples for attaching to pipe and fittings outlined in NFPA standards. • ¾"/20 mm NPT or BSPT adapter nipples available for VdS. • 1 ¼"/ 32mm BSPT adapter nipples available for LPCB. Victaulic® VicFlex™ Sprinkler Fittings Series AH2 and AH2-CC Braided Flexible Hoses 10.85 1 System No.Location Submitted By Date Spec Section Paragraph Approved Date 10.85 5839 Rev AB Updated 08/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 victaulic.com 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION (Continued) • Brackets: • Style AB1 for suspended and hard-lid ceilings, allows installation before most ceiling tiles in place • Style AB2 for suspended and hard-lid ceilings, allows for vertical sprinkler adjustment, and installation before most ceiling tiles in place • Style AB3 for surface mount applications, wood, metal and block walls, or ceilings • Style AB4 for hard-lid ceilings with hat furring channel grid systems, allows for vertical sprinkler adjustment • Style AB5 for hard-lid ceilings, allows for vertical sprinkler adjustment • Style AB7 for suspended and hard-lid ceilings • Style AB7 Adjustable for suspended and hard-lid ceilings • Style AB8 for hard-lid ceilings with CD 60/27 profile metal studs (regionally available) • Style AB9 for hard-lid ceilings with hat furring channel grid systems • Style AB10 for Armstrong® TechZone™ ceilings • Style AB11 for lay-in panel suspended t-grid ceilings or drywall suspended t-grid ceilings, allows for low profile installations (use only with 90° low profile elbows) • Style AB12 for suspended and hard-lid ceilings, allows for vertical sprinkler adjustment, and allows for low profile installation down to 4"/100mm. Maximum Working Temperature • 225°F/107°C Maximum Working Pressure • 200 psi/1375 kPa (FM Approval) • 175 psi/1206 kPa (cULus Listed) • 1600 kPa/232 psi (VdS/LPCB Approved) • 1.4 MPa (CCCf Approved) Connections • To adapter nipple (inlet) via • 1"/25.4 mm Grooved IGS • 1"/25.4 mm NPT or BSPT male thread • ¾"/20 mm BSPT male thread (VdS only) • 1 ¼"/32 mm BSPT male thread (LPCB only) • To sprinkler head (outlet) via ½" or ¾"/15 mm or 20 mm Minimum Bend Radius • 7"/178 mm (FM/CCCf Approval) • 2"/51 mm (cULus Listed) • 3"/76.2 mm (VdS/LPCB Approved) Maximum Allowable Sprinkler K-Factors • FM (½"/15mm reducer) K5.6/8,1 (S.I.), (¾"/20mm reducer) K14.0/20,2 (S.I.) • cULus (½"/15mm reducer) K8.0/11,5 (S.I.), (¾"/20mm reducer) K14.0/20,2 (S.I.) • VdS/LPCB (½"/15mm reducer) K5.6/8,1 (S.I.), (¾"/20mm reducer) K8.0/11,5 (S.I.) 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS 10.85 5839 Rev AB Updated 08/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 victaulic.com 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS – MATERIAL Series AH2 • Flexible Hose: 300-series Stainless Steel • Collar/Weld Fitting: 300-series Stainless Steel • Gasket Seal: Victaulic EPDM • Isolation Ring: Nylon • Nut and Nipple: Carbon Steel, Zinc Plated • Reducer (½"/15 mm or ¾"/20 mm): Carbon Steel, Zinc-Plated • Low Profile Elbows: Stainless Steel Brackets: Carbon Steel, Zinc-Plated Series AH2-CC • Flexible Hose: 300-series Stainless Steel • Collar/Weld Fitting: 300-series Stainless Steel • Gasket Seal: Victaulic EPDM • Isolation Ring: Nylon • Coupling Retainer Ring: Polyethelene • Nut and Nipple: Carbon Steel, Zinc Plated • Reducer (½"/15 mm or ¾"/20 mm): Carbon Steel, Zinc-Plated • Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 395, Grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Coupling Housing Coating: • Orange enamel (North America, Asia Pacific). • Red enamel (Europe). • Hot dipped galvanized. Gasket:1 • Grade “E” EPDM (Type A) FireLock EZ products have been Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., Underwriters Laboratories of Canada Limited, and Approved by Factory Mutual Research for wet and dry (oil free air) sprinkler services within the rated working pressure. 1 Services listed are General Service Guidelines only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service guidelines and for a listing of services which are not compatible. • Bolts/Nut: Zinc electroplated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A 449 and physical requirements of ASTM A 183. • Linkage: CrMo Alloy Steel zinc electroplated per ASTM B633 Zn/Fe 5, Type III Finish 10.85 5839 Rev AB Updated 08/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4 victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS Product Details - Series AH2 Braided Hose B 371 2 4685 A Item Description 1 Flexible Hose2Isolation Ring3Gasket4Nut5Adapter Nipple6Braid7Collar/Weld Fitting8Sleeve Hose Length Dimensions Hose Length A B inches mm inches mm inches mm 31/790 25.3/641 31/790 36/915 31.3/794 36/915 48/1219 42.3/1073 48/1220 60/1525 54.3/1378 60/1525 72/1830 66.3/1683 72/1830 Series AH2-CC Braided Hose Hose Length A B inches mm inches mm inches mm 31/790 24.5/622 29.8/757 36/915 29.5/749 34.8/884 48/1219 41.5/1054 46.8/1189 60/1525 53.5/1359 58.8/1494 72/1830 65.5/1664 70.8/1798 BA 3712 468 5 Item Description 1 Flexible Hose2Isolation Ring3Gasket4Nut5Captured Coupling6Braid7Collar/Weld Fitting8Sleeve 10.85 5839 Rev AB Updated 08/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5 victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS (Continued) Standard Reducer 12345.75"/140 mm straight reducer Optional Reducers 9.0"/229 mm straight reducer 13.0"/330 mm straight reducer 2.62"/ 66.5 mm 4.83"/ 122.7 mm 6.57"/ 166.9 mm 2.62"/ 66.5 mm Short 90° elbow reducer Long 90° elbow reducer NOTE • The Short 90° elbow reducer is typically used with concealed sprinklers while the longer 90 elbow is typically used in the installation of recessed pendent sprinklers. • FM/VdS Approved only. Low Profile 2.84"/ 72 mm 1.4"/ 36 mm 1.4"/ 36 mm 4.59"/ 116 mm Short 90° elbow reducer Long 90° elbow reducer NOTE • Style AB11: When low profiles elbows are used with the Style AB11 bracket, the Low Profile Short Elbow is typically used with concealed sprinklers while the Low Profile Long Elbow is typically used in the installation of recessed pendent sprinklers. 10.85 5839 Rev AB Updated 08/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 6 victaulic.com 4.1 DIMENSIONS VicFlex Brackets Style AB1 • Suspended Ceilings • Hard-Lid Ceilings (FM Only) Item Description 1 24"/610 mm or 48"/1219 mm Square Bar 2 Patented Center Bracket 3 End Bracket NOTE • Both sizes FM/VdS/LPCB Approved, cULus listed Style AB2 • Suspended Ceilings • Hard-Lid Ceilings Item Description 1 24"/610 mm or 48"/1219 mm Square Bar 2 Patented Vertically Adjustable Center Bracket 3 End Bracket NOTE • Both sizes FM/VdS/LPCB Approved, cULus listed Style AB3 • Surface Mount Applications • FM/LPCB Approved 3 2 1 3 3 2 1 3 10.85 5839 Rev AB Updated 08/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 7 victaulic.com 4.2 DIMENSIONS VicFlex Brackets Style AB4 • Hard-Lid Ceilings with Hat furring channel grid system Item Description 1 24"/610 mm or 48"/1219 mm Square Bar 2 Patented Vertically Adjustable Center Bracket 3 End Bracket for Hat Furring Channel NOTE • Both sizes FM/VdS/LPCB Approved, cULus listed. Style AB5 • Hard-Lid Ceilings Item Description 1 24"/610 mm or 48"/1219 mm Square Bar 2 Patented Vertically Adjustable Center Bracket 3 End Bracket NOTE • Both sizes FM/VdS/LPCB Approved, cULus listed. Style AB7 • Suspended Ceilings • Hard-Lid Ceilings Item Description 1 24"/610 mm or 48"/1219 mm Square Bar 2 Patented 1-Bee2® Center Bracket 3 End Bracket NOTE • Both sizes FM/VdS/LPCB Approved. Style AB7 Adjustable • Suspended Ceilings • Hard-Lid Ceilings Item Description 1 700 mm or 1400 mm Square Bar 2 Patented 1-Bee2® Center Bracket 3 End Bracket (adjustable) NOTE • Both sizes FM/VdS/LPCB Approved. 3 2 1 3 3 2 1 3 3 2 1 3 3 2 1 3 10.85 5839 Rev AB Updated 08/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 8 victaulic.com 4.3 DIMENSIONS VicFlex Brackets Style AB8 • Hard-Lid Ceilings Item Description 1 700 mm or 1400 mm Square Bar 2 Patented Vertically Adjustable Center Bracket 3 End Bracket NOTE • Both sizes FM/VdS/LPCB Approved. Style AB10 • Suspended ceilings • Armstrong® TechZone™ Item Description 1 6"/152 mm Square Bar 2 Patented 1-Bee2® Center Bracket 3 End Bracket NOTE • FM/VdS/LPCB Approved, cULus listed. Style AB11 • Suspended ceilings • Hard-Lid ceilings Item Description 1 24"/610 mm or 48"/1219 mm Square Bar 2 Patented 1-Bee2® Center Bracket 3 End Bracket NOTE • FM/VdS Approved, cULus listed. Style AB12 • Suspended ceilings • Hard-Lid ceilings Item Description 1 Style AB12 Bracket Body 2 #2 Square Drive Set Screw NOTE • FM Approved. 3 2 1 3 3 2 1 3 3 2 1 3 2 1 10.85 5839 Rev AB Updated 08/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 9 victaulic.com 4.4 DIMENSIONS CLEARANCES ABOVE CEILING Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB1 Bracket Suspended Ceiling Grid with Recessed Sprinkler Suspended Ceiling Grid with Concealed Sprinkler V2707 MAX. EXTENSION RSee chart ASee Chart V2707 ¾"/19 mm MAX. RECESS 4.4"/113 mm 1.7"/43 mmTypical ceiling grid 24"/610 mmor 48"/1219 mmon Center /"/16 mmTypical ceiling tile See note Finished ceiling face Bracket assemblyStyle AB1 2/"/60 mmmax. hole 2"/51 mmmin. hole RSee chart ASee Chart V3802 ½"/12.7 MM MAX. RECESS V3802 MAX. EXTENSION 1.7"/43 mmTypical ceiling grid 24"/610 mm or 48"/1219 mm on Center /"/15.9 mmTypical ceiling tile See note Finished ceiling face 2/"/68.3 mmmax. hole 2/"/60.3 mmmin. hole Bracket AssemblyStyle AB1 4.4"/113 mm V2707 ¾"/19mm Max. Recess V3802 ½"/12.7mm Max. Recess Hose Clearance Chart Hose Clearance Chart Dimension Dimension inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm R Minimum Bend Radius 2 50 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 7 175 R Minimum Bend Radius 2 50 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 7 175 A Min.8.6 218 9.6 244 10.6 269 11.6 295 12.6 320 13.6 345 A Min.10.1 269 11.1 281 12.1 307 13.1 333 14.1 358 15.1 383 Suspended Ceiling Grid with Recessed Sprinkler with 90° Elbow (Long) Suspended Ceiling Grid with Concealed Sprinkler with 90° Elbow (Short) ASee Chart 4.4"/113 mm 1.7"/43 mmTypical ceiling grid 24"/610 mmor 48"/1219 mmon Center /"/16 mmTypical ceiling tile See note Finished ceiling face Bracket assemblyStyle AB1 V2707 MAX. EXTENSIONV2707 ¾" /19 mm MAX. RECESS 2/"/60 mmmax. hole 2"/51 mmmin. hole See note Finishedceiling face Bracket AssemblyStyle AB1 24"/610 mm or48"/1219 mm on Center 2/"/68 mmmax. hole 2/"/60 mmmin. holeASee Chart /"/16 mmTypical ceilingtile V3802 MAX. EXTENSIONV3802 ½"/12.7 mm MAX. RECESS 4.4"/113 mm 1.7"/43 mmTypical ceiling grid V2707 ¾"/19mm Max. Recess V3802 ½"/12.7mm Max. Recess Hose Clearance Chart Hose Clearance Chart Dimension Dimension inches mm inches mm A Min.8.0 200 A Min.5.8 147 NOTE • Variations of ceiling grids, sprinkler heads, brackets, and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above. 10.85 5839 Rev AB Updated 08/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 10 victaulic.com 4.4 DIMENSIONS (Continued) CLEARANCES ABOVE CEILING Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB2 Bracket Hard-lid Ceiling with Concealed Sprinkler Hard-lid Ceiling with Recessed Sprinkler V3802 ½"/13 mm MAX. RECESS V3802 MAX. EXTENSION ASee chart Finished ceiling face 2¾"/68 mmmax. hole2⁄"/59 mmmin. hole 3.5"/89 mm 16"/406 mm Stud C/C 1.8"/45 mm2" × 4" Stud Bracket assemblyStyle AB2#10 Screw RSee chart ASee chart Finished ceiling face 2⁄"/60 mmmax. hole 2"/51 mmmin. hole3.5"/89 mm 16"/406 mm Stud C/C 1.8"/45 mm2" × 4" Stud Bracket assemblyStyle AB2#10 Screw V2707 MAX. EXTENSION RSee chart V2707 ¾"/19 mm MAX. RECESS V3802 ½"/12.7mm Max. Recess V2707 ¾"/19mm Max. Recess Hose Clearance Chart Hose Clearance Chart Dimension Dimension inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm R Minimum Bend Radius 2 50 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 7 175 R Minimum Bend Radius 2 50 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 7 175 A Min.7.6 193 8.6 218 9.6 244 10.6 269 11.6 295 12.6 320 A Min.6.1 155 7.1 180 8.1 206 9.1 231 10.1 256 11.1 282 Hard-lid Ceiling Grid with Recessed Sprinkler with 90° Elbow (Short) Hard-lid Ceiling with Concealed Sprinkler with 90° Elbow (Long) ASee chart Finished ceiling face 2⁄"/60 mmmax. hole 2"/51 mmmin. hole3.5"/89 mm 16"/406 mm Stud C/C 1.8"/45 mm2" × 4" Stud Bracket assemblyStyle AB2#10 Screw V2707 MAX. EXTENSIONV2707 ¾"/19 mm MAX. RECESS ASee chart Finished ceiling face 2¾"/68 mmmax. hole 2⁄"/59 mmmin. hole 3.5"/89 mm 16"/406 mm Stud C/C 1.8"/45 mm V3802 ½"/13 mm MAX. RECESS 2" × 4" Stud Bracket assemblyStyle AB2#10 Screw V3802 MAX. EXTENSION V3802 ½"/12.7mm Max. Recess V2707 ¾"/19mm Max. Recess Hose Clearance Chart Hose Clearance Chart Dimension Dimension inches mm inches mm A Min.5.0 127 A Min.3.6 91 NOTE • Variations of ceiling grids, sprinkler heads, brackets, and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above. 10.85 5839 Rev AB Updated 08/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 11 victaulic.com 4.5 DIMENSIONS CLEARANCES WITHIN SIDEWALL Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB2 Bracket Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler with 90° Elbow (Long) ASee chart Finished ceiling face 2⁄"/60 mmmax. hole 2"/51 mmmin. hole3.5"/89 mm 16"/406 mm Stud C/C 1.8"/45 mm2" × 4" Stud Bracket assemblyStyle AB2#10 Screw V2709 MAX. EXTENSION RSee chart V2709 ¾"/19 mm MAX. RECESS ASee chart Finished ceiling face 2⁄"/60 mmmax. hole 2"/51 mmmin. hole3.5"/89 mm 16"/406 mm Stud C/C 1.8"/45 mm2" × 4" Stud Bracket assemblyStyle AB2#10 Screw V2709 ¾"/19 mm MAX. RECESS V2709 MAX. EXTENSION V2707 ¾"/19mm Max. Recess V2707 ¾"/19mm Max. Recess Hose Clearance Chart Hose Clearance Chart Dimension Dimension inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm R Minimum Bend Radius 2 50 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 7 175 A Min.3.6 91 A Min.6.1 155 7.1 180 8.1 206 9.1 231 10.1 256 11.1 282 NOTE • Variations of ceiling grids, sprinkler heads, brackets, and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above. 10.85 5839 Rev AB Updated 08/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 12 victaulic.com 4.6 DIMENSIONS CLEARANCES ABOVE CEILING Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB4 Bracket Hat Furring Channel Grid with Recessed Sprinkler RSee chart ASee Chart V2707 ¾"/19.1 MM MAX. RECESS V2707 MAX. EXTENSION /"/23 mmTypical ceiling grid Typical 16"/406 mm – 24"/610 mm on Center /"/15.9 mmTypical ceiling tileSee note Finished ceiling face 2/"/60 mmmax. hole 2"/51 mmmin. hole V2707 ¾"/19mm Max. Recess Hose Clearance Chart Dimension inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm R Minimum Bend Radius 2 50 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 7 175 A Min.8.8 224 9.8 249 10.8 274 11.8 300 12.8 325 13.8 351 Hat Furring Channel Grid with Recessed Sprinkler with 90° Elbow (Long) Hat Furring Channel Grid with Concealed Sprinkler with 90° Elbow (Short) ASee Chart /"/23 mmTypical ceiling gridTypical 16"/406 mm – 24"/610 mm on Center /"/16 mmTypical ceiling tile See note Finished ceiling face V2707 ¾"/19.1 MM MAX. RECESS V2707 MAX. EXTENSION 2/"/60 mmmax. hole 2"/51 mmmin. hole See Note V3802 MAX. EXTENSIONV3802 ½"/12.7 mm MAX. RECESS Finishedceiling face 16"/406 mm –24"/610 mm on Center ASee Chart /"/23 mm Typical ceiling grid 2/"/60 mmmax. hole 2"/51 mmmin. hole /"/16 mmTypical ceilingtile V2707 ¾"/19mm Max. Recess V2707 ¾"/19mm Max. Recess Hose Clearance Chart Hose Clearance Chart Dimension Dimension inches mm inches mm A Min.8 200 A Min.5.9 149 NOTE • Variations of ceiling grids, sprinkler heads, brackets, and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above. 10.85 5839 Rev AB Updated 08/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 13 victaulic.com 4.6 DIMENSIONS (Continued) CLEARANCES ABOVE CEILING Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB5 Bracket Hard-lid Ceiling with Recessed Sprinkler ASee chart Finished ceiling face 2⁄"/60 mmmax. hole /"/16 mmTyp. Drywall 2"/51 mmmin. hole3.5"/89 mm 16"/406 mm Stud C/C 2.3"/57 mm V2707 ¾"/19 mm MAX. RECESS 2" × 4" Stud Bracket assemblyStyle AB5#10 Screw V2707 MAX. EXTENSION RSee chart ASee chart Finished ceiling face 2¾"/68 mmmax. hole /"/16 mmTyp. Drywall 2⁄"/59 mmmin. hole 3.5"/89 mm 16"/406 mm Stud C/C 2.3"/57 mm V3802 ½"/13 mm MAX. RECESS 2" × 4" Stud Bracket assemblyStyle AB5#10 Screw V3802 MAX. EXTENSION RSee chart V2707 ¾"/19mm Max. Recess V3802 ½"/13mm Max. Recess Hose Clearance Chart Hose Clearance Chart Dimension Dimension inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm R Minimum Bend Radius 2 50 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 7 175 R Minimum Bend Radius 2 50 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 7 175 A Min.6.1 155 7.1 180 8.1 206 9.1 231 10.1 256 11.1 282 A Min.7.6 193 8.6 218 9.6 244 10.6 269 11.6 295 12.6 320 Recessed Pendent with 90° Elbow (Long)Hard-lid Ceiling with Concealed Pendent with 90° Elbow (Short) ASee chart 2⁄"/60 mmmax. hole /"/16 mmTyp. Drywall 2"/51 mmmin. hole3.5"/89 mm 16"/406 mm Stud C/C 2.3"/57 mm V2707 ¾"/19 mm MAX. RECESS 2" × 4"Stud Bracket assemblyStyle AB5 #10 Screw V2707 MAX. EXTENSION Finished ceiling face ASee chart 2⁄"/68 mmmax. hole /"/16 mmTyp. Drywall 2⁄"/59 mmmin. hole 3.5"/89 mm 16"/406 mm Stud C/C 2.3"/57 mm V3802 ½"/13 mm MAX. RECESS 2" × 4"Stud Bracket assemblyStyle AB5 #10 Screw V3802 MAX. EXTENSIONV2707 ¾"/19mm Max. Recess V3802 ½"/13mm Max. Recess Hose Clearance Chart Hose Clearance Chart Dimension Dimension inches mm inches mm A Min.3.6 91 A Min.3.3 84 NOTE • Variations of ceiling grids, sprinkler heads, brackets, and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above. 10.85 5839 Rev AB Updated 08/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 14 victaulic.com 4.6 DIMENSIONS (Continued) CLEARANCES ABOVE CEILING Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB11 Bracket (LOW PROFILE SOLUTION) Suspended Ceiling Grid with Recessed Sprinkler with LP 90° Elbow (Long) ASee chart 2⁄"/60 mmmax. hole /"/16 mmTypicalceiling tile 2"/51 mmmin. hole 3"/76 mm 24"/610 mmor 48"/1219 mmon Center 1.7"/43 mmTypical ceiling grid V2707 ¾"/19 mm MAX. RECESS See Note Bracket assemblyStyle AB11 V2707 MAX. EXTENSION Finished ceiling face Hose Clearance Chart Dimension inches mm A Min.4.0 100 Suspended Ceiling Grid with Concealed Pendent with LP 90° Elbow (Short) ASee chart 2⁄"/68 mmmax. hole /"/16 mmTypicalceiling tile 2⁄"/60 mmmin. hole 3"/76 mm 24"/610 mmor 48"/1210 mmon Center 1.7"/43 mmTypical ceiling grid V3802 ½"/13 mm MAX. RECESS See Note Bracket assemblyStyle AB11 FinishedCeiling Face V3802 MAX. EXTENSION Hose Clearance Chart Dimension inches mm A Min.3.9 99 NOTE • Variations of ceiling grids, sprinkler heads, brackets, and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above. 10.85 5839 Rev AB Updated 08/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 15 victaulic.com 4.6 DIMENSIONS (Continued) CLEARANCES ABOVE CEILING Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB12 Bracket Suspended Ceiling Grid with Recessed Sprinkler with Low Profile Short Elbow Suspended Ceiling Grid with Recessed Sprinkler and Straight 5.75"/140mm Reducer "A"See Table 1⁄ inch/29 mm Finished Face of /-inch/16-mmTypical Ceiling Unnished Ceiling Face "B" See Table /-inch/M10 Threaded Rod (3-foot/0.9-meter Maximum Length) ⁄ inch/3 mm V2707 ½"/12.7 mm MAX. RECESS V2707 ¾"/19 mm MAX. RECESS Unnished Ceiling Face R "A"See Table 1⁄ inch/29 mm Finished Face of /-inch/16-mmTypical Ceiling "B" See Table /-inch/M10 Threaded Rod (3-foot/0.9-meter Maximum Length) ⁄ inch/3 mm Dimension Low Profile Short Elbow Low Profile Long Elbow Standard Short Elbow Standard Long Elbow Standard Straight Reducer ¾"/19mm Recessed*Concealed ¾"/19mm Recessed Concealed ¾"/19mm Recessed Concealed ¾"/19mm Recessed Concealed ¾"/ 19mm Recessed Concealed inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm A Minimum Required Installation Space 4.0 101.6 5.5 139.7 5.6 142.2 7.2 182.9 5.9 149.9 7.5 190.5 7.7 195.6 9.3 236.2 15.0 381.0 16.6 421.6 B Distance from Top of Typical Ceiling Tile to Bottom of Gate 0.5 12.7 2.0 50.8 1.5 38.1 1.5 38.1 1.5 38.1 1.5 38.1 3.0 76.2 3.0 76.2 3.0 76.2 3.0 76.2 * Adjustability will be limited NOTE • Sprinkler location relative to 3/8" threaded rod is 1 1/8"/29mm center-to-center. • Variations of ceiling grids, sprinkler heads, brackets, and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above. 10.85 5839 Rev AB Updated 08/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 16 victaulic.com 4.6 DIMENSIONS (Continued) CLEARANCES ABOVE CEILING Series AH2 Braided Hose and Style AB3 Bracket Surface Mount Application with Recessed Sprinkler R C B 3¾"/95.3 mm A See Note 2/"/60 mmmax. hole 2"/51 mmmin. hole Hose Clearances Wall Thickness "A"2 50 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 2 50 4 100 6 150 8 200 10 250 Outlet Length "B" 5.75 146.1 9 228.6 13 330.2 5.75 146.1 9 228.6 13 330.2 9 228.6 13 330.2 13 330.2 13 330.2 5.75 146.1 9 228.6 13 330.2 5.75 146.1 9 228.6 13 330.2 9 228.6 13 330.2 13 330.2 13 330.2 Hose Clearance "C" 11.6 294 14.8 376 18.8 478 9.6 243 12.8 325 16.8 427 10.8 275 14.8 376 12.8 325 10.8 275 12.6 319 15.8 402 19.8 503 10.6 268 13.8 351 17.8 452 11.8 300 15.8 402 13.8 351 11.8 300 Bend Radius "R"7 175 8 200 NOTE • Variations of ceiling grids, sprinkler heads, brackets, and hoses are permitted but may result in clearance differences from the figures above. • See installation instructions for mounting screw type and size. 10.85 5839 Rev AB Updated 08/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 17 victaulic.com 4.7 DIMENSIONS BRANCHLINE CLEARANCES Series AH2 Braided Hose with female threaded outlet Series AH2-CC Braided Hose with grooved outlet Female Threaded Weld Outlet RSee chart ASee chart 2"/50 mm RSee chart ASee chart No. 142 Grooved Weld Outlet 2"/50 mm Hose Clearance Chart Hose Clearance Chart Dimension Dimension inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm R Minimum Bend Radius 2 50 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 7 175 R Minimum Bend Radius 2 50 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 7 175 A Min.8.4 214 9.4 239 10.4 264 11.4 290 12.4 315 13.41 341 A Min.7.1 180 8.1 205 9.1 231 10.1 256 11.1 281 12.1 307 10.85 5839 Rev AB Updated 08/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 18 victaulic.com 4.7 DIMENSIONS (Continued) BRANCHLINE CLEARANCES Series AH2 Braided Hose with Style 922 threaded outlet Series AH2-CC Braided Hose with Style 922 grooved outlet RSee chart ASee chart Style 922 Threaded Mechanical Tee Outlet 2"/50 mm RSee chart ASee chart Style 922 GroovedMechanical Tee Outlet 2"/50 mm Hose Clearance Chart Hose Clearance Chart Dimension Dimension inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm inches mm R Minimum Bend Radius 2 50 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 7 175 R Minimum Bend Radius 2 50 3 80 4 100 5 125 6 150 7 175 A Min.8.4 212 9.4 238 10.4 263 11.4 289 12.4 314 13.4 339 A Min.6.7 171 7.7 197 8.7 222 9.7 247 10.7 273 11.7 298 10.85 5839 Rev AB Updated 08/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE – FRICTION LOSS DATA Series AH2 and AH2-CC Braided Hoses with Straight 5.75"/140 mm Reducers Style AB1, AB2, AB4, AB5 and AB10 Brackets Equivalent Length of 1"/33.7 mm Sch. 40 Pipe (C=120) Maximum Number of 90° Bends at 2"/51 mm Bend Radius inches/mm inches/mm/type feet/meters 31/775 ½"/15/Straight 16/4.9 4 ¾"/20/Straight 17/5.2 4 36/900 ½"/15/Straight 21/6.4 5 ¾"/20/Straight 23/7.0 5 48/1200 ½"/15/Straight 32/9.8 8 ¾"/20/Straight 37/11.3 8 60/1500 ½"/15/Straight 46/14.0 10 ¾"/20/Straight 46/14.0 10 72/1800 ½"/15/Straight 55/16.8 12 ¾"/20/Straight 53/16.2 12 Series AH2 and AH2-CC Braided Hose with 90° Low Profile Elbows Style AB11 VicFlex Bracket Equivalent Length of 1"/33.7 mm Sch. 40 Pipe Maximum Number of 90° Bends at 2"/51 mm Bend Radius inches/mm inches/mm feet/meters 31/775 ½"/15 24/7.3 4 ¾"/20 24/7.3 4 36/900 ½"/15 26/7.9 5 ¾"/20 28/8.5 5 48/1200 ½"/15 43/13.1 8 ¾"/20 42/12.8 8 60/1500 ½"/15 49/14.9 10 ¾"/20 50/15.2 10 72/1800 ½"/15 65/19.8 12 ¾"/20 63/19.2 12 19 victaulic.com 10.85 5839 Rev AB Updated 08/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE – FRICTION LOSS DATA (Continued) Series AH2 and AH2-CC Braided Hoses Equivalent Length Design Guide Equivalent length values at various numbers of 90 degree bends at 2"/51 mm center line bend radius Length of Stainless Steel Flexible Hose Outlet Size 1 Bend 2 Bends 3 Bends 4 Bends 5 Bends 6 Bends 7 Bends 8 Bends 9 Bends 10 Bends 11 Bends 12 Bends inches/mm inches/mm feet/ meters feet/ meters feet/ meters feet/ meters feet/ meters feet/ meters feet/ meters feet/ meters feet/ meters feet/ meters feet/ meters feet/ meters 31/775 ½"/15 8.5/2.6 11.0/3.4 13.0/4.0 16.0/4.9 N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A ¾"/20 10.0/3.0 12.5/3.8 14.0/4.3 17.0/5.2 N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A 36/900 ½"/15 13.5/4.1 16.0/4.9 18.0/5.5 19.0/5.8 21.0/6.4 N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A ¾"/20 14.0/4.3 17.0/5.2 19.5/5.9 20.0/6.1 23.0/7.0 N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A 48/1200 ½"/15 15.5/4.7 17.0/5.2 19.5/5.9 20.0/6.1 21.0/6.4 22.0/6.7 28.0/8.5 32.0/9.8 N.A N.A N.A N.A ¾"/20 17.0/5.2 19.0/5.8 21.5/6.6 24.5/7.5 26.0/7.9 27.0/8.2 30.0/9.1 37.0/11.3 N.A N.A N.A N.A 60/1500 ½"/15 21.5/6.6 24.0/7.3 27.0/8.2 28.5/8.7 30.0/9.1 31.0/9.4 37.0/11.3 42.0/12.8 44.0/13.4 46.0/14.0 N.A N.A ¾"/20 23.0/7.0 24.0/7.3 28.0/8.5 29.5/9.0 30.5/9.3 31.0/9.4 38.0/11.6 42.0/12.8 44.0/13.4 46.0/14.0 N.A N.A 72/1800 ½"/15 30.0/9.1 32.0/9.8 36.5/11.1 37.5/11.4 40.5/12.5 41.0/12.8 42.0/12.8 46.0/14.0 49.0/14.9 52.0/15.8 54.0/16.5 55.0/16.8 ¾"/20 32.0/9.8 32.5/9.9 35.0/10.7 35.5/10.8 40.0/12.3 40.5/12.3 41.0/12.5 46.0/14.0 50.0/15.2 51.0/15.5 52.0/15.8 53.0/16.2 NOTES: • Values for use with 5.75"/140 mm straight reducers. How to use this Design Guide: • For some systems, it may be advantageous for the designer to calculate the system hydraulics using shorter equivalent lengths associated with fewer than the maximum allowable number of bends. In this case, the designer may select a design number of bends for the job and use the associated equivalent length from the design guide to determine the system hydraulics. • It is possible that the actual installed condition of some of the flexible drops may have more bends than the designer selected. When this happens, the design guide may be used to find equivalent lengths based on the actual installed number of bends for particular sprinkler installations. The system hydraulics can be recalculated using actual equivalent lengths to verify the performance of the system. 20 victaulic.com 10.85 5839 Rev AB Updated 08/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5.1 PERFORMANCE – FRICTION LOSS DATA Series AH2 and AH2-CC Braided Hoses Style AB1, AB2, AB3, AB4, AB5, AB7, AB7 Adj., AB8, AB10 and AB12 VicFlex Brackets Length of Stainless Steel Flexible Hose K-Factor Outlet Size Equivalent Length of 1"/33.7mm Sch. 40 Pipe Maximum Number of 90° Bends at 7"/178mm Bend Radius inches/mm Imperial/S.I.inches/mm/type feet/meters 31/775 5.6/8.1 ½"/15/Straight 23.5/7.1 2½"/15/90˚ Elbow 23.5/7.1 36/900 5.6/8.1 ½"/15/Straight 27.8/8.5 2½"/15/90˚ Elbow 25.6/7.8 48/1200 5.6/8.1 ½"/15/Straight 38.2/11.6 3½"/15/90˚ Elbow 30.7/9.3 60/1500 5.6/8.1 ½"/15/Straight 42.4/12.9 4½"/15/90˚ Elbow 35.9/10.9 72/1800 5.6/8.1 ½"/15/Straight 46.6/14.2 4½"/15/90˚ Elbow 41.1/12.5 31/775 8.0/11.5 ¾"/20/Straight 16.8/5.1 2¾"/20/90˚ Elbow 16.8/5.1 36/900 8.0/11.5 ¾"/20/Straight 20/6.0 2¾"/20/90˚ Elbow 19.7/6.0 48/1200 8.0/11.5 ¾"/20/Straight 27.8/8.4 3¾"/20/90˚ Elbow 26.6/8.1 60/1500 8.0/11.5 ¾"/20/Straight 35.7/10.9 4¾"/20/90˚ Elbow 33.6/10.2 72/1800 8.0/11.5 ¾"/20/Straight 43.5/13.2 4¾"/20/90˚ Elbow 40.6/12.2 31/775 11.2/16.1 ¾"/20/Straight 16.5/5.0 2¾"/20/90˚ Elbow 17.8/5.4 36/900 11.2/16.1 ¾"/20/Straight 19.5/5.9 2¾"/20/90˚ Elbow 20.7/6.3 48/1200 11.2/16.1 ¾"/20/Straight 26.7/8.1 3¾"/20/90˚ Elbow 27.9/8.5 60/1500 11.2/16.1 ¾"/20/Straight 33.9/10.3 4¾"/20/90˚ Elbow 35/10.7 72/1800 11.2/16.1 ¾"/20/Straight 41.3/12.5 4¾"/20/90˚ Elbow 42.2/12.8 31/775 14.0/20.2 ¾"/20/Straight 14.9/4.5 2¾"/20/90˚ Elbow 15.5/4.72 36/900 14.0/20.2 ¾"/20/Straight 19.4/5.9 2¾"/20/90˚ Elbow 19.6/5.9 48/1200 14.0/20.2 ¾"/20/Straight 30.3/9.2 3¾"/20/90˚ Elbow 29.5/8.9 60/1500 14.0/20.2 ¾"/20/Straight 33.9/10.3 4¾"/20/90˚ Elbow 34.1/10.4 72/1800 14.0/20.2 ¾"/20/Straight 37.5/11.4 4¾"/20/90˚ Elbow 38.6/11.7 FM NOTES: • Series AH2 has been tested and Approved by FM Global for use in wet, dry and preaction systems per NFPA 13, 13R, and 13D and FM data sheets 2-0, 2-5, and 2-8. FM 1637 and Vds standards for safety include, but are not limited to, pressure cycling, corrosion resistance, flow characterisitics, vibration resistance, leakage, mechanical and hydrostatic strength. • Differences in equivalent lengths are due to varying test methods, per FM 1637 and VdS standards. Refer to these standards for additional information regarding friction loss test methods. • EXAMPLE: A 48-inch hose installed with two 30° bends and two 90° bends at a 7-inch bend radius is permitted and considered equivalent to the data in the table shown above. In this example, the total number of degrees is 240°, which is less than the allowable 270°. 21 victaulic.com 10.85 5839 Rev AB Updated 08/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5.2 PERFORMANCE – FRICTION LOSS DATA Series AH2 Braided Hose with 90° Low Profile Elbows Style AB5, AB11 and AB12 VicFlex Bracket Length of Stainless Steel Flexible Hose K-Factor Outlet Size Equivalent Length of 1"/33.7mm Sch. 40 Pipe Maximum Number of 90° Bends at 7"/178mm Bend Radius inches/mm Imperial/S.I.inches/mm feet/meters 31/775 5.6/8.1 ½"/15 13.7/4.2 2 36/900 5.6/8.1 ½"/15 17.0/5.2 2 48/1200 5.6/8.1 ½"/15 25.0/7.6 3 60/1500 5.6/8.1 ½"/15 33.0/10.1 4 72/1800 5.6/8.1 ½"/15 41.1/12.5 4 31/775 8.0/11.5 ¾"/20 13.6/4.14 2 36/900 8.0/11.5 ¾"/20 16.9/5.2 2 48/1200 8.0/11.5 ¾"/20 27.8/8.5 3 60/1500 8.0/11.5 ¾"/20 32.6/9.9 4 72/1800 8.0/11.5 ¾"/20 40.6/12.4 4 31/775 11.2/16.1 ¾"/20 13.7/4.2 2 36/900 11.2/16.1 ¾"/20 17.0/5.2 2 48/1200 11.2/16.1 ¾"/20 24.9/7.6 3 60/1500 11.2/16.1 ¾"/20 32.9/10.0 4 72/1800 11.2/16.1 ¾"/20 40.9/12.5 4 31/775 14.0/20.2 ¾"/20 13.5/4.1 2 36/900 14.0/20.2 ¾"/20 16.8/5.1 2 48/1200 14.0/20.2 ¾"/20 24.7/7.5 3 60/1500 14.0/20.2 ¾"/20 32.7/9.9 4 72/1800 14.0/20.2 ¾"/20 40.7/12.4 4 FM NOTES: • Series AH2 has been tested and Approved by FM Global for use in wet, dry and preaction systems per NFPA 13, 13R, and 13D and FM data sheets 2-0, 2-5, and 2-8. FM 1637 and Vds standards for safety include, but are not limited to, pressure cycling, corrosion resistance, flow characterisitics, vibration resistance, leakage, mechanical and hydrostatic strength. • Differences in equivalent lengths are due to varying test methods, per FM 1637 and VdS standards. Refer to these standards for additional information regarding friction loss test methods. • EXAMPLE: A 48-inch hose installed with two 30° bends and two 90° bends at a 7-inch bend radius is permitted and considered equivalent to the data in the table shown above. In this example, the total number of degrees is 240°, which is less than the allowable 270°. 22 victaulic.com 10.85 5839 Rev AB Updated 08/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 5.3 PERFORMANCE – FRICTION LOSS DATA Series AH2 and AH2-CC Braided Hose Style AB1, AB2, AB4, AB5, AB7, AB7 Adj., AB8, AB10 and AB11 Brackets Length of Stainless Steel Flexible Hose Series AH2 Hose Outlet Size Equivalent Length of steel pipe according to EN 10255 DN 25 (33,7 x 3,25) Maximum Number of 90º Bends at 3"/76.2mm Bend Radius mm/inches mm/inches meters/feet meters/feet 775/31 15mm/½"5.5/18.0 320 mm/¾" 900/36 15mm/½"6.4/21.0 320 mm/¾" 1200/48 15mm/½"8.5/27.9 320 mm/¾" 1500/60 15mm/½"10.7/35.1 420 mm/¾" 1800/72 15mm/½"12.8/42.0 420 mm/¾" VDS CEILING MANUFACTURERS LIST AB1, AB2, AB7, AB10 ,AB11 AB4 AB5, AB8 1. AMF 2. Armstrong 3. Chicago Metallic 4. Dipling 5. Durlum 6. Geipel 7. Gema-Armstrong 8. Hilti 9. Knauf 10. Lafarge 11. Linder 12. Odenwald 13. Richter 14. Rigips 15. Rockfon Pagos 16. Suckow & Fischer 17. USG Donn No specific approval 1. Hilti 2. Knauf 3. Lafarge 4. Lindner 5. Rigips Series AH2 Braided Hose Style AB1, AB2, AB3, AB4, AB5, AB7, AB8, and AB10 Brackets Series AH2 Braided Hose Style AB1, AB2, AB3, AB4, AB5, AB7, AB8, AB10 and AB12 Brackets Length of Stainless Steel Flexible Hose Series AH2 Hose Outlet Size Equivalent Length of steel pipe according to EN 10255 DN 25 (33,7 x 3,25) Maximum Number of 90º Bends at 3"/76.2mm Bend Radius mm/inches mm/inches/type meters/feet 775/31 15mm/½"/Straight 1.8/6.0 220 mm/¾"/Straight 900/36 15mm/½"/Straight 3.6/11.9 320 mm/¾"/Straight 1200/48 15mm/½"/Straight 4.3/14.0 320 mm/¾"/Straight 1500/60 15mm/½"/Straight 4.1/13.6 320 mm/¾"/Straight 1800/72 15mm/½"/Straight 5.5/18.1 320 mm/¾"/Straight 23 victaulic.com Length of Stainless Steel Flexible Hose Series AH2 Braided Hose Equivalent Length of 1"/33.7 mm Sch. 40 Pipe mm/inches meters feet 790/31 0.87 2.9 915/36 1.00 3.3 1220/48 2.23 7.3 1525/60 2.90 9.5 1830/72 3.31 10.9 10.85 5839 Rev AB Updated 08/2017 © 2017 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com User Responsibility for Product Selection and SuitabilityEach user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of Victaulic products for a particular end-use application, in accordance with industry standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation guide, or this disclaimer. Intellectual Property Rights No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidaries or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patent or other intellectual property right. The terms “Patented” or “Patent Pending” refer to design or utility patents or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. NoteThis product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Installation Reference should always be made to I-VICFLEX-AB1-AB2-AB10, I-VICFLEX-AB4-AB9, I-VICFLEX-AB7, or I-VICFLEX-AB8 for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. Warranty Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. TrademarksVictaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries. 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS WARNING • It is the responsibility of the system designer to verify suitability of 300-series stainless steel flexible hose for use with the intended fluid media within the piping system and external environments. • The effect of chemical composition, pH level, operating temperature, chloride level, oxygen level, and flow rate on 300-series stainless steel flexible hose must be evaluated by the material specifier to confirm system life will be acceptable for the intended service. Failure to follow these instructions could cause product failure, resulting in serious personal injury and/or property damage. NOTE • The VicFlex™Series AH2 Hose has been tested and evaluated by Spears® for acceptable use with Spears® CPVC Products and is therefore covered under the Spears® FlameGaurd® Installer Protection Plan. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS – CHARACTERISTICS Flexible Hose In-Plane Bend Characteristics One Bend Two Bends Three Bends 90° Minimum bend radius Minimum bend radius Minimum bend radius 2X Minimum bend radius OR NOTE For out-of-plane (three-dimensional) bends, care must be taken to avoid imparting torque on the hose. I-VicFlex-AB1-AB2-AB10 I-VicFlex-AB3 I-VicFlex-AB7 I-VicFlex-AB8 I-VicFlex-AB4-AB9 I-VicFlex-AB12 Minimumbend radius Minimumbend radius Minimum bend radius 2X Minimumbend radius Minimumbend radius OR 24 victaulic.com Steel Fire Sprinkler Pipe Green and Sustainable Our steel fire sprinkler pipe contains recycled steel and provides decades of reliable service. At the end of its life, the steel may be almost fully recycled, supporting your green policies. The Strength to Deliver Wheatland Tube is a division of JMC Steel Group, the largest independent manufacturer of steel hollow structural sections (HSS) and steel pipe in North America. We leverage our 100-plus years of pipe and tube manufacturing experience and expertise to produce two million tons of pipe and tube annually. Backed by JMC, Wheatland has the strength to deliver a complete line of steel fire sprinkler pipe that sets the industry standard. Wheatland Tube Fire sprinkler products 100% Compatibility We guarantee our steel pipe is 100% compatible with fire protection systems that use only steel pipe. Why risk incompatibility? Wheatland's complete line of steel sprinkler pipe makes design easy and brings you peace of mind.* Accurate and Efficient Our products help you work safer and smarter — not harder. With our extensive in-house capabilities, we offer the shortest production cycle times in the industry, and we deliver to you accurately and on time, every time. Wheatland Tube began producing steel fire sprinkler pipe in 1931, and today offers the most complete line of products in the industry. Engineers and contractors across the continent depend on us for steel fire sprinkler pipe and a number of proprietary products — always in stock and ready to deliver. * Wheatland Tube has never warranted compatibility between its steel pipe products and CPVC products. schedule 10 and schedule 40 Nps Nom oD Nom ID NomINaL WaLL NomINaL WeIGHT UL pIeCes in.mm in.mm in.mm lbs. / ft.kg / m Crr*Lift 1 1.315 33.4 1.049 26.6 .133 3.38 1.68 2.50 1.00 70 1 ¼1.660 42.2 1.380 35.1 .140 3.56 2.27 3.39 1.00 51 1 ½1.900 48.3 1.610 40.9 .145 3.68 2.72 4.05 1.00 44 2 2.375 60.3 2.067 52.5 .154 3.91 3.66 5.45 1.00 30 * Calculated using Standard UL CRR formula, UL Fire Protection Directory, Category VIZY. * The CRR is a ratio value used to measure the ability of a pipe to withstand corrosion. Threaded Schedule 40 steel pipe is used as the benchmark (value of 1.0). sCHeDULe 40 speCIFICaTIoNs Proprietary mill coating ensures clean, corrosion-resistant surface Outperforms and outlasts standard lacquer-coated pipe Easily painted, without special preparation Available with hot-dip galvanizing Also available in black Wheatland's Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 steel fire sprinkler pipe are subjected to the toughest possible testing to ensure the highest possible quality — not to mention reliable, long-lasting performance. High quality, high performance schedule 10 and schedule 40 meet or exceed These standards: • UL, C-UL and FM Listed • FM Approved • ASTM A135, Type E, Grade A (Schedule 10) • ASTM A53, Type E, Grade B (Schedule 40 5–6) • ASTM A795, Type E, Grade A (Schedule 40) • NFPA 13 NomINaL sIze oD sCHeDULe 40 in.Wall Inches Wt. lbs. / ft. Wt. / Ft. H2o Filled 1 1.315 .133 1.68 2.055 1 ¼1.660 .140 2.27 2.922 1 ½1.900 .145 2.72 3.602 2 2.375 .154 3.66 5.109 2 ½2.875 .203 5.80 7.871 3 3.500 .216 7.58 10.783 3 ½4.000 .226 9.12 — 4 4.500 .237 10.80 16.311 5 5.563 .258 14.63 23.262 6 6.625 .280 18.99 31.498 Nps Nom ID WT. / FT. LBs.WT. / FT. H20 FILLeD pCs. / LIFT WT. / LIFT 21'WT. / LIFT 24'WT. / LIFT 25' 1 ¼1.442 1.807 2.514 61 2315 2645 2756 1 ½1.682 2.087 3.049 61 2673 3055 3183 2 2.157 2.640 4.222 37 2051 2344 2442 2 ½2.635 3.534 5.895 30 2226 2544 2651 3 3.260 4.336 7.949 19 1730 1977 2060 4 4.260 5.619 11.789 19 2242 2562 2669 5 5.295 7.780 17.309 13 2124 2427 2529 6 6.357 9.298 23.038 10 1953 2232 2325 8 8.249 16.96 40.086 7 2493 2849 2968 TeCHNICaL DaTa CHarT WeIGHTs aND DImeNsIoNs CHarT Nps Nom oD Nom ID NomINaL WaLL NomINaL WeIGHT UL pIeCes in.mm in.mm in.mm lbs. / ft.kg / m Crr*Lift 1 ¼1.660 42.2 1.442 36.6 .109 2.77 1.81 2.69 7.3 61 1 ½1.900 48.3 1.682 42.7 .109 2.77 2.09 3.11 5.8 61 2 2.375 60.3 2.157 54.8 .109 2.77 2.64 3.93 4.7 37 2 ½2.875 73.0 2.635 66.9 .120 3.05 3.53 5.26 3.5 30 3 3.500 88.9 3.260 82.8 .120 3.05 4.34 6.46 2.6 19 4 4.500 114.3 4.260 108.2 .120 3.05 5.62 8.37 1.6 19 5 5.563 141.3 5.295 134.5 .134 3.40 7.78 11.58 1.5 13 6 6.625 168.3 6.357 161.5 .134 3.40 9.30 13.85 1.0 10 8 8.625 219.1 8.249 209.5 .188 4.78 16.96 25.26 2.1 7 * Calculated using Standard UL CRR formula, UL Fire Protection Directory, Category VIZY. * The CRR is a ratio value used to measure the ability of a pipe to withstand corrosion. Threaded Schedule 40 steel pipe is used as the benchmark (value of 1.0). sCHeDULe 10 speCIFICaTIoNs ID up to 7% larger than Schedule 10 and 11% larger than Schedule 40 Saves freight, labor and installation costs Standard hanger spacing (15') Available in standard lengths; custom lengths can be ordered Roll groove available from mill inventory Proprietary mill coating provides superior primer for printing Wheatland's Mega-Flow is an engineered, light-wall steel sprinkler pipe that offers ID up to 7% larger than Schedule 10 and 11% larger than Schedule 40 for improved hydraulics. Mega-Flow saves freight, labor and installation costs with standard hanger spacing (15') and standard and custom lengths. With its proprietary mill coating, Mega-Flow is an excellent alternative to standard wall products so you can downsize your entire sprinkler system with the same or greater quality. mega-Flow Greater hydraulics, greater value mega-Flow meets or exceeds These standards: • ASTM A795, Type E, Grade A • NFPA 13, NFPA 14 • UL, C-UL and FM Listed for use with roll-grooved, plain-end couplings and welded joints for wet, dry preaction and deluge systems • FM Approved for roll-grooved, plain-end and welded joints for wet systems Nps Nom ID WT. / FT. LBs.WT. / FT. H20 FILLeD pCs. / LIFT WT. / LIFT 21' WT. / LIFT 24' WT. / LIFT 25' 1 ¼1.530 1.108 1.904 61 1419 1622 1690 1 ½1.740 1.556 2.586 61 1993 2278 2373 2 2.215 1.961 3.631 37 1524 1741 1814 2 ½2.707 2.504 4.998 30 1578 1803 1878 3 3.316 3.349 7.090 19 1336 1527 1591 4 4.316 4.331 10.669 19 1728 1975 2057 6 6.395 8.000 21.900 10 1680 1920 2000 TeCHNICaL DaTa CHarT Nps Nom oD Nom ID UL Crr*meGa-FLoW mega-Flow schedule 10 schedule 40 mega-Flow schedule 40 Nominal wt. / ft.pcs. / Lift 1 ¼1.660 1.530 1.442 1.380 1.80 1.00 1.108 61 1 ½1.900 1.740 1.682 1.610 2.64 1.00 1.556 61 2 2.375 2.215 2.157 2.067 2.14 1.00 1.961 37 2 ½2.875 2.707 2.635 2.469 1.43 1.00 2.504 30 3 3.500 3.316 3.260 3.068 1.34 1.00 3.349 19 4 4.500 4.316 4.260 4.026 1.00 1.00 4.331 19 6 6.625 6.395 6.357 6.065 .75 1.00 8.000 10 * Calculated using Standard UL CRR formula, UL Fire Protection Directory, Category VIZY. * The CRR is a ratio value used to measure the ability of a pipe to withstand corrosion. Threaded Schedule 40 steel pipe is used as the benchmark (value of 1.0). speCIFICaTIoNs ID 3.6% larger than Schedule 40 Saves costs in threadable applications Superior flow characteristics Can be joined by screwed, grooved or plain-end fittings, or welded Safer to weld than many zinc-coated, light-wall threadable products Threads smoothly and easily; requires no thread warning Proprietary mill coating extends shelf life, makes painting quicker and easier Approved for standard hanger spacing Wheatland's Mega-Thread is an engineered, light-wall steel sprinkler pipe that offers ID 3.6% larger than Schedule 40 for superior flow. Mega-Thread saves costs in threadable applications and can be joined by screwed, grooved or plain-end fittings, or welded. With its proprietary mill coating, Mega-Thread is an excellent Schedule 40 alternative that threads smoothly and easily so you can downsize your entire sprinkler system with the same or greater quality. mega-Thread Greater hydraulics, greater value mega-Thread meets or exceeds These standards: • NFPA 13, NFPA 14 • ASTM A795, Type E, Grade A • UL, C-UL and FM Listed for wet, dry and preaction sprinkler systems • FM Approved for use in wet systems • Hot-dip galvanized meets FM requirements for dry systems • Rated 300 psi working pressure Nps Nom ID WT. / FT. LBs.WT. / FT. H20 FILLeD pCs. / LIFT WT. / LIFT 21'WT. / LIFT 24'WT. / LIFT 25' 1 1.087 1.462 1.865 70 2149 2456 2559 1 ¼1.416 1.989 2.674 51 2130 2435 2536 1 ½1.650 2.370 3.297 44 2190 2503 2607 2 2.117 3.094 4.621 30 1949 2228 2321 TeCHNICaL DaTa CHarT Nps Nom oD Nom ID UL Crr*meGa-THreaD mega-Thread schedule 40 mega-Thread schedule 40 L.W.T. pipe Nominal wt. / ft.pcs. / Lift 1 1.315 1.087 1.049 1.00 1.00 .61 1.462 70 1 ¼1.660 1.416 1.380 1.00 1.00 .39 1.989 51 1 ½1.900 1.650 1.610 1.00 1.00 .31 2.370 44 2 2.375 2.117 2.067 1.00 1.00 .25 3.094 30 * Calculated using Standard UL CRR formula, UL Fire Protection Directory, Category VIZY. * The CRR is a ratio value used to measure the ability of a pipe to withstand corrosion. Threaded Schedule 40 steel pipe is used as the benchmark (value of 1.0). speCIFICaTIoNs Ideal for branch line use in wet, dry, preaction or deluge systems Comparable mechanical strength to Schedule 40 Readily paintable galvanized exterior Reduces freight and installation costs Wheatland's GL steel fire sprinkler pipe is an OD galvanized, lighter-wall, threadable product. The nominal OD provides improved hydraulics — resulting in an exceptional value. GL Galvanized, Light Wall, Threadable Ideal for exposed, open areas GL meets or exceeds These standards: • ASTM A795, Type E, Grade A for fire sprinkler applications up to 300 psi working pressure • Threaded and welded fittings are approved in accordance with NFPA 13 • UL, C-UL and FM Listed for wet, dry and preaction deluge systems • FM Approved for use in wet systems Nps Nom ID WT. / FT. LBs.WT. / FT. H20 FILLeD pCs. / LIFT WT. / LIFT 21' WT. / LIFT 24' WT. / LIFT 25' 1 1.103 1.370 1.701 91 2618 2992 3117 1 ¼1.448 1.761 2.365 61 2256 2578 2686 1 ½1.688 2.033 2.875 61 2604 2976 3100 2 2.153 2.686 4.142 37 2087 2385 2485 TeCHNICaL DaTa CHarT Nps Nom ID UL THreaDeD Crr*GL GL schedule 40 GL schedule 40 mega-Thread Nominal wt. / ft.pcs. / Lift 1 1.103 1.049 .61 1.00 1.00 1.370 91 1 ¼1.448 1.380 .39 1.00 1.00 1.761 61 1 ½1.688 1.610 .31 1.00 1.00 2.033 61 2 2.153 2.067 .25 1.00 1.00 2.686 37 * Calculated using Standard UL CRR formula, UL Fire Protection Directory, Category VIZY. * The CRR is a ratio value used to measure the ability of a pipe to withstand corrosion. Threaded Schedule 40 steel pipe is used as the benchmark (value of 1.0). speCIFICaTIoNs Nps Nom ID WT. / FT. LBs.WT. / FT. H20 FILLeD pCs. / LIFT WT. / LIFT 21' WT. / LIFT 24' WT. / LIFT 25' 1 1.103 1.370 1.701 91 2618 2992 3117 1 ¼1.448 1.800 2.365 61 2256 2578 2686 1 ½1.688 2.080 2.875 61 2604 2976 3100 2 2.153 2.630 4.142 37 2087 2385 2485 Nps Nom ID UL THreaDeD Crr*mLT mLT schedule 40 mLT schedule 40 mega-Thread Nominal wt. / ft.pcs. / Lift 1 1.103 1.049 .61 1.00 1.00 1.370 91 1 ¼1.448 1.380 .39 1.00 1.00 1.761 61 1 ½1.688 1.610 .31 1.00 1.00 2.033 61 2 2.153 2.067 .25 1.00 1.00 2.686 37 * Calculated using Standard UL CRR formula, UL Fire Protection Directory, Category VIZY. * The CRR is a ratio value used to measure the ability of a pipe to withstand corrosion. Threaded Schedule 40 steel pipe is used as the benchmark (value of 1.0). Ideal for previously installed systems and expansions Easier and safer to weld than zinc-coated pipes Saves freight and installation costs As mechanically strong as Schedule 40 pipe Easily paintable for a customized look Can be used in wet, dry, preaction and deluge systems Can be joined with threaded couplings, roll- grooved or plain-end couplings, or welded Wheatland's MLT is a black-coated, light-wall engineered product, with a nominal OD and reduced wall thickness that provides improved hydraulics. mLT Black, Light Wall, Threadable a smooth, customized look mLT meets or exceeds These standards: • ASTM A795, Type E, Grade A for fire sprinkler applications up to 300 psi working pressure • Threaded and welded fittings are approved in accordance with NFPA 13 • UL, C-UL and FM Listed for wet, dry and preaction deluge systems • FM Approved for use in wet systems TeCHNICaL DaTa CHarT speCIFICaTIoNs Finished in either black or hot-dip galvanized When hot-dip galvanized, approved for dry system applications Available in standard 21' or 25' lengths; custom lengths may be ordered Saves on freight and installation costs Wheatland's WLS Schedule 30 steel fire sprinkler pipe is a threadable, light-wall steel pipe approved for working pressures up to 300 psi. WLs schedule 30 Light Wall a faster alternative to schedule 40 WLs meets or exceeds These standards: • ASTM A795, Type F, Grade A • Hot-dip galvanized meets FM requirements for dry systems • UL, C-UL and FM Listed • NFPA 13 • ANSI / ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads Nps Nom ID WT. / FT. LBs.WT. / FT. H20 FILLeD pCs. / 1 ToN LIFT 21' pCs. / 1 ToN LIFT 25' 1 1.087 1.462 1.865 70 60 1 ¼1.426 1.928 2.621 55 45 1 ½1.650 2.370 3.297 45 40 2 2.125 3.004 4.542 35 30 Nps Nom oD Nom ID UL Crr*WLs WLs schedule 10 schedule 40 WLs schedule 40 Nominal wt. / ft.pcs. / Lift 21'pcs. / Lift 25' 1 1.315 1.087 N / A 1.049 .57 1.00 1.462 70 60 1 ¼1.660 1.426 1.442 1.380 .46 1.00 1.928 55 45 1 ½1.900 1.650 1.682 1.610 .64 1.00 2.370 45 40 2 2.375 2.125 2.157 2.067 .52 1.00 3.004 35 30 * Calculated using Standard UL CRR formula, UL Fire Protection Directory, Category VIZY. speCIFICaTIoNs TeCHNICaL DaTa CHarT Galvanized exterior finish to extend service life Large ID for better hydraulics and downsizing tubing requirements Super lightweight Outstanding hydraulics Fast installation Approved for use with flexible pipe couplings for the roll-grooved joining method High corrosion- resistance ratios Standard hanger spacing Wheatland's Super Tube (WST) is a light wall Schedule 5 product that's UL and C-UL Listed, and FM Approved for use with standard roll groove and welded joining methods. WsT Light Wall schedule 5 a high-strength, light-wall sprinkler pipe WsT meets or exceeds These standards: • ASTM A795E, A135 • FM Approved • UL, C-UL and FM Listed • New York City MEA #259-91-M • Dade County, Florida, 92-1210 Nps Nom ID WT. / FT. LBs.WT. / FT. H20 FILLeD pCs. / LIFT WT. / LIFT 21' WT. / LIFT 24' WT. / LIFT 25' 1 1.185 0.869 1.346 91 1661 1898 1977 1 ¼1.530 1.108 1.904 61 1419 1622 1690 1 ½1.770 1.275 2.340 61 1633 1867 1944 2 2.245 1.605 3.319 37 1247 1425 1485 Nps Nom oD Nom ID UL Crr*WsT WsT schedule 40 WsT schedule 40 Nominal wt. / ft.pcs. / Lift ¾1.050 0.920 0.824 3.35 1.00 0.68 91 1 1.315 1.185 1.049 2.17 1.00 0.87 91 1 ¼1.660 1.530 1.380 1.40 1.00 1.11 61 1 ½1.900 1.770 1.610 1.11 1.00 1.27 61 2 2.375 2.245 2.067 0.90 1.00 1.60 37 * Calculated using Standard UL CRR formula, UL Fire Protection Directory, Category VIZY. * The CRR is a ratio value used to measure the ability of a pipe to withstand corrosion. Threaded Schedule 40 steel pipe is used as the benchmark (value of 1.0). The average CRR values shown above are higher than any threaded sprinkler pipe (except 2). WST's larger ID can often lead to superior hydraulics and down-sizing of pipe systems. speCIFICaTIoNs TeCHNICaL DaTa CHarT 700 South Dock Street Sharon, PA 16146 800.257.8182 info@wheatland.com wheatland.com Corporate office 227 West Monroe Street 26th Floor Chicago, IL 60606 312.275.1600 info@jmcsteelgroup.com jmcsteelgroup.com The Strength toDeliver about Wheatland Tube Wheatland Tube, a division of JMC Steel Group, produces a wide range of steel tubular products, including standard steel pipe, DOM mechanical tubing, fence framework, fire sprinkler pipe, electrical conduit, elbows, couplings, nipples, oil country tubular goods and line pipe meeting API specifications. For more information, contact Wheatland Tube at: 800.257.8182 or info@wheatland.com Or, visit our website at wheatland.com SFSP-031313 300 RING HANGER SIZE - ROD- SIZE - SYSTEM PIPE - " " MATERIAL- CONFORMS WITH: MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE FUNCTION - INSTALLATION FEATURES ORDERING - 3/8" or 1/2" 1/2 thru 8 Federal Specification WW-H-171E, Type 10. Manufacturers Standardization SocietyANSI/MSS-SP-58 Type 10. - 650 F. Pipe hanger component of an hanger. To support steel, CPVC or copper pipe. -P - * Band edge is offset for EASY pipe insertion. * Custom fit swivel nut for better retention in ring. Part #, pipe size. ° AFCON Carbon Steel, Mil. Galvanized to G-90 spec. OPA-0601 See Website er NFPA13, 13R, 13D, these instructions and the CPVC or copper pipe manufacturers instructions. * LISTING/APPROVAL- 203-EX 2551 1"- 8" OSHPD Sized and listed exclusively for use with #310 Surge Restrainer. Approval guide - 1"- 8" . 1 thru 4 inch pipe LISTED FOR STEEL/CPVC 1/2 & 3/4 inch pipe 5 thru 8 inch pipe PIPE 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 4 5 6 8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 1/2 1/2 1/2 30.75 43.95 54.15 76.95 118.35 162.30 246.00 349.45 476.35 711.00 ROD 1WT. 403.75 469.75 520.75 634.75 841.75 1061.50 1480.00 1996.75 2631.75 3805.00 PIPE 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 4 6 8 1.8793 2.1382 2.2673 2.6048 3.4920 3.7845 4.3582 6.0668 7.5768 A 2.5259 2.7850 2.9140 3.2516 4.1150 4.4311 4.9992 6.8180 8.3290 B A B 11/09 P.O. Box 3365 South El Monte, CA 91733 626.444.0541 Fax 626.444.3887 www. Afcon.org NFPA 13 5 WT.+250 UL TEST LOAD 750 750 750 750 850 1050 1500 2000 2650 4050FM CAD Model AMD-2 Automatic Air Maintenance Device Compressor Control Type with Field-Adjustable Pressure Switch Technical Services 800-381-9312 | +1-401-781-8220 www.tyco-fire.com Page 1 of 4 JULY 2010 TFP1231 General Description The TYCO Model AMD-2 Automatic Air Maintenance Device is an automat-ic, field-adjustable device that controls the on-off cycling of an air compres-sor. It is used to control the pressure in a dry pipe sprinkler system, preaction system, or dry pilot line of a dry pilot actuated deluge or preaction valve. The Model AMD-2 Device is utilized in applications requiring the use of a small, non-tank mounted compressor dedicated to system pressurization. The Model AMD-2 Device monitors system pressure and automatically cy-cles the air compressor on and off to maintain system pressure within pre-set limits. The Model AMD-2 Device features a Pressure Switch with integral unload-ing valve that automatically bleeds the pressure between the air compressor and the Model AMD-2 Device after the air compressor automatically shuts off. This feature prevents start-up of the air compressor under load. The Model AMD-2 Device is a re-des-ignation for the Central Model DU-2, Gem Model F326, and Star Model S465. NOTICE The Model AMD-2 Automatic Air Maintenance Devices described here-in must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document and with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Association, in addition to the standards of any au-thorities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. Owners are responsible for maintain-ing their fire protection system and devices in proper operating condition. The installing contractor or sprinkler manufacturer should be contacted with any questions. Technical Data ApprovalsUL and C-UL Listed FM Approved NYC Approved under MEA 206-02-E NEMA Rating The housing of the Pressure Switch meets NEMA 1 requirements. Field-Adjustable Pressures• Minimum Cut-In (On) 14 psi (1,0 bar) • Maximum Cut-Out (Off) 60 psi (4,1 bar) Pressure Switch Differential6 psi (0,4 bar) The switch ratings are as follows: 115 VAC, 1 Phase . . . . . . . . . .2 HP 230 VAC, 1 Phase . . . . . . . . . .3 HP 230 VAC, 3 Phase . . . . . . . . . .5 HP 575 VAC, 3 Phase . . . . . . . . . .5 HP 115 VDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 HP 230 VDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 HP Factory-Set Outlet Pressure 35 to 41 psi (2,4 to 2,8 bar) Assembly Major components illustrated in Figure 1 are factory-assembled, galvanized steel nipples and malleable iron pipe fittings. Operation The By-Pass Valve in the Model AMD-2 Automatic Air Maintenance Device is opened to quickly fill the system dur-ing initial pressurization. After the cut-out pressure of the Pressure Switch is reached, its actuating lever transfers the DPDT switch contacts to shut off the air compressor and open the un-loader valve to bleed pressure be-tween the air compressor and the Restrictor Check Valve. The By-Pass Valve is then closed to place the Model AMD-2 Device in automatic operation. The Restrictor Check Valve prevents the unloader valve from bleeding down the system. With the By-Pass Valve closed, its 3/32 inch (2,4 mm) orifice limits air flow into the system to a val-ue significantly less than that exhaust-ed by the operation of a 5.6 K-factor sprinkler. When there is a small leak in the sys-tem, the Pressure Switch automati-cally transfers its contacts at the cut-in pressure to start the air compressor and shuts off the air compressor after the cut-out pressure is reached. TFP1231 Page 2 of 4 Installation The TYCO Model AMD-2 Automatic Air Maintenance Device must be in-stalled in accordance with the follow-ing instructions. NOTICE Moisture build-up can adversely affect performance. Suitable consideration must be given to the removal of exces-sive moisture from the compressed air supply. 1. Make connections a minimum of 1/2 inch (DN15) pipe size between the air compressor and the Model AMD-2 Device, as well as between the Model AMD-2 Device and the system to pressurize. 2. If a moisture filter with integral drain is not installed at the outlet of the air com pressor, install a Drip Leg in the air line between the Air Compres-sor and the Model AMD-2 Device as shown in Figure 2. 3. Place a 1/2 inch (DN15), non-spring loaded, rubber-faced, swing-type check valve between the Model AMD-2 Device and the system to pressurize. A check valve of this type is provided in the air supply trim of TYCO dry pipe valves, preaction valves, and dry pilot trim. 4. Make conduit and electrical connec-tions to the Pressure Switch in accor-dance with the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction and/or 1/2" NPT OUTLET CONNECTION PRESSURE SWITCH(WITH UNLOADER VALVE) P/N 92-326-1-001 (TO SYSTEM)7"(177,5 mm) 12-1/2"(317,5 mm) 2-1/2"(63,5 mm) 16-1/2"(419,1 mm)4"(101,6 mm) RESTRICTORCHECK VALVE STRAINER BY-PASS VALVE(NORMALLY CLOSED) P/N 46-047-1-004 1/2" NPT INLET CONNECTION(FROM AIR COMPRESSOR) 1/2" CONDUITOPENINGS P/N 92-326-1-003 P/N 52-353-1-002 FIGURE 1 MODEL AMD-2 AUTOMATIC AIR MAINTENANCE DEVICE the National Electrical Code. Refer to Figure 3 for identification of the wir-ing terminals. The Pressure Switch is wired through two, 1/2 inch Conduit Openings in the base of its enclo-sure. The No. 8 screw terminals accept up to No. 12 AWG wire. Setting Procedure The TYCO Model AMD-2 Automat-ic Air Maintenance Device must be set in accordance with the following instructions. 1. Open the By-Pass Valve in the Model AMD-2 Device. 2. Open the control valve in the air sup-ply trim to the system to pressurize. 3. To pressurize the system, apply elec-trical power to the Pressure Switch. 4. Close the By-Pass Valve after the Pressure Switch cuts out. Note the cut-out pressure. 5. Open a connection to the system slowly enough to reduce the air pres-sure and close it immediately after the Pressure Switch cuts in. Verify that the cut-in pressure meets the minimum requirements of the system to pressurize, and note the cut-out pressure. If necessary, remove the cover from the Pressure Switch and adjust the cut-in pressure adjustment screw shown in Figure 3. The cut-in pres-sure changes approximately 1.5 psi (0,1 bar) per half-turn of the screw. The cut-in pressure should be set at the minimum required value, in order to minimize the time to sys-tem trip in the event of a sprinkler operation. 6. Repeat Step 5 if the cut-in pressure required adjustment. Note both the cut-in and cut-out pressures for fu-ture reference. Care and Maintenance The TYCO Model AMD-2 Automatic Air Maintenance Device must be main-tained and serviced in accordance with the following instructions, in addi-tion to any specific requirements of the NFPA. Any impairment must be imme-diately corrected. NOTICE Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, obtain permission to shut down the affected fire protection sys-tem from the proper authorities and notify all personnel who may be affect-ed by this action. TFP1231 Page 3 of 4 FIGURE 2 INSTALLATION OF DRIP LEG BETWEEN AIR COMPRESSOR AND MODEL AMD-2 DEVICE FIGURE 3 ADJUSTMENT SCREW AND WIRING TERMINALS (COVER REMOVED) Do not allow condensed moisture to back-up into the air compressor cylinder. It is recommended that accumulated moisture be removed from air supply moisture filtration equipment at least quarterly. More frequent inspections may be necessary in particularly hu-mid environments. After placing a fire protection system in service, notify the proper authorities and advise those responsible for moni-toring proprietary and/or central sta-tion alarms. Responsibility lies with owners for the inspection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and de-vices in compliance with this docu-ment, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protec-tion Association (for example, NFPA 25), in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Contact the installing contractor or sprinkler manufacturer regarding any questions. Automatic sprinkler systems are rec-ommended to be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspec-tion Service in accordance with local requirements and/or national code. The Model AMD-2 Automatic Air Main-tenance Device must be inspected quarterly in accordance with the fol-lowing instructions. 1. Verify that the Model AMD-2 By-Pass Valve is closed. 2. Clean out the 1/4 inch Model AMD-2 Strainer located at the inlet to the Re-strictor Check Valve. Be sure to re-install the strainer screen and tighten the cap securely. 3. Close the system’s main control valve and open the main drain valve. Close the accelerator control valve, if the system is so equipped. 4. Open a connection to the system slowly enough to reduce the air pres-sure and close it immediately after the Pressure Switch cuts in. Verify that the cut-in and cut-out pres-sures are essentially the same as the previously established requirements. 5. Open the accelerator control valve, as applicable. 6. Slowly open the main control valve and after water begins to flow, slowly close the main drain valve. Complete-ly open the main control valve. The Model AMD-2 Device is now ready for service. AIR COMPRESSOR MODEL AMD-2 AIR MAINTENANCE DEVICE TO SYSTEM 6" DRIP LEG INCREASE PRESSURE LINE MOTOR LINE CUT-IN (ON) PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT SCREW Copyright © 2007 - 2010 Tyco Fire Suppression & Building Products. All rights reserved. TFP1231 Page 4 of 4 Limited Warranty Products manufactured by Tyco Fire Suppression & Building Products (TFSBP) are warranted solely to the original Buyer for ten (10) years against defects in material and workmanship when paid for and properly installed and maintained under normal use and service. This warranty will expire ten (10) years from date of shipment by TFSBP. No warranty is given for prod-ucts or components manufactured by companies not affiliated by ownership with TFSBP or for products and com-ponents which have been subject to misuse, improper installation, corro-sion, or which have not been installed, maintained, modified or repaired in accordance with applicable Standards of the National Fire Protection Associ-ation, and/or the standards of any oth-er Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Ma-terials found by TFSBP to be defective shall be either repaired or replaced, at TFSBP’s sole option. TFSBP neither assumes, nor authorizes any person to assume for it, any other obligation in connection with the sale of products or parts of products. TFSBP shall not be responsible for sprinkler system design errors or inaccurate or incom-plete information supplied by Buyer or Buyer’s representatives. In no event shall TFSBP be liable, in contract, tort, strict liability or under any other legal theory, for incidental, indirect, special or consequential damages, including but not limited to labor charges, regardless of whether TFSBP was informed about the pos-sibility of such damages, and in no event shall TFSBP’s liability exceed an amount equal to the sales price. The foregoing warranty is made in lieu of any and all other warranties, express or implied, including warran-ties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. This limited warranty sets forth the exclusive remedy for claims based on failure of or defect in products materials or components, whether the claim is made in contract, tort, strict liability or any other legal theory. This warranty will apply to the full extent permitted by law. The invalidity, in whole or part, of any portion of this warranty will not affect the remainder. Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for avail-ability. When placing an order, indi-cate the full product name, including description and Part Number (P/N). Model AMD-2 DeviceSpecify: Model AMD-2 Automatic Air Maintenance Device, P/N 52-326-2-001. Replacement PartsSpecify: (description) for use with the Model AMD-2 Automatic Air Maintenance Device, P/N (from Figure 1). Model CV-1F Grooved End Swing Check Valves 2 thru 12 Inch (DN50 thru DN300) Page 1 of 4 SEPTEMBER 2014 TFP1550 Worldwide Contacts www.tyco-fire.com General Description The TYCO Model CV-1F Grooved End Swing Check Valves are compact and rugged swing-type units that allow water flow in one direction and prevent flow in the opposite direction. A resilient elastomer seal facing on the spring-loaded clapper ensures a leak-tight seal and non-sticking operation. The Model CV-1F Check Valves are designed to minimize water hammer caused by flow reversal. The Model CV-1F Grooved End Swing Check Valves are furnished with grooved ends and can be installed using GRINNELL Grooved Couplings or GRINNELL Figure 71 Flange Adapters. The Model CV-1F Check Valves have been designed with a removable cover for ease of field maintenance. These valves can be installed horizontally (with cover in the upward position) or verti-cally with the flow in the upward direc-tion (Ref. Figure 4). A Maintenance Check Valve Kit (TFP1555) is available to allow the maintenance procedure of back- flushing through the fire department connection without removing the Model CV-1F Grooved End Swing Check Valve from the pipe line. The Model CV-1F Grooved End Swing Check Valves are a redesign for the Central Figure 590F and GRINNELL Figure 590F. NOTICE The TYCO Model CV-1F Grooved End Swing Check Valves described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document and with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), in addition to the standards of any authorities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the perfor-mance of these devices. Never remove any piping component nor correct or modify any piping defi-ciencies without first de-pressurizing and draining the system. Failure to do so may result in serious personal injury, property damage, and/or impaired device performance. The owner is responsible for maintain-ing their fire protection system and devices in proper operating condi-tion. Contact the installing contrac-tor or product manufacturer with any questions. Technical Data ApprovalsUL and C-UL ListedFM Approved Sizes2 thru 12 Inch (DN50 thru DN300) Maximum Working Pressure300 psi (20,7 bar) Valve Assembly FinishRed, non-lead paint Installation The Model CV-1F Grooved End Swing Check Valves are to be installed in accordance with this section: Step 1. The arrow cast on the body must point in the direction of the flow. Step 2. Valves installed vertically must be positioned with the flow in the upward direction. Step 3. Valves installed horizontal-ly must be positioned with the cover facing up (Ref. Figure 4). Step 4. Grooved end pipe couplings used with the Model CV-1F Grooved End Swing Check Valves must be installed in accordance with manufac-turer’s instructions. Note: Valves should be installed a reasonable distance downstream from pumps, elbows, expanders, reducers, or other similar devices to extend the valve life. Standard piping practices call for a minimum of five (5) times the pipe diameter for general use. For Fire Protection pressure rating, listing and approval information, contact your Tyco Representative. TFP1550 Page 2 of 4 Nominal Pipe Size Nominal Dimensions Inches (mm)Cover Bolt Torq., Lbs.-ft. (Nm) Approx. Weight, Lbs. (kg)ANSI Inches (DN) O.D. Inches (mm)A B C D E F J 2 (50)2.375 (60,3)6.75(171,5)1.96 (49,8)1.96 (49,8)2.57 (65,3)3.25 (82,3)4.75 (120,7)1.62(41,5)18(25)9.0(4,5) 2-1/2 (65)2.875 (73,0)8.00(203,2)5.38 (136,7)2.63 (66,7)3.09 (78,5)3.87 (98,3)5.87 (149,1)1.63(41,7)39(54)10.0(4,5) 76,1 (65)– (76,1)8.00(203,2)5.38 (136,7)2.63 (66,7)3.09 (78,5)3.87 (98,3)5.87 (149,1)1.63(41,7)39(54)10.0(4,5) 3 (80)3.500 (88,9)8.37(212,6)5.72 (145,3)2.81 (71,4)3.31 (84,1)3.87 (98,3)5.87 (149,1)1.63(41,7)39(54)11.0(5,0) 4 (100)4.500 (114,3)9.63(244,6)6.68 (169,7)3.80 (96,5)3.63 (92,2)4.53 (115,4)7.13 (181,1)1.84(46,7)50(69)25.0(11,3) 139,7 (125)– (139,7)10.50(266,7)7.40 (188,0)4.46 (113,3)4.13 (104,9)4.90 (124,5)7.50 (190,5)1.75(44,5)39(54)29.0(13,2) 5 (125)5.563 (141,3)10.50(266,7)7.40 (188,0)4.46 (113,3)4.13 (104,9)4.90 (124,5)7.50 (190,5)1.75(44,5)39(54)29.0(13,2) 165,1 (150)– (165,1)11.50(292,1)8.00 (203,2)4.62 (117,3)4.50 (114,3)5.00 (127,0)7.60 (193,0)1.85(47,0)60(82)47.0(21,3) 6 (150)6.625 (168,3)11.50(292,1)8.00 (203,2)4.62 (117,3)4.50 (114,3)5.00 (127,0)7.60 (193,0)1.85(47,0)60(82)47.0(21,3) 8 (200)8.625 (219,1)14.00(355,6)10.14 (257,8)6.67 (169,4)5.52 (140,2)5.46 (138,7)8.46 (214,9)2.13(54,1)120(164)66.0(29,9) 10 (250)10.750 (273,1)18.00(457,2)12.38 (314,5)8.62 (218,9)6.41 (162,8)7.50 (190,5)10.50 (266,7)3.00(76,2)130(178)109.7(49,4) 12 (300)12.750 (323,9)21.00(533,4)14.28 (362,7)9.93 (252,2)7.27 (184,7)7.62 (193,5)10.62 (269,7)2.75(69,9)130(178)151.0(68,0) NPT 1/2" NPT 1/2" B A C D O.D. J E F FIGURE 1 MODEL CV-1F CHECK VALVES NOMINAL DIMENSIONS TFP1550 Page 3 of 4 Detail Part Material Qty.Detail Part Material Qty.Detail Part Material Qty. 1 Body Ductile Iron 1 6 Clapper Facing EPDM Grade “E”1 14 Locknut Stainless Steel 1 2 Cover Ductile Iron 1 7 Spring Stainless Steel 1 15 Plug- 1/2˝-14 NPT Cast Iron 2 3 Cover Gasket Nitrile Rubber 1 8 Hinge Shaft Stainless Steel 1 16 Adhesive Thread Sealer AR 4 Hex Cap Screw Steel, Zinc Plated AR 9 Retaining Ring Stainless Steel AR 17 Nameplate Aluminum 1 5 Clapper 2˝-8˝ (DN50-200) Stainless Steel 1 11 Retention Bolt Stainless Steel 1 18 Rivet Steel 2 Clapper 10˝-12˝ (DN250-300)Ductile Iron 13 Retaining Disc Stainless Steel 1 19 Spacer Stainless Steel 1 15 VIEW A DETAIL BSEE DETAIL B 2" - 8"(DN50-DN200)10" - 12"1 VIEW A SEE 2" - 8"(DN50-DN200)10" - 12" (DN250 - DN300) 1718 2 9 8 7 5 (DN250 - DN300) 8 9 2 7 5 13 14,16 6 13 11,16 19 5 6 5 11 3 2 4,16 0,04 0,05 0,07 0,06 0,09 0,08 0,10 0,20 0,30 IN POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH (PSI)NOMINAL PRESSURE DROPNOMINAL PRESSURE DROP IN BAR(1 PSI = 0,06895 BAR)0.5 0.6 1.00.9 0.8 0.7 4.0 2.0 3.0 5.0 200 300 400 600 1000 2000 3000 4000 6000 10000 700 1000 2000 3000 5000 7000 10000 20000 30000 15000 50000 100 500 FLOW RATE IN LITRES PER MINUTE (LPM) (1 GPM = 3,785 LPM) FLOW RATE IN GALLONS PER MINUTE (GPM)2-1/2 INCH (DN65)3 INCH (DN80)5 INCH (DN125)8 INCH (DN200)6 INCH (DN150)4 INCH (DN100)10 INCH (DN250)2 INCH (DN50)12 INCH (DN300)FIGURE 2 MODEL CV-1F CHECK VALVES ASSEMBLY FIGURE 3 MODEL CV-1F CHECK VALVES PRESSURE LOSS DATA GLOBAL HEADQUARTERS | 1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 19446 | Telephone +1-215-362-0700 TFP1550 Page 4 of 4 Copyright © 2014 Tyco Fire Products, LP. All rights reserved. Care and Maintenance The TYCO Model CV-1F Grooved End Swing Check Valves must be main-tained and serviced in accordance with this section. Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, obtain permission to shut down the affected fire protection system from the proper authorities and notify all personnel who may be affect-ed by this decision. After placing a fire protection system in service, notify the proper authorities and advise those responsible for moni-toring proprietary and/or central station alarms. The owner is responsible for the inspection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devices in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Association (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to the stan-dards of any authority having jurisdic-tion. Contact the installing contractor or product manufacturer with any ques-tions. Any impairments must be imme-diately corrected. Automatic sprinkler systems are recom-mended to be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspection Service in accordance with local requirements and/or national codes. Limited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for avail-ability. When placing an order, indicate the full product name and Part Number (P/N). Model CV-1F Check ValvesSpecify: size (specify) and P/N (spec-ify): 2 Inch (DN50) . . . . . . . . . . . . .P/N 59-590-0-020 2-1/2 Inch (DN65) . . . . . . . . . .P/N 59-590-0-02576,1 mm (DN65) . . . . . . . . . . .P/N 59-590-0-076 3 Inch (DN80) . . . . . . . . . . . . .P/N 59-590-0-030 4 Inch (DN100) . . . . . . . . . . . .P/N 59-590-0-040 5 Inch (DN125) . . . . . . . . . . . .P/N 59-590-0-050 139,7 mm (DN125) . . . . . . . . .P/N 59-590-0-139 6 Inch (DN150) . . . . . . . . . . . .P/N 59-590-0-060165,1 mm (DN150) . . . . . . . . .P/N 59-590-0-165 8 Inch (DN200) . . . . . . . . . . . .P/N 59-590-0-080 10 Inch (DN250) . . . . . . . . . . .P/N 59-590-0-100 12 Inch (DN300) . . . . . . . . . . .P/N 59-590-0-120 HORIZONTAL ORIENTATIONVERTICAL ORIENTATION FLOW FLOW COVER COVEROUTLET INLET OUTLETINLET FIGURE 4 MODEL CV-1F CHECK VALVES INSTALLATION Model BFV-N Butterfly Valve Grooved End 2-1/2 to 10 Inch (DN65 to DN250) Page 1 of 4 MAY 2014 TFP1510 Worldwide Contacts www.tyco-fire.com Technical Data Approvals UL and C-UL Listed FM Approved Listed by California State Fire Marshall under Listing No. 7770-1670:100 All laboratory listings and approvals are for indoor and outdoor use. Maximum Working Pressure • 2-1/2 to 8 Inch (DN65 to DN200)300 psi (20,7) bar • 10 Inch (DN250)175 psi (12,0 bar) Materials of Construction • BodyDuctile iron conforming to ASTM A-395 • Body CoatingPolyamide • DiscDuctile iron conforming to ASTM A-395 • Disc SealGrade EPDM “E” encapsulated rub-ber conforming to ASTM D-2000 • Upper & Lower StemType 416 Stainless Steel conforming to ASTM 582 • Lower PlugPVC • OperatorGear operator with iron housing General Description The Model BFV-N Grooved End But-terfly Valves (Ref. Figure 1) are indicat-ing type valves designed for use in fire protection systems where a visual in-dication is required as to whether the valve is open or closed. They are used, for example, as system, sectional, and pump water control valves. They have cut groove inlet and outlet connections that are suitable for use with grooved end pipe couplings that are listed and approved for fire protection systems. For applications requiring supervision of the open position of the valve, the Gear Operators for the Model BFV-N Butterfly Valves are provided with two sets of factory installed inter-nal switches each having SPDT con-tacts (Ref. Figure 2). The supervisory switches transfer their electrical con-tacts when there is movement from the valve’s normal open position dur-ing the first two revolutions of the handwheel. NOTICE The Model BFV-N Grooved End But-terfly Valves described herein must be installed and maintained in com-pliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Association, in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for main-taining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating con-dition. Contact the installing contrac-tor or sprinkler manufacturer with any questions. TFP1510 Page 2 of 4 Installation The Model BFV-N Grooved End But-terfly Valves may be installed with flow in either direction and can be posi-tioned either horizontally or vertically. The grooved end pipe couplings used with the Model BFV-N must be listed or approved for fire protection service and installed in accordance with the manufacturers instructions. The Model BFV-N Butterfly Valve may be installed with any schedule of pres-sure class of pipe or tubing that is list-ed or approved for fire protection. As applicable, refer to Figure 2 for the internal switch wiring diagram. Conduit and electrical connections are to be made in accordance with the authority having jurisdiction and/or the National Electrical Code. With reference to Figure 2, the “supervisory switch” is intended for connection to the supervisory circuit of a fire alarm control panel in accordance with NFPA 72. The “auxiliary switch” is intend-ed for the unsupervised connection to auxiliary equipment in accordance with NFPA 70, National Electric Code. NOTE: For outdoor applications with internal supervisory switches, it is rec-ommended that wiring connections be made at a temperature above 15°F (-9°C), in order to insure sufficient flex-ibility of the wire lead insulation. Care and Maintenance The owner is responsible for the in-spection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devic-es in accordance with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protec- tion Association (e.g., NFPA25), in ad-dition to the standards of any author-ity having jurisdiction. The installing contractor or product manufacturer should be contacted relative to any questions. Any impairment must be immediately corrected. NOTE: Before closing a fire protection system control valve for maintenance or inspection work on either the valve or fire protection system which it con-trols, permission to shut down the af-fected fire protection systems must be obtained from the proper authorities and all personnel who may be affected by this decision must be notified. It is recommended that automatic sprinkler systems be inspected, test-ed, and maintained by a qualified in-spection service. Nominal Valve SizesInches(DN) PipeODInches(mm) Nominal Installation DimensionsInches (mm)WeightLbs.(kg)A B C D E F G H 2-1/2(65)2.88(73,0)3.85(98,0)11.94(303,3)3.25(83,0)5.67(144,0)5.90(149,9)5.82(147,8)2.13(54,1)0 22(10,0) 3(80)3.50(88,9)3.85(98,0)12.48(317,0)3.54(90,0)5.94(150,9)5.90(149,9)5.82(147,8)2.13(54,1)0 23(10,4) 4(100)4.50(114,3)4.56(116,0)14.18(360,2)4.35(110,0)6.31(160,3)5.90(149,9)7.64(194,1)2.13(54,1)0 28(12,7) 5(125)5.56(141,3)5.86(149,0)15.17(385,3)4.84(123,0)7.32(185,9)5.90(149,9)7.64(194,1)2.13(54,1)0 31(14,1) 6(150)6.63(168,3)5.86(149,0)17.54(445,5)5.93(151,0)8.62(218,9)5.90(149,9)7.64(194,1)2.13(54,1)0.67(17,0)41(18,6) 8(200)8.63(219,1)5.26(134,0)19.42(493,3)6.87(174,0)9.80(248,9)9.80(248,9)7.91(200,9)2.13(54,1)5.86(148,8)53(24,1) 10(250)10.75(273,1)6.29(160,0)24.03(610,4)9.17(233,0)11.61(294.9)18.00(457,2)9.49(241,0)3.03(77,0)7.41(188,2)88(40,0) INDICATORFLAG GEAROPERATOR 1/2" NPT CONDUIT CONNECTION F HANDWHEEL DISC BODY E D C B G A H FIGURE 1 MODEL BFV-N GROOVED END BUTTERFLY VALVE NOMINAL DIMENSIONS TFP1510 Page 3 of 4 1/2A @ 125 VDC1/4A @ 250 VDC15.1A/12HP @ 125, 250 VAC5A @ 125 VAC "L" END OF LINE RESISTOR PANELORANGEORANGEYELLOWYELLOWSUPERVISORYSWITCH SWITCH SHOWN WITH VALVE FULL OPEN GREENVIOLETAUXILIARY SWITCH SHOWN WITH VALVE FULL OPEN BLUEREDBELL SWITCHGND POWER NOT USED+ -- + CONTACT RATING:10 INCH (DN250)8 INCH (DN200)6 INCH (DN150)5 INCH (DN125)4 INCH (DN100)3 INCH (DN80)2-1/2 INCH (DN65)2.0 0.4 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.6 0.5 0.8 1.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 60 100 200 600400 1000 2000 1000060004000 600 100006000100020004000 20000 40000400 0,30 0,20 0,08 0,10 0,06 0,04 0,05 0,03 0,02 0,01 FLOW RATE IN LITRES PER MINUTE (LPM) FLOW RATE IN GALLONS PER MINUTE (GPM)NOMINAL PRESSURE DROPIN POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH (PSI)(1 PSI = 0,06895 BAR)NOMINAL PRESSURE DROP IN BAR(1 GPM = 3,785 LPM) 15000 300 GRAPH A DN65 THROUGH DN 250 MODEL BFV-N BUTTERFLY VALVE NOMINAL PRESSURE DROP VERSUS FLOW FIGURE 2 MODEL BFV-N BUTTERFLY VALVE INTERNAL SWITCH WIRING DIAGRAM GLOBAL HEADQUARTERS | 1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 19446 | Telephone +1-215-362-0700 TFP1510 Page 4 of 4 Copyright © 2014 Tyco Fire Products, LP. All rights reserved. Limited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. Ordering Procedure Grooved End Butterfly Valves:Specify: (specify inch size) Model BFV-N Grooved End Butterfly Valve with internal supervisory switches, P/N (specify). Valve Size Valve Part Number 2-1/2 ......................59-300-F-025N 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-300-F-030N 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-300-F-040N 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-300-F-050N 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-300-F-060N 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-300-F-080N10 .........................59-300-F-100N Series DS-1 Dry-Type Sprinklers 5.6K Horizontal Sidewall Standard and Quick Response, Extended Coverage Page 1 of 8 SEPTEMBER 2014 TFP520 IMPORTANTAlways refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP700 for the “INSTALLER WARNING” that provides cautions with respect to handling and instal-lation of sprinkler systems and components. Improper handling and installation can permanently damage a sprinkler system or its compo-nents and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. Worldwide Contacts www.tyco-fire.com General Description TYCO Series DS-1 Dry-Type Sprinklers, 5.6 K-factor Horizontal Sidewall, Standard (5 mm Bulb) and Quick Response (3 mm Bulb) and Extended Coverage, are decorative glass bulb automatic sprinklers typically used where the sprinklers and/or a portion of the connecting piping may be exposed to freezing temperatures; for example, horizontal piping extensions through a wall to protect an unheated area of a building. Series DS-1 Dry-Type Sprinklers are designed for extended coverage use in light hazard occupancies. NOTICE Series DS-1 Dry-Type Sprinklers described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for main-taining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating condition. Contact the installing contractor or product manufacturer with any questions. Series DS-1 Dry-Type Sprinklers must only be installed in fittings that meet the requirements of the Design Criteria section. Sprinkler Identification Numbers (SINs) TY3338 – 3 mm Bulb Type TY3358 – 5 mm Bulb Type Technical Data ApprovalsUL and C-UL Listed NYC Approved under MEA 352-01-E Refer to Table A. Maximum Working Pressure175 psi (12,1 bar) Inlet Thread Connections1 inch NPT or ISO 7-R 1 Discharge CoefficientK=5.6 gpm/psi1/2 (80,6 lpm/bar1/2) Temperature RatingsRefer to Table A. FinishesSprinkler: Natural Brass, Chrome Plated, or Signal White Escutcheon: Signal White, Chrome Plated, or Brass Plated Physical CharacteristicsInlet.....................CopperPlug ....................CopperYoke ..............Stainless SteelCasing ...............Galvanized Carbon SteelInsert ...................BronzeBulb Seat ..........Stainless SteelBulb ......................GlassCompression Screw. . . . . . . . BronzeDeflector.................BronzeFrame...................BronzeGuide Tube .........Stainless SteelWater Tube .........Stainless SteelSpring.............Stainless SteelGasketed SpringPlate Seal .........Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLONEscutcheon ..........Carbon Steel Operation When TYCO Series DS-1 Dry-Type Sprinklers are in service, water is prevented from entering the assembly by the Plug and Gasketed Spring Plate Seal (Ref. Figure 1) in the Inlet of the sprinkler. The glass bulb contains a fluid that expands when exposed to heat. When the rated temperature is reached, the fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the glass bulb, and the Bulb Seat is released. The compressed Spring is then able to expand and push the Water Tube as well as the Guide Tube outward. This action simultaneously pulls inward on the Yoke, withdrawing the Plug and Gasketed Spring Plate Seal from the Inlet allowing the sprinkler to activate and flow water. TFP520 Page 2 of 8 Design Criteria TYCO Series DS-1 Dry-Type Sprinklers are intended for use in fire sprinkler systems designed in accordance with the standard installation rules recognized by the applicable Listing or Approval agency; for example, UL Listing is based on NFPA 13 requirements. Sprinkler FittingsInstall 1 inch NPT Series DS-1 Dry-Type Sprinklers in the 1 inch NPT outlet or run of the following fittings: • malleable or ductile iron threaded tee fittings that meet the dimen-sional requirements of ANSI B16.3 (Class 150) • cast iron threaded tee fittings that meet the dimensional requirements of ANSI B16.4 (Class 125) Do not install Series DS-1 Dry-Type Sprinklers into elbow fittings. The Inlet of the sprinkler can contact the interior of the elbow. The unused outlet of the threaded tee is plugged as shown in Figure 5. You can also install Series DS-1 Dry-Type Sprinklers in the outlet. The configuration shown in Figure 6 is only applicable for wet pipe systems where the sprinkler fitting and water-filled pipe above the sprinkler fitting are not subject to freezing and where the length of the Dry-Type Sprinkler has the minimum exposure length depicted in Figure 6. Refer to the Exposure Length section. For wet pipe system installations of 1 inch NPT Series DS-1 Dry-Type Sprinklers connected to CPVC piping, use only the following TYCO CPVC fittings: • 1” x 1” NPT Female Adapter (P/N 80145) • 1” x 1” x 1” NPT Sprinkler Head Adapter Tee (P/N 80249) For dry pipe system installations, use only the side outlet of maximum 2-1/2 inch reducing tee when locating Series DS-1 Dry-Type Sprinklers directly below the branch line. Otherwise, use the configuration shown in Figure 4 to assure complete water drainage from above Series DS-1 Dry-Type Sprinklers and the branch line. Failure to do so may result in pipe freezing and water damage. NOTICE Do not install Series DS-1 Dry-Type Sprinklers into any other type fitting without first consulting the Technical Services Department. Failure to use the appropriate fitting may result in one of the following: • failure of the sprinkler to operate prop-erly due to formation of ice over the Inlet Plug or binding of the Inlet Plug • insufficient engagement of the Inlet pipe threads with consequent leakage DrainageIn accordance with the minimum requirements of the National Fire Protection Association for dry pipe sprinkler systems, branch, cross, and feed-main piping connected to Dry Sprinklers and subject to freezing temperatures must be pitched for proper drainage. FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING SPRINKLER FITTING (REFER TO DESIGN CRITERIA SECTION) CENTERLINE OF WATERWAY 1-3/4" DIA.(44,5 mm) FACE OF MOUNTING SURFACE ORDER LENGTHS: 2-3/4" to 48" (69,9 to 1219,2 mm) IN 1/4" (6,4 mm) INCREMENTS 3" DIA. (76,2 mm) 2-3/8" ± 1/8" (60,3 ± 3,2 mm) 7/16" (11,1 mm) WATER TUBE GUIDE TUBEINLET INSERT DEFLECTOR3 or 5 mm BULB COMPRESSION SCREW PLUG WITH GASKETED SPRING PLATE SEAL BULB SEAT YOKE 1" NPT CASING SPRING VENT HOLE FRAMEINLET BAND FIGURE 1 EXTENDED COVERAGE HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL ASSEMBLY FIGURE 2 EXTENDED COVERAGE HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL WITH STANDARD ESCUTCHEON TY3338 (3 MM BULB) AND TY3358 (5 MM BULB) TFP520 Page 3 of 8 Exposure LengthWhen using Dry Sprinklers in wet pipe sprinkler systems to protect areas subject to freezing temperatures, use Table C to determine a sprinkler’s appropriate exposed barrel length to prevent water from freezing in the connecting pipes due to conduction. The exposed barrel length measure-ment must be taken from the face of the sprinkler fitting to the surface of the structure or insulation that is exposed to the heated area. Refer to Figure 6 for an example. For protected area temperatures between those given above, the minimum recommended length from the face of the fitting to the outside of the protected area may be determined by interpolating between the indicated values. Clearance SpaceIn accordance with Section 8.4.9.2 of the 2010 edition of NFPA 13, when connecting an area subject to freezing and an area containing a wet pipe sprinkler system, the clearance space around the sprinkler barrel of Dry-Type Sprinklers must be sealed. Due to temperature differences between two areas, the potential for the formation of condensation in the sprinkler and subsequent ice build-up is increased. If this condensation is not controlled, ice build-up can occur that might damage the dry-type sprinkler and/or prevent proper operation in a fire situation. Use of the Model DSB-2 Dry Sprinkler Boot, described in Technical Data Sheet TFP591 and shown in Figure 7, can provide the recommended seal. WRENCH FLAT PUSH WRENCH IN TO ENSURE ENGAGEMENT WITH SPRINKLERWRENCH FLATS WRENCHRECESS FIGURE 3 W-TYPE 7 SPRINKLER WRENCH HEATED AREA FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING EXPOSURE LENGTH (SEE DESIGN CRITERIA SECTION) DSB-2 INTENDED FOR FREEZER STRUCTURESAREA SUBJECT TO FREEZING TO DRY SYSTEM DSB-2INTENDEDFOR FREEZERSTRUCTURES INSULATEDFREEZER STRUCTURE STRAP TIES (ENDS ON OPPOSING SIDES OF BOOT) ADHESIVE DS-1 SHOWN WITH STANDARD ESCUTCHEON 1-3/4" DIA. (44,5 mm) CLEARANCE HOLE DSB-2 BOOT AREASUBJECTTOFREEZING DSB-2 INTENDEDFOR FREEZER STRUCTURES RUNOUTLETPLUGGED 1 INCHNPT TEE(SEE DESIGNCRITERIASECTION) TO DRYSYSTEM FIGURE 4 SPRINKLER FITTING UNHEATED AREA FIGURE 7 MODEL DSB-2 DRY SPRINKLER BOOT WITH DRY-TYPE SPRINKLER FIGURE 5 SPRINKLER FITTING UNHEATED AREA FIGURE 6 EXPOSURE LENGTH TFP520 Page 4 of 8 Temperature Rating Bulb Color Code TY3338 Horizontal Sidewall with Standard Escutcheon (3 mm Bulb Type) TY3358 Horizontal Sidewall with Standard Escutcheon(5 mm Bulb Type) (Ref. Figure 2) SPRINKLER FINISH Natural Brass Chrome Plated Signal White 135°F (57°C)Orange 1, 2, 3 155°F (68°C)Red Notes:1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (maximum order length of 48 inches).2. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories for use in Canada (maximum order length of 48 inches).3. Approved by the City of New York under MEA 352-01-E. Application Coverage1 W x L, Ft. x Ft. (m x m) Minimum Flow, gpm (lpm) Minimum Pressure, psi (bar) Temperature Rating Top of Deflector-to-Ceiling Distance2, Inches (mm) TY3338 Horizontal Sidewall (3 mm Bulb Type) For Quick Response, Light Hazard Extended Coverage per NFPA 13 16 x 16 (4,9 x 4,9)26 (98)21.6 (1,49) 135°F and 155°F (57°C and 68°C)4 to 12 (100 to 300) 16 x 18 (4,9 x 5,5)29 (110)26.8 (1,85) 16 x 20 (4,9 x 6,1)32 (121)32.7 (2,25) 18 x 16 (5,5 x 4,9)29 (110)26.8 (1,85) TY3358 Horizontal Sidewall (5 mm Bulb Type) For Standard Response, Light Hazard Extended Coverage per NFPA 13 16 x 16 (4,9 x 4,9)26 (98)21.6 (1,49) 16 x 18 (4,9 x 5,5)29 (110)26.8 (1,85) 16 x 20 (4,9 x 6,1)32 (121)32.7 (2,25) 18 x 16 (5,5 x 4,9)29 (110)26.8 (1,85) Notes:1. The minimum allowable spacing between sprinklers to prevent cold soldering is 14 feet (4,3 m).2. To meet the deflector-to-ceiling distance of 4 to 12 inches (100 to 300 mm), the centerline of the sprinkler waterway must be 4-7/16 to 12-7/16 inches below the ceiling. TABLE A SERIES DS-1 EXTENDED COVERAGE HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL DRY-TYPE SPRINKLERS LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS TABLE B SERIES DS-1 EXTENDED COVERAGE HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL DRY-TYPE SPRINKLERS UL AND C-UL INSTALLATION CRITERIA TFP520 Page 5 of 8 Ambient Temperature Exposed to Discharge End of Sprinkler Temperatures for Heated Area1 40°F (4°C)50°F (10°C)60°F (16°C) Minimum Exposed Barrel Length2, Inches (mm) 40°F (4°C)0 0 0 30°F (-1°C)0 0 0 20°F (-7°C)4 (100)0 0 10°F (-12°C)8 (200)1 (25)0 0°F (-18°C)12 (305)3 (75)0 -10°F (-23°C)14 (355)4 (100)1 (25) -20°F (-29°C)14 (355)6 (150)3 (75) -30°F (-34°C)16 (405)8 (200)4 (100) -40°F (-40°C)18 (455)8 (200)4 (100) -50°F (-46°C)20 (510)10 (255)6 (150) -60°F (-51°C)20 (510)10 (255)6 (150) Notes: 1. For protected area temperatures that occur between values listed above, use the next cooler temperature.2. These lengths are inclusive of wind velocities up to 30 mph (18,6 kph). TABLE C EXPOSED SPRINKLER BARRELS IN WET PIPE SYSTEMS MINIMUM RECOMMENDED LENGTHS TFP520 Page 6 of 8 The owner is responsible for the inspection, testing, and mainte-nance of their fire protection system and devices in compliance with this document, as well as with the appli-cable standards of the National Fire Protection Association (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Contact the installing contractor or product manufacturer with any questions. Automatic sprinkler systems are recom-mended to be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspection Service in accordance with local requirements and/or national codes. Step 4. After installing the ceiling or wall and applying a ceiling finish, slide on the outer piece of the escutcheon until it comes in contact with the ceiling or wall. Do not lift the ceiling panel out of its normal position. Care and Maintenance TYCO Series DS-1 Dry-Type Sprinklers must be maintained and serviced in accordance with this section. Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, obtain permission to shut down the affected fire protection systems from the proper authorities and notify all personnel who may be affected by this action. Absence of the outer piece of an escutcheon, which is used to cover a clearance hole, may delay the time to sprinkler operation in a fire situation. A Vent Hole is provided in the Bulb Seat (Figure 1) to indicate if the Dry Sprinkler is remaining dry. Evidence of leakage from the Vent Hole is an indication that there may be seepage past the Inlet seal and that the sprinkler needs to be removed for determining the cause of leakage (e.g., an improper installation or an ice plug). The fire protection system control valve must be closed and the system drained before removing the sprinkler. Sprinklers which are found to be leaking or exhibiting visible signs of corrosion must be replaced. Automatic sprinklers must never be painted, plated, coated, or otherwise altered after leaving the factory. Modified sprinklers must be replaced. Sprinklers that have been exposed to corrosive products of combustion, but have not operated, should be replaced if they cannot be completely cleaned by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. Care must be exercised to avoid damage to the sprinklers – before, during, and after installation. Sprinklers damaged by dropping, striking, wrench twist/slippage, or the like, must be replaced. Also, replace any sprinkler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb. (Ref. Installation Section.) If a sprinkler must be removed, do not reinstall it or a replacement without reinstalling the Cover Plate Assembly. If a Cover Plate Assembly becomes dislodged during service, replace it immediately. Installation TYCO Series DS-1 Dry-Type Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with this section. General InstructionsSeries DS-1 Dry-Type Sprinklers must only be installed in fittings that meet the requirements of the Design Criteria section. Refer to the Design Criteria section for other important require-ments regarding piping design and sealing of the clearance space around the Sprinkler Casing. Do not install any bulb type sprinkler if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss of liquid from the bulb. With the sprinkler held horizontally, a small air bubble should be present. The diameter of the air bubble is approximately 1/16 inch (1,6 mm). A leak-tight 1 inch NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained by applying a minimum-to-maximum torque of 20 to 30 ft.-lbs. (26,8 to 40,2 Nm). Higher levels of torque may distort the sprinkler Inlet with consequent leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. Do not attempt to compensate for insufficient adjustment in an escutcheon plate by under or over-tightening the sprinkler. Re-adjust the position of the sprinkler fitting to suit. Step 1. Install horizontal sidewall sprin-klers in the horizontal position with their centerline of waterway perpendicular to the back wall and parallel to the ceiling. The word “TOP” on the Deflector is to face towards the ceiling. Step 2. With a non-hardening pipe-thread sealant such as TEFLON tape applied to the Inlet threads, hand-tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step 3. Wrench-tighten the sprinkler using either: • a pipe wrench on the Inlet Band or the Casing (Ref. Figure 1) • the W-Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench on the Wrench Flat (Ref. Figure 3) Apply the Wrench Recess of the W-Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench to the Wrench Flat. Note: If sprinkler removal becomes necessary, remove the sprinkler using the same wrenching method noted above. Sprinkler removal is easier when a non-hardening sealant was used and torque guidelines were followed. After removal, inspect the sprinkler for damage. TFP520 Page 7 of 8 Limited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. Notes:* Use Prefix “I” for ISO 7-R 1 Connection (e.g., I-60-351-1-180).** Dry-Type Sprinklers are furnished based upon “Order Length” as measured per Figure 2. After the measurement is taken, round it to the nearest 1/4 inch increment. P/N* 60 – XXX – X – XXX Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for avail-ability. When placing an order, indicate the full product name, including description and Part Number (P/N). Dry SprinklersWhen ordering 5.6 K-factor Series DS-1 Horizontal Sidewall, Standard or Quick Response, Extended Coverage Dry-Type Sprinklers, specify the following information: • SIN: TY3338 – Quick Response TY3358 – Standard Response • Bulb Size (3 or 5 mm) • Order Length: Dry-Type Sprinklers are furnished based upon Order Length as measured from the face of the wall to the face of the sprinkler fitting (Ref. Figure 2). After the measurement is taken, round it to the nearest 1/4 inch increment. • Inlet Connections: 1 inch NPT or ISO 7-R 1 • Temperature Rating • Sprinkler Finish • Standard Escutcheon and Finish • Part Number from Table D Sprinkler WrenchSpecify W-Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-850-4-001 Sprinkler BootSpecify Model DSB-2 Dry Sprinkler Boot, P/N 63-000-0-002 This Part Number includes one (1) Boot, two (2) Strap Ties, and 1/3 oz. of Adhesive (a sufficient quantity for installing one boot). SPRINKLER FINISH ESCUTCHEON FINISH 0 CHROME PLATED SIGNAL WHITE (RAL9003) 1 NATURAL BRASS SIGNAL WHITE (RAL9003) 2 NATURAL BRASS BRASS PLATED 4 SIGNAL WHITE (RAL9003)SIGNAL WHITE (RAL9003) 9 CHROME PLATED CHROME PLATED ORDER LENGTH** 055 5.50” 082 8.25” 180 18.00” 187 18.75” 372 37.25” 480 48.00” SIN 350 EC Sidewall 3 mm Bulb (1” NPT), 135°F (57°C)TY3338 351 EC Sidewall 3 mm Bulb (1” NPT), 155°F (68°C)TY3338 950 EC Sidewall 5 mm Bulb (1” NPT), 135°F (57°C)TY3358 951 EC Sidewall 5 mm Bulb (1” NPT), 155°F (68°C)TY3358 TABLE D SERIES DS-1 STANDARD AND QUICK RESPONSE, STANDARD COVERAGE, DRY-TYPE SPRINKLERS PART NUMBER SELECTION GLOBAL HEADQUARTERS | 1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 19446 | Telephone +1-215-362-0700 TFP520 Page 8 of 8 Copyright © 2014 Tyco Fire Products, LP. All rights reserved. TEFLON is trademark of The DuPont Corporation Page 1 of 8 NOVEMBER 2021 TFP220 Worldwide Contacts www.tyco-fire.com Series EC-11 and EC-14 Sprinklers, 11.2 K and 14.0 K Upright and Pendent Extended Coverage Light and Ordinary Hazard IMPORTANTRefer to Technical Data Sheet TFP2300 for warnings pertaining to regulatory and health information. Always refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP700 for the “INSTALLER WARNING” that provides cautions with respect to handling and instal-lation of sprinkler systems and com-ponents. Improper handling and installation can permanently damage a sprinkler system or its compo-nents and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. Scan the QR code or enter the URL in a web browser to access the most up-to-date electronic version of this document. Data rates may apply. docs.jci.com/tycofire/series-ec-11_ec-14 General Description TYCO Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Upright and Pendent Sprinklers are decorative glass-bulb sprinklers designed for use in light or ordinary hazard occupancies. They are intended for use in automatic sprinkler systems designed in accor-dance with standard installation rules, such as NFPA 13, for a maximum cov-erage area of 400 ft2 (37,2 m2) as com-pared to the maximum coverage area of 130 ft2 (12,1 m2) for standard cover-age sprinklers used in ordinary hazard occupancies, Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Sprinklers feature a UL and C-UL Listing that permits their use with unobstructed or non-combus-tible obstructed ceiling construction as defined and permitted by NFPA 13, as well as a specific application listing for use under concrete tees. Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Cov-erage Sprinklers have been fire tested to compare their performance to that of standard coverage spray sprinklers. These tests have shown that the pro-tection provided is equal to or more effective than standard coverage spray sprinklers. Corrosion-resistant coatings, where applicable, help extend the life of copper alloy sprinklers beyond that which occurs when exposed to corrosive atmospheres. Although corrosion-resistant coated sprinklers passed standard corrosion tests of the applicable approval agencies, this testing is not representative of all pos-sible corrosive atmospheres. Conse-quently, it is recommended that the end user be consulted with respect to the suitability of these corrosion-resistant coatings for any given corrosive envi-ronment. The effects of ambient tem-perature, concentration of chemicals, and gas/chemical velocity should be considered, along with the corrosive nature of the chemical to which the sprinklers will be exposed. NOTICE Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Sprinklers described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION, (NFPA), in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for main-taining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating con-dition. Contact the installing contrac-tor or product manufacturer with any questions. Sprinkler Identification Numbers TY5137 Upright, 11 2K TY5237 Pendent, 11 2K TY6137 Upright, 14 0K TY6237 Pendent, 14 0K TY5137 is a re-designation for C5137, G1894, and S2510TY5237 is a re-designation for C5237, G1893, and S2511TY6137 is a re-designation for C6137, G1896, and S2610TY6237 is a re-designation for C6237, G1895, and S2611 Technical Data ApprovalsTYCO Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Upright and Pendent Sprinklers are UL and C-UL Listed. See Table A for complete sprin-kler approval information including cor-rosion-resistant status. The approvals apply to the service conditions indi-cated in the Design Criteria section. Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Cov-erage Sprinklers are FM Approved. See Table A for complete sprinkler approval information including corrosion-resis-tant status. The approvals apply to the service conditions indicated in the Design Criteria section. TFP220 Page 2 of 8 The Style 60 Two-Piece Flush Escutch-eon shown in Figure 4 is UL Listed for use with the Series EC-11 and EC-14 Pendent Sprinklers. Maximum Working Pressure175 psi (12,1 bar) Pipe Thread Connection3/4 in. NPT Discharge CoefficientsK = 11.2 GPM/psi½ (161,3 LPM/bar½) K = 14.0 GPM/psi½ (201,6 LPM/bar½) Temperature RatingsSee Table A FinishSprinkler: See Table A Recessed or Flush Escutcheon: White-Coated, Chrome-Plated, and Brass-Plated Physical Characteristics Frame............................Bronze Button............................Bronze Sealing Assembly . Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON Bulb ........................Glass (3 mm) Compression Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bronze Deflector. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brass Operation The glass bulb contains a fluid that expands when exposed to heat. When the rated temperature is reached, the fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the glass bulb, which then allows the sprin-kler to activate and flow water. Design Criteria TYCO Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Upright and Pendent Sprinklers must only be installed in accordance with the applicable UL and C-UL Listing or FM Approval requirements as indi-cated below. Only Style 30 or 40 Recessed Escutcheons are to be used for recessed installation, as applica-ble. See Tables A, B, and C, for more information. UL and C-UL Listing Requirements1. Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Sprinklers may be used for the coverage areas shown in Table D, based on maintaining the minimum specified flow rate as a function of coverage area and haz-ard group for all sprinklers in the design area. 2. Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Sprinklers are permitted to be used with unobstructed or non-combustible obstructed ceil-ing construction as defined and permitted by NFPA 13; for example: • Unobstructed, combustible or noncombustible, ceiling con-struction with a deflector to ceiling/roof deck distance of 1 to 12 in. (25 to 300 mm). • Obstructed, non-combusti-ble, ceiling construction with a deflector location below struc-tural members of 1 to 6 in. (25 to 150 mm) and a maximum deflector to ceiling/roof deck dis-tance of 22 in. (550 mm). 3. Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Sprinklers, specifically tested and listed for non-combus-tible obstructed construction, are permitted to be used within truss-es or bar joists having non-com-bustible web members greater than 1 in. (25,4 mm) when apply-ing the 4 times obstruction crite-ria rule defined under “Obstruc-tions to Sprinkler Discharge Pattern Development”. 4. To prevent cold soldering, the minimum allowable spacing be-tween Series EC-11 and EC-14 Ex-tended Coverage Sprinklers is 8 ft (2,4 m) for upright sprinklers and 9 ft (2,7 m) for pendent sprinklers. 5. Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Sprinklers are to be in-stalled in accordance with all oth-er requirements of NFPA 13 for extended coverage upright and pendent sprinklers; For exam-ple, obstructions to sprinkler dis-charge, obstructions to sprinkler pattern development, obstructions to prevent sprinkler discharge from reaching hazard and clearance to storage. SECTION CROSS PENDENTUPRIGHT 1 2 3 4 5 6 WRENCHFLAT ESCUTCHEON PLATESEATING SURFACE 1/2" (12,7 mm)NOMINAL MAKE-IN 1-11/16"(42,7 mm) 2-7/16"(61,9 mm)UPRIGHT &PENDENT * **3/4"NPT Pipe thread connections perISO 7-1 can be provided onspecial request. 5 4 6 Components: 23 Temperature rating isindicated on Deector. - Compression Screw-Bulb -Deector --Sealing AssemblyButton Frame1- ** * * FIGURE 1 SERIES EC-11 AND EC-14 EXTENDED COVERAGE SPRINKLERS 11.2 K-FACTOR UPRIGHT (TY5137) AND PENDENT (TY5237) 14.0 K-FACTOR UPRIGHT (TY6137) AND PENDENT (TY6237) ASSEMBLY TFP220 Page 3 of 8 Hazard Type Temperature Bulb Liquid Sprinkler Finish (See Note 5) Natural Brass Chrome Plated Polyester*Lead Coated Light Table B describes UL and C-UL Sensitivity Rating Table C describes FM Sensitivity Rating Upright K=11.2 (TY5137) Pendent K=11.2 (TY5237) K=14.0 (TY6237) 135°F (57°C)Orange 1, 2, 3**, 4155°F (68°C)Red 175°F (79°C)Yellow 200°F (93°C)Green 1, 2, 4 1, 2, 4286°F (141°C)Blue Recessed Pendent K=11.2 (TY5237) K=14.0 (TY6237) With Style 30 Escutcheon 135°F (57°C)Orange 1, 2, 3, 4 N/A 155°F (68°C)Red 175°F (79°C)Yellow 1, 2, 4200°F (93°C)Green 286°F (141°C)Blue Ordinary Table B describes UL and C-UL Sensitivity Rating Table C describes FM Sensitivity Rating Upright K=11.2 (TY5137) K=14.0 (TY6137) Pendent K=11.2 (TY5237) K=14.0 (TY6237) 135°F (57°C)Orange 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2, 3, 4155°F (68°C)Red 175°F (79°C)Yellow 1, 2, 4200°F (93°C)Green 286°F (141°C)Blue Recessed Pendent K=11.2 (TY5237) K=14.0 (TY6237) With Style 30 or 40 Escutcheon 135°F (57°C)Orange 1, 2, 4 N/A155°F (68°C)Red 175°F (79°C)Yellow 200°F (93°C)Green NOTES1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL)2. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., for use in Canada (C-UL)3. Approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FM)4. Approved by the City of New York under MEA 177-03-E5. Where Polyester Coated or Lead Coated Sprinklers are noted to be UL and C-UL Listed, the sprinklers are UL and C-UL Listed as Corrosion Resistant Sprinklers N/A = Not Available* Frame and Deflector only ** Pendent only Area ft x ft Style Light Hazard Ordinary Hazard 135°F (57°C)155°F (68°C)175°F (79°C)200°F (93°C)286°F (141°C)135°F (57°C)155°F (68°C)175°F (79°C)200°F (93°C)286°F (141°C) 14 x 14 Upright or Pendent -----QR QR QR QR QR Style 30 Recessed -----QR QR QR QR QR Style 40 Recessed -----QR QR QR QR QR 16 x 16 Upright or Pendent QR*QR*QR*QR*QR*SR SR SR SR SR Style 30 Recessed QR*QR*QR*QR*QR*SR SR SR SR SR Style 40 Recessed N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A SR SR SR SR SR 18 x 18 Upright or Pendent QR*QR*QR*QR*QR*SR SR SR SR SR Style 30 Recessed QR*QR*QR*QR*QR*SR SR SR SR SR Style 40 Recessed N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A SR SR SR SR SR 20 x 20 Upright or Pendent QR*QR*QR*SR*SR*SR SR SR SR SR Style 30 Recessed QR*QR*QR*SR*SR*SR SR SR SR SR Style 40 Recessed N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A SR SR SR SR SR NOTES • QR = Quick Response • SR = Standard Response • N/A = Not Applicable * Does not apply to Upright K=14.0 TABLE A LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS TABLE B SENSITIVITY RATING FOR UL AND C-UL LISTING OF SERIES EC-11 OR EC-14 SPRINKLERS (SEE TABLE D FOR PERMITTED K-FACTOR/AREA COMBINATIONS) TFP220 Page 4 of 8 UL and C-UL Specific Application Listing Requirements for Installation under Concrete TeesSeries EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Cov-erage Upright and Pendent Sprinklers (TY5137, TY5237, TY6137 and TY6237) have a UL and C-UL Specific Applica-tion Listing for use under concrete tees when installed as follows: 1. Stems of the concrete tee con-struction must be spaced at less than 7.5 ft (2,3 m) on center but more than 3 ft (0,9 m) on center. The depth of the concrete tees must not exceed 30 in. (762 mm). The maxi-mum permitted concrete tee length is 32 ft (9,8 m). However, where the concrete tee length exceeds 32 ft (9,8 m), non-combustible baffles, equal in height to the depth of the tees, can be installed so that the space between the tees does not exceed 32 ft (9,8 m) in length. 2. The sprinkler deflectors are to be located in a horizontal plane at or above 1 in. (25,4 mm) below the bottom of the concrete tee stems. 3. When the sprinkler deflectors are located higher than a horizontal plane 1 in. (25,4 mm) beneath the bottom of the concrete tee stems, the obstruction to sprinkler dis-charge criteria requirements of NFPA 13 for extended coverage upright and pendent sprinklers applies. HC-1 Linear Spacing ft Area Spacing ft Ceiling Height ft Ceiling Type K-factor Style Response Min Max Min Max 10 20 100 400 Up to 30 Noncombustible Unobstructed, Noncombustible Obstructed, or Combustible Unobstructed 11.2 EC 14.0 EC Pendent or Upright Quick 10 20 100 400 Up to 30 Noncombustible Unobstructed, Noncombustible Obstructed, or Combustible Unobstructed 11.2 EC 14.0 EC Pendent Recessed Style 30 10 20 100 400 Up to 30 Combustible Obstructed 11.2 EC 14.0 EC Pendent or Upright 10 20 100 400 Up to 30 Combustible Obstructed 11.2 EC 14.0 EC Pendent Recessed Style 30 10 20 100 400 Over 30 and up to 45 Noncombustible Unobstructed 11.2 EC 14.0 EC Upright HC-2 Linear Spacing ft Area Spacing ft Ceiling Height ft Ceiling Type K-factor Style Response Min Max Min Max 10 20 100 400 Up to 30 Noncombustible Unobstructed, Combustible Unobstructed 11.2 EC Pendent or Upright Quick1020100400Up to 30 14.0 EC Pendent or Upright 10 16 100 256 Over 30 and up to 45 11.2 EC 14.0 EC Upright HC-3 Linear Spacing ft Area Spacing ft Ceiling Height ft Ceiling Type K-Factor Style Response Min Max Min Max 10 16 100 256 Up to 30 Noncombustible Unobstructed, Combustible Unobstructed 11.2 EC Upright Quick 10 20 100 400 Up to 30 14.0 EC Pendent or Upright 10 16 100 256 Over 30 and up to 45 11.2 EC, 14.0 EC Upright NOTES• The design for K 11.2 EC (K 160 EC) sprinklers should not include fewer than six sprinklers or have a design pressure of less than 12 psi (0,8 bar); similarly the design for K 14.0 EC (K 200 EC)sprinklers should not include fewer than four sprinklers or have a design pressure of less than 18 psi (1,2 bar).• For flow criteria, refer to FM Loss Prevention Data Sheet 3-26.• Refer to FM Loss Prevention Data Sheet 2-0 for permitted K-Factor/Area Combinations. TABLE C SENSITIVITY RATING FOR FM APPROVAL OF SERIES EC-11 OR EC-14 SPRINKLERS TFP220 Page 5 of 8 FM Approval RequirementsSeries EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Upright and Pendent Sprin-klers are to be installed in accor-dance with the applicable FM Loss Prevention Data Sheet for limited use in buildings of specific roof construc-tion and for the protection of certain specific ordinary hazard (non-storage and/or non-flammable or combustible liquid) occupancies. Information pro-vided in the FM Loss Prevention Data Sheets relates to, but is not limited to, hydraulic design, ceiling slope, and obstructions, minimum and maximum allowable spacing, and deflector-to-ceiling distance. These criteria may differ from UL and/or NFPA criteria. Therefore, the designer should review and become familiar with FM requirements before proceeding with design. Installation TYCO Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Upright and Pendent Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with this section. General InstructionsDo not install any bulb-type sprinkler if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss of liquid from the bulb. With the sprin-kler held horizontally, a small air bubble should be present. The diameter of the air bubble is approximately 1/16 in. (1,6 mm) for the 135°F (57°C) to 3/32 in. (2,4 mm) for the 286°F (141°C) tempera-ture ratings. A leak-tight 3/4 in. NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained by applying a min-imum-to-maximum torque of 10 to 20 lb-ft (13,4 to 26,8 N·m). Higher levels of torque may distort the sprinkler inlet with consequent leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. Do not attempt to compensate for insufficient adjustment in an Escutch- eon Plate by under or over-tightening the Sprinkler. Re-adjust the position of the sprinkler fitting to suit. Step 1. Install the sprinkler with the deflector parallel to the mounting surface. Install pendent sprinklers in the pendent position. Install upright sprinklers in the upright position. Step 2. After installing the Style 30, 40, or 60 mounting plate, or other applica-ble escutcheon, over the sprinkler pipe threads and with pipe-thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, hand-tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step 3. For upright or pendent sprin-klers, wrench-tighten using only the W-Type 3 (End A) Sprinkler Wrench. For the pendent sprinkler installed with Style 30, 40, or 60 Escutcheon, wrench-tighten the sprinkler using only the W-Type 22 Sprinkler Wrench. Apply the wrench recess of the appli-cable sprinkler wrench, Figure 5 and 6, to the sprinkler wrench flats, Figure 1. Description Area ft x ft Light Hazard 0.10 GPM/ft2 Group I Ordinary Hazard 0.15 GPM/ft2 Group II Ordinary Hazard 0.20 GPM/ft2 GPM PSI GPM PSI GPM PSI TY5137 (K=11.2) Upright 14 x 14 30 7.2 30 7.2 39 12.1 16 x 16 30 7.2 39 12.1 51 20.7 18 x 18 33 8.7 49 19.1 65 33.7 20 x 20 40 12.8 60 28.7 80 51.0 TY5237 (K=11.2) Pendent 14 x 14 30 7.2 30 7.2 39 12.1 16 x 16 30 7.2 39 12.1 51 20.7 18 x 18 33 8.7 49 19.1 65 33.7 20 x 20 40 12.8 60 28.7 80 51.0 TY6137 (K=14.0) Upright 14 x 14 N/A N/A 39 7.8 51 13.3 16 x 16 N/A N/A 39 7.8 51 13.3 18 x 18 N/A N/A 49 12.3 65 21.6 20 x 20 N/A N/A 60 18.4 80 32.7 TY6237 (K=14.0) Pendent 14 x 14 37 7.0 39 7.8 51 13.3 16 x 16 37 7.0 39 7.8 51 13.3 18 x 18 37 7.0 49 12.3 65 21.6 20 x 20 40 8.2 60 18.4 80 32.7 NOTES• 1 ft = 0,3048 m• 1 ft2 = 0,093 m2 • 1 GPM = 3,785 LPM• 1 psi = 0,06895 bar• 1 GPM/ft2 = 40,74 mm/min TABLE D FLOW CRITERIA FOR UL AND C-UL LISTING OF SERIES EC-11 AND EC-14 SPRINKLERS TFP220 Page 6 of 8 2-7/8" DIA. (73,0 mm) 2-1/4" DIA. (57,2 mm) MOUNTING PLATE 1/8" (3,2 mm) MOUNTING SURFACE FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING TY5237 or TY6237CLOSURE 1-3/8" (34,9 mm) 7/8" (22,2 mm) 3/4" (19,1 mm) 1/4" (6,4 mm) 5/8±1/4" (15,9±6,4 mm) MOUNTING SURFACE1/8" (3,2 mm) 1-13/16" (46,0 mm) 2-5/16" (58,7 mm)CLOSURE ESCUTCHEON PLATESEATING SURFACE:1/4" (6,4 mm) ABOVETO 1/2" (12,7 mm) BELOWMOUNTING SURFACE;3/4" (19,1 mm) TOTALADJUSTMENT 2-1/4" DIA. (57,2 mm) 2-7/8" DIA.(73,0 mm) FACE OFSPRINKLER FITTING:3/8" (9,5 mm) ABOVETO 1/8" (3,2 mm) BELOWMOUNTING SURFACE 3/4" NPTMOUNTINGPLATE INTERNALDIMENSIONS OFSTYLE 60 ESCUTCHEONACCOMMODATECLASS 150 MALLEABLEIRON REDUCINGSPRINKLER FITTING "FITTING SIDE"TOWARDS SPRINKLERFITTING WRENCHRECESS(END "A") WRENCHRECESS WRENCHHEX 2-7/8" DIA. (73,0 mm) 2-1/4" DIA. (57,2 mm) MOUNTING PLATE 1/8" (3,2 mm) MOUNTING SURFACE FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING TY5237 orTY6237 1/2±1/8" (12,7±3,2 mm) CLOSURE 1-3/8" (34,9 mm) 1-1/8" (28,6 mm) 1/2" (12,7 mm) 1/4" (6,4 mm) FIGURE 3 SERIES EC-11 AND EC-14 RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY WITH TWO-PIECE 3/4 IN. TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 40 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON FIGURE 4 SERIES EC-11 AND EC-14 PENDENT SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY WITH 3/4 IN. TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 60 TWO-PIECE FLUSH ESCUTCHEON FIGURE 5 W-TYPE 3 SPRINKLER WRENCH FIGURE 6 W-TYPE 22 RECESSED SPRINKLER WRENCH FIGURE 2 SERIES EC-11 AND EC-14 RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY WITH TWO-PIECE 1/2 IN. TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 30 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON TFP220 Page 7 of 8 P/N 51 – XXX – X – XXX Care and Maintenance TYCO Series EC-11 and EC-14 Extended Coverage Upright and Pendent Sprinklers must be maintained and serviced in accordance with this section. Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, obtain permission to shut down the affected fire protection systems from the proper authorities and notify all personnel who may be affected by this action. Sprinklers which are found to be leaking or exhibiting visible signs of corrosion must be replaced. Automatic sprinklers must never be painted, plated, coated, or other-wise altered after leaving the factory. Modified sprinklers must be replaced. Sprinklers that have been exposed to corrosive products of combustion, but have not operated, should be replaced if they cannot be completely cleaned by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. Care must be exercised to avoid damage to the sprinklers before, during, and after installation. Sprin-klers damaged by dropping, striking, wrench twist/slippage, or the like, must be replaced. Also, replace any sprinkler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb. Refer to the Instal-lation section, for more information. Frequent visual inspections are rec-ommended to be initially performed for corrosion resistant coated sprin-klers, after the installation has been completed, to verify the integrity of the corrosion resistant coating. Thereafter, annual inspections per NFPA 25 should suffice; however, instead of inspecting from the floor level, a random sampling of close-up visual inspections should be made, so as to better determine the exact sprinkler condition and the long term integrity of the corrosion resistant coating, as it may be affected by the corrosive conditions present. The owner is responsible for the inspection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devices in compliance with this doc-ument, as well as with the applicable standards recognized by the Approval agency, such as NFPA 25, in addition to the standards of any authorities having jurisdiction. Contact the installing con-tractor or product manufacturer with any questions. Automatic sprinkler systems are rec-ommended to be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspec-tion Service in accordance with local requirements and/or national codes. Limited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for availability. When placing an order, indicate the full product name and Part Number (P/N). Sprinkler Assemblies with NPT Thread ConnectionsSpecify: Series EC-11 or EC-14 (specify) Sprinkler, SIN (specify), (specify) K-factor, Pendent or Upright (specify) Extended Coverage, (specify) temperature rating, (specify) finish, P/N (from Table E) Recessed Escutcheon, Two-PieceSpecify: Style (30 or 40) Two-Piece Recessed Escutcheon with (specify) finish, P/N (specify*) *Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP770 Flush Escutcheon, Two-PieceSpecify: Style 60 Two-Piece Flush Escutcheon with (specify) finish, P/N (specify**) **Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP778 Sprinkler WrenchesSpecify: W-Type 3 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-895-1-001 Specify: W-Type 22 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-665-7-001 SIN 893 11.2K Pendent TY5237 894 11.2K Upright TY5137 895 14.0K Pendent TY6237 896 14.0K Upright TY6137 SPRINKLER FINISH1 1 NATURAL BRASS 4 SIGNAL WHITE (RAL9003) POLYESTER 5 JET BLACK (RAL9005) POLYESTER 7 LEAD COATED 9 CHROME-PLATED TEMPERATURE RATING 135 135°F (57°C) 155 155°F (68°C) 175 175°F (79°C) 200 200°F (93°C) 286 286°F (141°C) 000 OPEN2 TABLE E SERIES EC-11 AND EC-14 UPRIGHT AND PENDENT SPRINKLERS PART NUMBER SELECTION NOTES: 1. Escutcheon ordered separately. 2. OPEN indicates the sprinkler assembly without glass bulb, button, and sealing assembly. TFP220 Page 8 of 8 1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 19446 | Telephone +1-215-362-0700 © 2019 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION and NFPA are registered trademarks of National Fire Protection Association; TEFLON is a trademark of The Chemours Company FC, LLC General Description The Figure 513 (13) Riser Manifolds described in this technical data sheet provide the necessary waterflow alarm, pressure gauge, alarm test ori- fice, drain, and sight glass equipment in a single assembly for use in NFPA 13 sprinkler systems as follows: NFPA 13* •1-1/2 Inch (DN40) Male Thread x Female Thread •1-1/2thru6Inch(DN40thruDN150) Groove x Groove *Although the Riser Manifold described in this data sheet is intended for NFPA 13 sprinkler systems, it may be used for NFPA 13D or 13R residential sprinkler systems, where a test orifice of 5.6K (80K) is accept- able. The variety of sizes and grooved end connections allow cost effective and easy transition tocheck valves,control valves, and system piping. The Riser Manifoldsmaybeinstalledineitherthe horizontal (flow switch on top) or verti- cal (flow going up) for both single sprinkler rises and floor control in high rises. WARNING The Riser Manifolds described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Asso- ciation, in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdic- tion.Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for maintain- ing their fire protection system and de- vices in proper operating condition. The installing contractor or sprinkler manufacturer should be contacted with any questions. Technical Data Approvals The Figure 513 (13) Riser Manifolds with a cover tamper switch for the wa- terflow alarm switch are UL Listed, ULC Listed, and FM Approved. The Figure 513 (13) Riser Manifolds without a cover tamper switch for the waterflow alarm switch are UL Listed and FM Approved. Maximum Working Pressure 175 psi (12,1 bar) Test Orifice 5.6K (80K) Assembly The manifold body of the Figure 513 is ductile iron, whereas the manifold body of the Figure 13 is cast iron. The two assemblies are completely inter- changeable in function, application, and end-to-end laying length. Finish Red painted. Installation The Riser Manifolds may be installed in either the horizontal (flow switch on top) or vertical (flow going up). The inlet of the Riser Manifold may be di- rectly connected to a shut-off control valve. NOTES Where applicable pipe thread sealant is to be applied sparingly. Use of a non-hardening pipe thread sealant is recommended. Never remove any piping component nor correct or modify any piping defi- ciencies without first depressurizing and draining the system. Step 1.Install the manifold body with the flow arrow pointing in the down- stream position using threaded con- nections and/or listed mechanical grooved connections, as applicable Step 2.Connect the drain line, and then close the drain valve. Step 3.Refer to Figure 3 for wiring guidance. All wiring must be per- formed in accordance with the Author- ity Having Jurisdiction and/or the Na- tional Electrical Code. Step 4.Refer to Figure 4 for optional relief valve. Step 5.Place the system in service by filling the system with water. When fill- ing the system, partially open the con- trol valve to slowly fill the system.Fill- ing the system slowly will help avoid damaging the waterflow alarm switch. After the system is fully pressurized, completely open the control valve. Step 6.Secure all supply valves open. Model 513 (13) Riser Manifold 1-1/2 thru 6 Inch (DN40 thru DN150) For NFPA 13 Sprinkler Systems Page 1 of 6 TFP962APRIL, 2006 Technical Services:Tel: (800) 381-9312 / Fax: (800) 791-5500 Page2of6 TFP962 FIGURE 1 1-1/2 INCH (DN40) RISER MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY AND DIMENSIONS to the Waterflow Alarm Switches. 6-1/8" (155,6 mm) 12-5/8" (320,7 mm) (131,8 mm) Male x Male NPT 1. Approximate weight, 11.2 lbs. (5,1 kg). Cover Tamper Switches installed internal ULC Listed Manifolds are equipped with2. NOTES: 3/4" (19,1 mm) 1"5-3/16" NPT 1 Male x Female NPT, Manifolds Groove x Groove 10" (254,0 mm) Manifolds 14-1/4" 11-1/8" (282,6 mm) (362,0 mm) 2Waterflow3 3. CH: Common Hardware 3-1/2" (88,9 mm) QTY. UL/FM Waterflow Alarm Switch: VSR-SF with Paddle, VSR-SF with Paddle and Cover Tamper Switch, ULC/FM DESCRIPTION 1-1/2" Manifold Body, Groove x Groove Male x Female NPT 2 NO. 1 ............... .............. 1..... ....... 1 1 1 N/A 976-519-02 971-096-00 N/A P/N Water Pressure Gauge 300 psi/2000 kPa3 . . 1 2341 Closed) (Normally Drain Valve Inspector's Test & Drain Valve (Normally set to "Drain") TFP962 Page3of6 FIGURE 2 2 thru 6 INCH (DN50 thru DN150) RISER MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY AND DIMENSIONS 9/16 1 (14,3) C Nominal Installation Dimensions in Inches and (mm) 1 4-5/16 (25,4) 4-5/16 (109,5) (109,5) (25,4) 133 Inch 17-3/16 Cover Tamper Switches installed internal to the Waterflow Alarm Switches. ULC Listed Manifolds are equipped with NOTES: CH: Common Hardware2. 1. H C E D 4 Inch (DN80) 6 Inch (DN150) (DN100) A B Drain Valve (Normally Closed) 20-1/2 (436,6) 20-1/2 (520,7) (520,7) (330,2) (330,2) (330,2) 13 13 QTY. 2 INCH (DN50) MANIFOLD DESCRIPTION ULC/FM UL/FM Waterflow Alarm Switch: VSC with Paddle, VSC with Paddle and Cover Tamper Switch, 2" Manifold Body, Groove x Groove 300 psi/2000 kPa Water Pressure Gauge 3 2 NO. 1 1............... .............. ..1 1 .......1 Manifold 2 Inch 2-1/2 Inch (DN50) (DN65) 976-357-01 976-520-01 2341 Size N/A P/N 16-3/4 17-3/16 (425,5) (436,6) A (330,2) (330,2) 13 13 B 3-1/2 18.77-1/86 14-1/4 1-1/4" NPT to "Drain") (Normally set & Drain Valve F Test (422,3) 16-5/8 (469,9) 18-1/2 (362,0)Waterflow1 7-9/16 (152,4) (215,9) (192,1) 8-1/2 3 9-1/16 (181,0) 10 (254,0) (230,2) 2 4-1/2 (88,9) 6-5/8 (168,3) (114,3) 2" NPT 2" NPT G 32.7 (8,5) (18,9) 41.6 (14,8) Drain Size 1-1/4" NPT13-3/4 (331,8) 13-1/16 (349,3) (136,5) (146,1) 5-3/8 5-3/4 D 6-3/8 6-7/8 (161,9) (174,6) E 3-1/2 3-1/2 (88,9) (88,9) FG 1" NPT H Weight (6,1) 13.5 16.8 lbs. (kg) (7,6) 2 Waterflow Alarm Switch: 976-520-05 2341 976-357-05 VSC with Paddle, VSC with Paddle and Cover Tamper Switch, ULC/FM UL/FM Water Pressure Gauge 300 psi/2000 kPa3 1.. .............. ............... 1 1 P/N N/A 2341 976-520-04 976-357-04 N/A P/N 1...............UL/FM 300 psi/2000 kPa Water Pressure Gauge Cover Tamper Switch, VSC with Paddle and ULC/FM Groove x Groove 6" Manifold Body, DESCRIPTIONNO. 1 3 ....... 6 INCH (DN150) MANIFOLD QTY. 1 .............. 1.. 1 Groove x Groove 4" Manifold Body, DESCRIPTION Waterflow Alarm Switch: VSC with Paddle, 2 NO. 1 .......1 QTY. 4 INCH (DN100) MANIFOLD 1..............ULC/FM 976-520-02 2341Water Pressure Gauge 300 psi/2000 kPa3 ..1 976-357-02............... Groove x Groove 2-1/2" Manifold Body, Cover Tamper Switch, VSC with Paddle and VSC with Paddle, Waterflow Alarm Switch: DESCRIPTION 2-1/2 INCH (DN65) MANIFOLD 1 UL/FM 2 NO. ....... 1 N/A1 P/NQTY. 1..............ULC/FM 976-520-03 300 psi/2000 kPa Water Pressure Gauge 3 1. . 2341 ............... 3" Manifold Body, Groove x Groove Waterflow Alarm Switch: VSC with Paddle, VSC with Paddle and Cover Tamper Switch, DESCRIPTION 3 INCH (DN80) MANIFOLD 1 2 UL/FM NO. 1 .......1 976-357-03 N/A QTY. P/N Page4of6 TFP962 FIGURE 3 WIRING GUIDANCE INCOMING OUTGOING SINGLE CONDUCTOR TERMINAL PLATE LOOPED SECTION UNINSULATED CLAMPING CONDUCTORS SEPARATE STRIPPED ENDS SWITCH TERMINAL CONNECTIONS CLAMPING TERMINAL PLATE IMPROPER CONNECTION METHOD PROPER CONNECTION METHOD SEVERED CAUTION: An uninsulated section of a single conductor is not permitted to be looped around the terminal and serve as two separate connections. The wire must be severed to serve as two separate connections, thereby providing supervision of the connection in the event that the wire becomes dislodged from the terminal. WATERFLOW SWITCH TYPICAL ELECTRICA CONNECTIONS COM NCNO NO FLOW CONTACTS SPDT (Form C) 5A @ 125 VACCONTACT RATING 2.5A @ 30 VDC .......... .... COM NO NC POWER SIGNAL LOCAL DEVICE NON-SUPERVISED CIRCUITCONDITION END OF LINE RESISTOR COM SUPERVISED CIRCUIT STYLE B/CLASS B CONTROL NO NC PANEL signaling unit, while the other contact is used to operate a local audible or visual annunciator. Switch has two switches, one can be used to operate a central station, proprietary or remove For supervised circuits, see "Switch Terminal Connections" above. The Waterflow Alarm NOTE: (SEE NOTE) COVER TAMPER SWITCH (ULC ASSEMBLIES ONLY) CONTACTS SHOWN WITH COVER IN PLACE COM .......... ....CONTACT RATING NO CONTACTS 3A @ 250 VAC 5A @ 125 VAC NC SPDT (Form C) 1mA @ 5 VDC min. Care and Maintenance The following inspection procedure must be performed as indicated, in ad- dition to any specific requirements of the NFPA, and any impairment must be immediately corrected. The owner is responsible for the in- spection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and de- vices in compliance with this docu- ment, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protec- tion Association (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to the standards of any authority having jurisdiction. The in- stallingcontractor orproductmanufac- turer should be contacted relative to any questions. It is recommended that automatic sprinkler systems be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspection Service in accordance with local requirements and/or national codes. NOTES Noattemptistobemadetorepairany Riser Manifold component in the field. Only the pressure gauge, waterflow alarm switch, or relief valve can be replaced. If any other problems are encountered the entire riser manifold must be replaced. The alarm/flow test procedure will re- sult in operation of the associated alarms. Consequently, notification must be given to the owner and the fire department, central station, or other signal station to which the alarms are connected, and notification must be given to the building occupants. Before closing a fire protection system control valve for inspection or mainte- nance work on the fire protection sys- tem that it controls, permission to shut down the effected fire protection sys- tem must first be obtained from the proper authorities and all personnel who may be affected by this action must be notified. After placing a fire protection system in service, notify the proper authorities and advise thoseresponsibleformoni- toring proprietary and/or central sta- tion alarms. Alarm/Flow Test Procedure Step 1.Place the test & drain Valve in the “test” position. Step 2.Fully open the drain valve. Make certain that drainage water will not cause any damage or injury. Step 3.Verify operation of associated alarms. Step 4.Close the drain valve. Step 5.Place the test & drain Valve in the “drain” position. Step 6.Verify that the residual (flow- ing) pressure indicated by the pres- sure gauge is no less that originally recorded for the system when it was first installed. Step 7.Close the drain valve. Step 8.Verify that the static (not flow- ing) pressure indicated by the pres- sure gauge is no less that originally recorded for the system when it was first installed. TFP962 Page5of6 FIGURE 4 OPTIONAL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE 1 system outlet piping, and a connection back 3/8" Copper Tubing, 2" (DN50) Manifolds 6" (DN150) Manifolds 4" (DN100) and 3" (DN80) Manifolds To install optional Pressure Relief Trim on must be provided by the installer on the a 1-1/2" (DN40) Manifold, a 1/2" NPT outlet 2-1/2" (DN65) and 1 1 1 .... ... .... 971-124-02 971-124-01 971-124-03 Pressure Relief Valve, DESCRIPTION 175 psi, Nonadjustable NO. 2 QTY. 1. . 198-066-00 P/N CH: Common Hardware with installer supplied 3/8" copper tubing. to the manifold drain trim must be fabricated 3 2 134 2 3 1-1/2" (DN40) Manifold Discard unused trim components. Fabricated 3/8" Copper Tubing Installer 1/2" NPT Outlet 90° Compression Fitting .............. 1" x 1/2" Reducing Hex4 Bushing 1 CH DESCRIPTIONNO. 3 QTY. P/N CH2................Fitting Manifold Drain Trim 3 Provided System Outlet Installer Piping 1-1/2" (DN40) Manifold Only: 2" (DN50), 2-1/2" (DN65), 6" (DN150) Manifold 3" (DN80), 4" (DN100), or Limited Warranty Products manufactured by Tyco Fire & Building Products (TFBP) are war- ranted solely to the original Buyer for ten (10) years against defects in mate- rial and workmanship when paid for and properly installed and maintained under normal use and service. This warranty will expire ten (10) years from date of shipment by TFBP. No warranty is given for products or com- ponents manufactured by companies not affiliated by ownership with TFBP or for products and components which havebeensubjecttomisuse,improper installation,corrosion, or which have not been installed, maintained, modi- fied or repaired in accordance with ap- plicable Standards of the National Fire Protection Association, and/or the standards of any other Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Materials found by TFBP to be defective shall be either repaired or replaced, at TFBP’s sole option. TFBP neither assumes, nor authorizes any person to assume forit, any other obligation in connection with the sale of products or parts of prod- ucts. TFBP shall not be responsible for sprinkler system design errors or inac- curate or incomplete information sup- plied by Buyer or Buyer’s repre- sentatives. In no event shall TFBP be liable, in contract, tort, strict liability or under any other legal theory, for incidental, indirect,specialorconsequentialdam- ages, including but not limited to labor charges, regardless of whether TFBP was informed about the possibility of such damages, and in no event shall TFBP’s liability exceed an amount equal to the sales price. Theforegoingwarrantyismadeinlieu of any and all other warranties, ex- press or implied, including warranties ofmerchantabilityandfitnessforapar- ticular purpose. This limited warranty sets forth the ex- clusive remedy for claims based on failure of or defect in products, materi- als or components, whether the claim is made in contract, tort, strict liability or any other legal theory. This warranty will apply to the full ex- tent permitted by law. The invalidity, in whole or part, of any portion of this warranty will not affect the remainder. Ordering Information Riser Manifold: Specify; Size (specify), Figure 513, (specify connection type inlet x outlet) Riser Manifold (specify - without or with) a cover tamper switch for the waterflow alarm switch, P/N (specify). NOTES Orders for Figure 513 may be filled with a Figure 13. The two assemblies are completely interchangeable in function, application, and end-to-end laying length. If a ULC Listing is required, the Riser Manifold must be ordered with a cover tamper switch for the waterflow alarm switch. UL/ULC/FM Assemblies With Cover Tamper Switch 1-1/2 Inch (DN40) MT x FT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P/N 4086 1-1/2 Inch (DN40) MT x MT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P/N 4087 2 Inch (DN50) G x G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P/N 4090 2-1/2 Inch (DN65) G x G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P/N 4091 3 Inch (DN80) G x G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P/N 4092 4 Inch (DN100) G x G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P/N 4095 6 Inch (DN150) G x G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P/N 4096 UL/FM Assemblies Without Cover Tamper Switch 1-1/2 Inch (DN40) MT x FT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P/N 4055 1-1/2 Inch (DN40) MT x MT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P/N 4056 2 Inch (DN50) G x G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P/N 4060 2-1/2 Inch (DN65) G x G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P/N 4061 3 Inch (DN80) G x G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P/N 4062 4 Inch (DN100) G x G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P/N 4065 6 Inch (DN150) G x G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P/N 4066 Optional Pressure Relief Valve: Specify: Operational Pressure Relief Valve and Trim for use with (specify size) Figure 513 or 13 Series Riser Manifold, P/N (specify). 1-1/2" or 2". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P/N 4063 2-1/2" or 3". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P/N 4072 4" or 6" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P/N 4073 Replacement Parts: Specify: (description) for use with Fig- ure 513 or 13 Riser Manifold,P/N (Ref. Figure 1 or 2, as applicable). Page6of6 TFP962 TYCO FIRE & BUILDING PRODUCTS,451 North Cannon Avenue, Lansdale, Pennsylvania 19446 RAPID RESPONSE Series LFII Residential 4.9 K-factor Pendent Sprinkler Wet Pipe Systems Page 1 of 4 SEPTEMBER 2020 TFP403 IMPORTANTRefer to Technical Data Sheet TFP2300 for warnings pertaining to regulatory and health information. Always refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP700 for the “INSTALLER WARNING” that provides cautions with respect to handling and instal-lation of sprinkler systems and com-ponents. Improper handling and installation can permanently damage a sprinkler system or its compo-nents and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. Worldwide Contacts www.tyco-fire.com General Description TYCO RAPID RESPONSE Series LFII Residential 4.9K Pendent and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers (TY2236) are decorative, fast response, frangi-ble bulb sprinklers designed for use in residential occupancies such as homes, apartments, dormitories, and hotels. When aesthetics and optimized flow characteristics are the major con-sideration, the Series LFII Residential Sprinklers (TY2236) should be the first choice. The Series LFII Residential Sprinklers are intended for use in the following scenarios: • wet pipe residential sprinkler sys-tems for one- and two-family dwell-ings and mobile homes per NFPA 13D • wet pipe residential sprinkler sys-tems for residential occupancies up to and including four stories in height per NFPA 13R • wet pipe sprinkler systems for the residential portions of any occu-pancy per NFPA 13 The recessed version of the Series LFII Residential Sprinklers is intended for use in areas with finished ceilings when used with one of the following: • A two-piece Style 15 Recessed Escutcheon with recessed adjust-ment up to 5/8 in. (15,9 mm) from the flush pendent position. • A two-piece Style 20 Recessed Escutcheon with recessed adjust-ment up to 1/2 in. (12,7 mm) from the flush pendent position. The adjustment provided by either Recessed Escutcheon reduces the accuracy to which the pipe drops to the sprinklers must be cut. The Series LFII Residential Sprinklers have been designed with heat sensi-tivity and water distribution charac-teristics proven to help in the control of residential fires and to improve the chance for occupants to escape or be evacuated. Corrosion-resistant coatings, where applicable, are utilized to extend the life of copper alloy sprinklers beyond that which would otherwise be obtained when exposed to corrosive atmo-spheres. Although corrosion-resistant coated sprinklers have passed the standard corrosion tests of the appli-cable Approval agencies, the testing is not representative of all possible cor-rosive atmospheres. Consequently, it is recommended that the end user be consulted with respect to the suit-ability of these coatings for any given corrosive environment. The effects of ambient temperature, concentration of chemicals, and gas/chemical velocity should be considered, as a minimum, along with the corrosive nature of the chemical to which the sprinklers will be exposed. NOTICE The Series LFII Residential Pendent and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers (TY2236) described herein must be installed and maintained in compli-ance with this document and the appli-cable standards of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA), in addition to the standards of any authorities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for main-taining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating con-dition. Contact the installing contrac-tor or product manufacturer with any questions. Sprinkler Identification Number (SIN) TY2236 TY2236 is a replacement for the TY2234. Technical Data ApprovalsUL and C-UL Listed Certified to all requirements of NSF/ANSI 61 Note: Sprinklers with a polyester finish are UL Listed as corrosion-resistant sprinklers. See the Design Criteria section for details on these approvals. Maximum Working Pressure175 psi (12,1 bar) Discharge Coefficient K=4.9 gpm/psi½ (70,6 lpm/bar½) Temperature Rating155°F (68°C) or 175°F (79°C) Finishes Natural Brass, Pure White Polyester Coated, Signal White Polyester Coated, Jet Black Polyester Coated, or Chrome Plated TFP403 Page 2 of 4 SURFACE ESCUTCHEON PLATE SEATING 1-5/8"(41,3 mm) -2 Button Temperaturerating is indicated on Deector. Deector Compression Screw BulbSealing Assembly -6 * -4 5 - 3 - * * 6 4 5 1 3 2 Components: Frame1- 1/2"NPT 7/16" (11,1 mm) MAKE-IN NOMINAL ESCUTCHEON STYLE 15 or 20 RECESSEDWRENCH (57,2 mm)2-1/4" FLATS (73,0 mm)2-7/8" DIA. CROSS SECTION PENDENT RECESSED PENDENT 2-7/8" DIA. (73,0 mm) 2-1/4" DIA. (57,2 mm) MOUNTINGPLATE 1/8"(3,2 mm) MOUNTINGSURFACE FACE OFSPRINKLER FITTING 3/8±5/16"(9,5±7,9 mm) TY2236CLOSURE 5/8" (15,9 mm) FLUSH 1-9/16" (39,7 mm) 15/16" (23,8 mm) 2-7/8" DIA. (73,0 mm) 2-1/4" DIA. (57,2 mm) MOUNTING PLATE 1/8" (3,2 mm) MOUNTING SURFACE FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING 5/16±1/4" (7,9±6,4 mm) TY2236CLOSURE 1-9/16" (39,7 mm) 1-1/16" (27,0 mm) 1/2" (12,7 mm) FLUSH RECESS WRENCH WITH SPRINKLERENGAGEMENT IN TO ENSURE WRENCHING AREA PUSH WRENCH WRENCH RECESS(END "A" USED FOR TY2236) FIGURE 1 RAPID RESPONSE SERIES LFII RESIDENTIAL 4.9K PENDENT AND RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLERS (TY2236) FIGURE 2 SERIES LFII RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY WITH TWO-PIECE 5/8 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 15 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON FIGURE 3 SERIES LFII RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY WITH TWO-PIECE 1/2 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON FIGURE 5 W-TYPE 7 RECESSED SPRINKLER WRENCH FIGURE 4 W-TYPE 6 SPRINKLER WRENCH TFP403 Page 3 of 4 Physical Characteristics Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Brass Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copper Sealing Assembly ..Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON Bulb (3 mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glass Compression Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Bronze Deflector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Bronze Operation The glass bulb contains a fluid that expands when exposed to heat. When the rated temperature is reached, the fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the glass bulb, allowing the sprinkler to activate and flow water. Design Criteria The TYCO RAPID RESPONSE Series LFII Residential 4.9K Pendent and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers are UL and C-UL Listed for installation in accordance with this section. Residential Sprinkler Design GuideWhen conditions exist that are outside the scope of the provided criteria, refer to the Residential Sprinkler Design Guide TFP490 for the manufactur-er's recommendations that may be acceptable to the local authority having jurisdiction. System TypesPer the UL Listing and the C-UL Listing, wet pipe systems may be utilized. Ceiling TypesSmooth flat horizontal, or beamed, or sloped, in accordance with the 2013 Edition of NFPA 13D, 13R, or 13, as applicable. Hydraulic Design (NFPA 13D and 13R)For systems designed to NFPA 13D or NFPA 13R, the minimum re quired sprin-kler flow rates are given in Table A as a function of temperature rating and the maximum allowable coverage areas. The sprinkler flow rate is the minimum required discharge from each of the total number of design sprinklers as specified in NFPA 13D or NFPA 13R. Hydraulic Design (NFPA 13)For systems designed to NFPA 13, the number of design sprinklers is to be the four most hydraulically demanding sprinklers. The minimum required dis-charge from each of the four sprinklers is to be the greater of the following: • The flow rates given in Table A as a function of temperature rating and the maximum allowable coverage area. • A minimum discharge of 0.1 gpm/ft² over the design area comprised of the four most hydraulically demanding sprinklers for actual coverage areas protected by the four sprinklers. Obstruction to Water DistributionSprinklers are to be located in accor-dance with the obstruction rules of NFPA 13D, 13R, and 13 as applicable for residential sprinklers as well as with the obstruction criteria described within the Technical Data Sheet TFP490. Operational SensitivitySprinklers are to be installed with a deflector-to-ceiling distance of 1 1/4 in. to 4 in. Sprinkler SpacingThe minimum spacing between sprin-klers is 8 ft (2,4 m). The maximum spacing between sprinklers cannot exceed the length of the coverage area (Table A) being hydraulically calcu-lated, for example, maximum 12 ft for a 12 ft x 12 ft coverage area, or 20 ft for a 20 ft x 20 ft coverage area. Maximum Coverage Area (1) ft x ft (m x m) WET PIPE SYSTEM Minimum Flow and Residual Pressure (2)(3) Ordinary Temperature Rating 155°F (68°C)Intermediate Temperature Rating 175°F (79°C)Deflector to Ceiling Installation Type Minimum Spacing ft (m) Flow gpm (l/min) Pressure psi (bar) Flow gpm (l/min) Pressure psi (bar) 12 x 12 (3,7 x 3,7)13 (49,2)7.0 (0,48)13 (49,2)7.0 (0,48)Smooth Ceilings 1-1/4 in. to 4 in. Beamed Ceilings per NFPA 13D or 13R 1-1/4 in. to 1-3/4 in. below bottom of beam. Recessed us-ing either Style 15 or Style 20 Escutcheon or non-recessed per NFPA 13D, 13R, or 13 8(2,4) 14 x 14 (4,3 x 4,3)13 (49,2)7.0 (0,48)13 (49,2)7.0 (0,48) 16 x 16 (4,9 x 4,9)13 (49,2)7.0 (0,48)13 (49,2)7.0 (0,48) 18 x 18 (5,5 x 5,5)17 (64,3)12.0 (0,83)17 (64,3)12.0 (0,83) 20 x 20 (6,1 x 6,1)20 (75,7)16.7 (1,15)20 (75,7)16.7 (1,15) Notes: 1. For coverage area dimensions less than or between those indicated, use the minimum required flow for the next highest coverage area for which hydraulic design criteria are stated. 2. Requirement is based on minimum flow in gpm (lpm) from each sprinkler. The associated residual pressures are calculated using the nominal K-factor. See Hydraulic Design under the Design Criteria section. 3. For NFPA 13 residential applications, the greater of 0.1 gpm/ft2 over the design area or the flow in accordance with the criteria in this table must be used. TABLE A WET PIPE SYSTEM SERIES LFII RESIDENTIAL 4.9K PENDENT AND RECESSED PENDENT SPRINKLERS (TY2236) NFPA 13D, 13R, AND 13 HYDRAULIC DESIGN CRITERIA TFP403 Page 4 of 4 NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION and NFPA are registered trademarks of National Fire Protection Association; TEFLON is a registered trademark of DuPont 1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 19446 | Telephone +1-215-362-0700 © 2019 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. Installation TYCO RAPID RESPONSE Series LFII Residential 4.9K Pendent and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with this section. General InstructionsDo not install any bulb type sprinkler if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss of liquid from the bulb. With the sprin-kler held horizontally, a small air bubble should be present. The diameter of the air bubble is approximately 1/16 in. (1,6 mm). A leak-tight 1/2 in. NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained by apply-ing a minimum-to-maximum torque of 7 to 14 lb-ft (9,5 to 19,0 N∙m). Higher levels of torque can distort the sprin-kler Inlet with consequent leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. Do not attempt to compensate for insufficient adjustment in an Escutch-eon Plate by under- or over- tightening the sprinkler. Re-adjust the position of the sprinkler fitting to suit. Pendent SprinklersThe Series LFII Residential Pendent Sprinklers must be installed in accor-dance with the following instructions. Step 1. Install pendent sprinklers in the pendent position with the deflector par-allel to the ceiling. Step 2. With pipe thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, hand-tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step 3. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench, as shown in Figure 4. With reference to Figure 1, apply the W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench to the wrench flats. Recessed Pendent SprinklersThe Series LFII Residential Recessed Pendent Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with the following instructions. Step A. Install the recessed pendent sprinklers in the pendent position with the deflector parallel to the ceiling. Step B. After installing either the Style 15 or the Style 20 Mounting Plate over the sprinkler threads, and with pipe thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, hand-tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step C. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type 7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench, as shown in Figure 5. With reference to Figure 1, apply the W-Type 7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench to the sprinkler wrench flats. Step D. After the ceiling has been installed, or the finish coat has been applied, slide on either the Style 15 Closure or the Style 20 Closure over the Series LFII Residential Sprinkler and push the Closure over the Mounting Plate until its flange comes in contact with the ceiling. Care and Maintenance TYCO RAPID RESPONSE Series LFII Residential 4.9K Pendent and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers must be maintained and serviced in accordance with this section. Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, permission to shut down the affected fire protection system must be obtained from the proper authorities and notify all personnel who may be affected by this action. Absence of the outer piece of an escutcheon, which is used to cover a clearance hole, can delay sprinkler operation in a fire situation. The owner must assure that the sprin-klers are not used for hanging any objects and that the sprinklers are only cleaned by means of gently dusting with a feather duster; otherwise, non-operation in the event of a fire or inad-vertent operation may result. Sprinklers which are found to be leaking or exhibiting visible signs of corrosion must be replaced. Automatic sprinklers must never be painted, plated, coated, or other-wise altered after leaving the factory. Modified sprinklers must be replaced. Sprinklers that have been exposed to corrosive products of combustion, but have not operated, should be replaced if they cannot be completely cleaned by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. Care must be exercised to avoid damage to the sprinklers before, during, and after installation. Sprin-klers damaged by dropping, striking, wrench twist/slippage, or the like, must be replaced. Also, replace any sprinkler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb. See the Installation section. The owner is responsible for the inspec-tion, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devices in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSO-CIATION, such as NFPA 25, in addi-tion to the standards of any authorities having jurisdiction. Contact the install-ing contractor or product manufacturer with any questions. Automatic sprinkler systems are rec-ommended to be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspec-tion Service in accordance with local requirements and/or national codes. Limited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for avail-ability. When placing an order, indicate the full product name and part number (P/N). Sprinkler AssembliesSpecify: Series LFII 4.9K Residential Pendent Sprinkler (TY2236), (specify temperature rating), with (specify) finish, P/N (specify): 155°F (68°C)Natural Brass.................51-212-1-155Pure White (RAL 9010)Polyester1, 2 ..................51-212-3-155Signal White (RAL 9003)Polyester1....................51-212-4-155Jet Black (RAL 9005)Polyester1....................51-212-5-155Chrome Plated................51-212-9-155 175°F (79°C) Natural Brass..................51-212-1-175 Pure White (RAL 9010) Polyester1, 2 ..................51-212-3-175 Signal White (RAL 9003) Polyester1....................51-212-4-175 Jet Black (RAL 9005) Polyester1....................51-212-5-175 Chrome Plated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51-212-9-175 1. UL Listed as corrosion-resistant.2. Eastern Hemisphere sales only. Recessed EscutcheonSpecify: Style 15 Escutcheon with (specify*) finish, P/N (specify*) or Style 20 Recessed Escutcheon with (specify*) finish, P/N (specify*) * Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP770. Sprinkler WrenchesSpecify: W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-000-6-387 Specify: W-Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-850-4-001 Series TY-FRB — 5.6 K-factor Horizontal and Vertical Sidewall Sprinklers Quick Response, Standard Coverage Worldwide Contacts www.tyco-fire.com Page 1 of 6 FEBRUARY 2014 TFP176 IMPORTANTAlways refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP700 for the “INSTALLER WARNING” that provides cau-tions with respect to handling and installation of sprinkler sys-tems and components. Improp-er handling and installation can permanently damage a sprin-kler system or its components and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. General Description The Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor, Hor-izontal and Vertical Sidewall Sprin-klers described in this data sheet are quick response -standard cover-age, decorative 3 mm glass bulb type spray sprinklers designed for use in light and ordinary hazard, commer-cial occupancies such as banks, ho-tels, shopping malls, etc. They are de-signed for installation along a wall or the side of a beam and just beneath a smooth ceiling. Sidewall sprinklers are commonly used instead of pendent or upright sprinklers due to aesthetics or building construction considerations, where piping across the ceiling is not desirable. The recessed version of the Series TY-FRB Horizontal Sidewall Sprin-kler is intended for use in areas with a finished wall. It uses a two-piece Style 10 Recessed Escutcheon with 1/2 inch (12,7 mm) of recessed adjust-ment or up to 3/4 inch (19,1 mm) of to-tal adjustment from the flush sidewall position, or a two-piece Style 20 Re-cessed Escutcheon with 1/4 inch (6,4 mm) of recessed adjustment or up to 1/2 inch (12,7 mm) of total adjustment from the flush sidewall position. The adjustment provided by the Recessed Escutcheon reduces the accuracy to which the fixed pipe nipples to the sprinklers must be cut. Corrosion resistant coatings, where applicable, are utilized to extend the life of copper alloy sprinklers beyond that which would otherwise be ob- tained when exposed to corrosive at-mospheres. Although corrosion resis-tant coated sprinklers have passed the standard corrosion tests of the appli-cable approval agencies, the testing is not representative of all possible cor-rosive atmospheres. Consequently, it is recommended that the end user be consulted with respect to the suitabil-ity of these coatings for any given cor-rosive environment. The effects of am-bient temperature, concentration of chemicals, and gas/chemical velocity, should be considered, as a minimum, along with the corrosive nature of the chemical to which the sprinklers will be exposed. NOTICE The Series TY-FRB Sprinklers de-scribed herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document, as well as with the appli-cable standards of the National Fire Protection Association, in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for main-taining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating con-dition. Contact the installing contrac-tor or sprinkler manufacturer with any questions. Sprinkler Identification Numbers TY3331 ...............Horizontal TY3431 ..................Vertical Technical Data Approvals UL and C-UL Listed.FM, LPCB, and NYC Approved.(Refer to Table A for complete approv-al information including corrosion re-sistant status.) Maximum Working Pressure Refer to Table B. Discharge Coefficient K=5.6 GPM/psi1/2 (80,6 LPM/bar1/2) Temperature Ratings Refer to Table A. Finishes Sprinkler: Refer to Table C. Recessed Escutcheon: Signal or Pure White, Jet Black, Chrome Plated, or Brass Plated. TFP176 Page 2 of 6 Installation The Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor, Hori-zontal and Vertical Sidewall Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with this section. General Instructions Do not install any bulb type sprin-kler if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss of liquid from the bulb. With the sprinkler held horizontally, a small air bubble should be present. The diam-eter of the air bubble is approximately 1/16 inch (1,6 mm) for the 135°F (57°C) to 3/32 inch (2,4 mm) for the 286°F (141°C) temperature ratings. A leak tight 1/2 inch NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained with a torque of 7 to 14 ft.-lbs. (9,5 to 19,0 Nm). Higher levels of torque may distort the sprin-kler and cause leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. Do not attempt to make-up for insuf-ficient adjustment in the escutcheon plate by under-or over-tightening the sprinkler. Readjust the position of the sprinkler fitting to suit. Series TY-FRB Horizontal and Vertical Sidewall Sprinkler Installation The Series TY-FRB Horizontal and Vertical Sidewall Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with the fol-lowing instructions. Step 1. Horizontal sidewall sprinklers are to be installed in the horizontal po-sition with their centerline of waterway perpendicular to the back wall and parallel to the ceiling. The word “TOP” on the Deflector is to face towards the ceiling. Vertical sidewall sprinklers are to be installed in the pendent or upright po-sition with the arrow on the Deflector pointing away from the wall. Step 2. With pipe thread sealant ap-plied to the pipe threads, hand tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step 3. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench (Ref. Figure 5), With reference to Figure 1 or 2, the W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench is to be ap-plied to the wrench flats. Physical Characteristics Frame............................Bronze Button......................Brass/Copper Sealing Assembly ........Beryllium Nickel w/ TEFLON Bulb ..............................Glass Compression Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bronze HSW Deflector .....................Bronze VSW Deflector .....................Copper Operation The glass bulb contains a fluid which expands when exposed to heat. When the rated temperature is reached, the fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the glass bulb, allowing the sprinkler to activate and water to flow. Design Criteria The Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor, Hori-zontal and Vertical Sidewall Sprinklers are intended for fire protection sys-tems designed in accordance with the standard installation rules recognized by the applicable Listing or Approval agency (e.g., UL Listing is based on the requirements of NFPA 13, and FM Approval is based on the requirements of FM’s Loss Prevention Data Sheets). Only the Style 10 or 20 Recessed Es-cutcheon, as applicable, is to be used for recessed horizontal installations. ** * * ** * ESCUTCHEONPLATE SEATINGSURFACE 1-13/16"(46,0 mm) CENTERLINE OF SPRINKLER WATERWAY 2-7/8" DIA.(73,0 mm) STYLE10 or 20RECESSEDESCUTCHEON 2-3/16"(55,6 mm) 1-1/2"(38,1 mm) DEFLECTOR HAT 9/16"(14,3 mm) 6 WRENCHFLATS 4 7/16"(11,1 mm)NOMINALMAKE-IN 2 5 3 1/2" NPT 1 Pipe thread connections per ISO 7-1 can be provided on special request. Temperature rating is indicated on Deector. 12 Sealing Assembly ButtonFrame-- Bulb 3 - 4 - 6 -Deector Compression Screw 5 - FIGURE 1 5.6 K-FACTOR QUICK RESPONSE SERIES TY-FRB HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL (TY3331) SPRINKLERS TFP176 Page 3 of 6 Series TY-FRB Recessed Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler Installation The Series TY-FRB Recessed Hori-zontal Sidewall Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with this section. Step A. Recessed horizontal sidewall sprinklers are to be installed in the horizontal position with their center-line of waterway perpendicular to the back wall and parallel to the ceiling. The word “TOP” on the Deflector is to face towards the ceiling. Step B. After installing the Style 10 or 20 Mounting Plate over the sprinkler threads, hand tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step C. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type 7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench (Ref. Figure 6). With reference to Figure 1, the W-Type 7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench is to be applied to the sprin-kler wrench flats. Step D. After the ceiling has been in-stalled or the finish coat has been ap-plied, slide on the Style 10 or 20 Clo-sure over the Series TY-FRB Sprinkler and push the Closure over the Mount-ing Plate until its flange comes in con-tact with the ceiling. Care and Maintenance The Series TY-FRB, 5.6 K-factor, Hori-zontal and Vertical Sidewall Sprinklers must be maintained and serviced in accordance with this section. Before closing a fire protection sys-tem main control valve for mainte-nance work on the fire protection sys-tem that it controls, permission to shut down the affected fire protection sys-tem must be obtained from the prop-er authorities and all personnel who may be affected by this action must be notified. Absence of an escutcheon, which is used to cover a clearance hole, may delay the time to sprinkler operation in a fire situation. Sprinklers that are found to be leaking or exhibiting visible signs of corrosion must be replaced. Automatic sprinklers must never be painted, plated, coated or other-wise altered after leaving the factory. Modified sprinklers must be replaced. Sprinklers that have been exposed to corrosive products of combustion, but have not operated, should be replaced if they cannot be completely cleaned by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. Care must be exercised to avoid dam-age to the sprinklers before, during, and after installation. Sprinklers dam-aged by dropping, striking, wrench twist/slippage, or the like, must be replaced. Also, replace any sprinkler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb. (Ref. Installa-tion Section). The owner must assure that the sprin-klers are not used for hanging any ob-jects and that the sprinklers are only cleaned by means of gently dusting with a feather duster; otherwise, non-operation in the event of a fire or inad-vertent operation may result. Frequent visual inspections are rec-ommended to be initially performed for corrosion resistant coated sprin-klers, after the installation has been completed, to verify the integrity of the corrosion resistant coating. Thereaf-ter, annual inspections per NFPA 25 should suffice; however, instead of in-specting from the floor level, a random sampling of close-up visual inspec-tions should be made, so as to better determine the exact sprinkler condi-tion and the long term integrity of the corrosion resistant coating, as it may be affected by the corrosive condi-tions present. The owner is responsible for the in-spection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and de-vices in compliance with this docu-ment, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Pro-tection Association (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to the standards of any oth-er authorities having jurisdiction. The installing contractor or sprinkler man-ufacturer should be contacted relative to any questions. It is recommended that automatic sprinkler systems be inspected, test-ed, and maintained by a qualified In-spection Service in accordance with local requirements and/or national codes. ** *** * * PENDENT UPRIGHT SECTION CROSSSHOWNSHOWN 1-1/2" (38,1 mm) ESCUTCHEON PLATE SEATING SURFACE 2-3/16"(55,6 mm) WRENCHFLATS 1/2"NPT 7/16"(11,1 mm)NOMINALMAKE-IN ARROW MUST POINT AWAY FROM AND BE PERPENDICULAR TO THE BACK WALL SURFACE 7 2-3/16"(55,6 mm) 3 1 6 5 2 4 Pipe threadconnectionsper ISO 7-1 canbe provided onspecial request. Temperaturerating isindicated onDeector. 12 Sealing Assembly ButtonFrame--Bulb 3 - 4 - 6 -Deector CompressionScrew5- FLOW EjectionSpring7- FIGURE 2 5.6 K-FACTOR QUICK RESPONSE SERIES TY-FRB VERTICAL SIDEWALL (TY3431) SPRINKLERS TFP176 Page 4 of 6 2-7/8" DIA.(73,0 mm) MOUNTING SURFACE CLOSURE 1-1/4" (31,8 mm) 3/4" (19,1 mm) SERIES TY-FRB MOUNTING PLATE 3/4" (19,1 mm) 1/8" (3,2 mm) 1/4" (6,4 mm) FACE OFSPRINKLERFITTING 5/8±1/4"(15,9±6,4 mm) 2-1/4" DIA.(57,2 mm) WRENCH RECESS(END "A" USED FOR1/2" NPT MODELS) WRENCHRECESS PUSH WRENCHIN TO ENSUREENGAGEMENTWITH SPRINKLERWRENCHING AREA 1" (25,4 mm) 1-1/4" (31,8 mm) CLOSURE 1/4" (6,4 mm) 1/2" (12,7 mm) 1/2±1/8"(12,7±3,2 mm) 2-7/8" DIA. (73,0 mm) MOUNTINGSURFACE SERIESTY-FRB MOUNTINGPLATE FACE OFSPRINKLERFITTING 2-1/4" DIA. (57,2 mm) 1/8"(3,2 mm) FIGURE 3 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER WITH TWO-PIECE 3/4 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 10 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON FIGURE 5 W-TYPE 6 SPRINKLER WRENCH FIGURE 6 W-TYPE 7 RECESSED SPRINKLER WRENCH FIGURE 4 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLER WITH TWO-PIECE 1/2 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON TFP176 Page 5 of 6 NOTES: 1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers for use in Light and Ordinary Hazard Occupancies at a 4 to 12 inch (100 to 300 mm) top of deflector to ceiling distance. 2. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. for use in Canada (C-UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers for use in Light and Ordinary Hazard Occupancies at a 4 to 12 inch(100 to 300 mm) top of deflector to ceiling distance. 3. Approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FM) as Quick Response Sprinklers for use in Light Hazard Occupancies at a 4 to 12 inch (100 to 300 mm) top of deflector to ceiling distance. 4. Approved by the Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB Ref. No. 007a/04) at a 4 to 6 inch (100 to 150 mm) top of deflector to ceiling distance. The LPC does not rate the thermal sensitivity of horizontal sidewall sprinklers. 5. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as Quick Response Sprinklers for use in Light and Ordinary Hazard Occupancies. 6. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories for use in Canada (C-UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers for use in Light and Ordinary Hazard Occupancies. 7. Approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FM) as Quick Response Sprinklers for use in Light Hazard Occupancies. 8. Approved by the Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB Ref. No. 094a/06 & 007a/04) as Quick Response Sprinklers. 9. Approved by the City of New York under MEA 354-01-E. 10. Approved by the Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB Ref. No. 094a/06) at a 4 to 6 inch (100 to 150 mm) top of deflector to ceiling distance. The LPC does not rate the thermal sensitivity of horizontal sidewall sprinklers. 11. Where Polyester Coated and Lead Coated Sprinklers are noted to be UL and C-UL Listed, the sprinklers are UL and C-UL Listed as Corrosion Resis-tant Sprinklers. Where Lead Coated Sprinklers are noted to be FM Approved, the sprinklers are FM Approved as Corrosion Resistant Sprinklers. * Installed with Style 10 (1/2” NPT) 3/4” Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon. ** Installed with Style 20 (1/2” NPT) 1/2” Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon. *** Frame and deflector only. SPRINKLER FINISH (See Note 11) K TYPE TEMP. BULB LIQUID NATURAL BRASS CHROME PLATED POLYESTER***LEAD COATED 5.6 1/2” NPT HORIZ. SIDEWALL (TY3331) 135°F (57°C)Orange 1, 2, 3, 4, 9, 10 1, 2, 3, 9 1, 2, 3, 9 155°F (68°C)Red 175°F (79°C)Yellow 200°F (93°C)Green 286°F (141°C)Blue RECESSED HORIZ. SIDEWALL (TY3331)* Figure 3 135°F (57°C)Orange 1, 2, 4, 9, 10 1, 2, 9 N/A155°F (68°C)Red 175°F (79°C)Yellow 200°F (93°C)Green RECESSED HORIZ. SIDEWALL (TY3331)** Figure 4 135°F (57°C)Orange 1, 2, 3, 4, 9 N/A155°F (68°C)Red 175°F (79°C)Yellow 200°F (93°C)Green 5.6 1/2” NPT VERTICAL SIDEWALL (TY3431) Installed Pendent or Upright 135°F (57°C)Orange 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 5, 6, 7, 9 155°F (68°C)Red 175°F (79°C)Yellow 200°F (93°C)Green 286°F (141°C)Blue TABLE A LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS GLOBAL HEADQUARTERS | 1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 19446 | Telephone +1-215-362-0700 TFP176 Page 6 of 6 Copyright © 2013 Tyco Fire Products, LP. All rights reserved. TEFLON is trademark of The DuPont Corporation. Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for avail-ability. When placing an order, indi-cate the full product name and Part Number (P/N). Sprinkler Assemblies with NPT Thread Connections: Specify: Series TY-FRB (specify SIN), (specify K-factor), (specify) Horizontal Sidewall or Vertical Sidewall Sprinkler, Standard Response, Standard Cov-erage, (specify) temperature rating, (specify) finish or coating, P/N (spec-ify from Table C) Recessed Escutcheon Specify: Style (10 or 20) Recessed Es-cutcheon with (specify*) finish, P/N (specify*). * Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP770 Sprinkler Wrench Specify: W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-000-6-387 Specify: W-Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-850-4-001 NOTES: 1. The maximum working pressure of 250 psi (17,2 bar) only applies to the Listing by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL); the Listing by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. for use in Canada (C-UL); and, the Approval by the City of New York. SPRINKLER FINISH K TYPE NATURAL BRASS CHROME PLATED POLYESTER LEAD COATED 5.6 1/2” NPT HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL (TY3331) 250 PSI (17,2 BAR) or 175PSI (12,1 BAR) (SEE NOTE 1)RECESSED HORIZ. SIDEWALL (TY3331) VERTICAL SIDEWALL (TY3431)175 PSI (12,1 BAR) SPRINKLER FINISH 1 NATURAL BRASS 3 PURE WHITE (RAL9010)* POLYESTER 4 SIGNAL WHITE (RAL9003) POLYESTER 5 JET BLACK (RAL9005)** POLYESTER 7 LEAD COATED 9 CHROME PLATED * Eastern Hemisphere sales only. ** Available in 155°F (68°C) or 200°F (93°C) temperature rating only. SIN 378 HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL TY3331 375 VERTICAL SIDEWALL TY3431 TEMPERATURE RATINGS 135 135°F (57°C) 155 155°F (68°C) 175 175°F (79°C) 200 200°F (93°C) 286 286°F (141°C) P/N 57 – XXX – X – XXX TABLE B MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE TABLE C PART NUMBER SELECTION SERIES TY-FRB HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLERS Series TY-FRB – 2.8, 4.2, 5.6, and 8.0 K-Factor Upright, Pendent, and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers Quick Response, Standard Coverage Page 1 of 12 DECEMBER 2020 TFP171 IMPORTANTRefer to Technical Data Sheet TFP2300 for warnings pertaining to regulatory and health information. Always refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP700 for the “INSTALLER WARNING” that provides cautions with respect to handling and instal-lation of sprinkler systems and com-ponents. Improper handling and installation can permanently damage a sprinkler system or its compo-nents and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. Worldwide Contacts www.tyco-fire.com General Description The TYCO Series TY-FRB 2.8, 4.2, 5.6, and 8.0 K-factor Upright, Pendent, and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers described in herein are quick response, standard coverage, decorative 3 mm glass bulb-type spray sprinklers. They are designed for use in light or ordinary hazard, commercial occupancies such as banks, hotels, and shopping malls. The TY-FRB Recessed Pendent Sprin-kler, where applicable, is intended for use in areas with a finished ceiling. This recessed pendent sprinkler uses one of the following Recessed Escutcheons: • A two-piece Style 10 (1/2 in. NPT) or Style 40 (3/4 in. NPT) Recessed Escutcheon with 1/2 in. (12,7 mm) of recessed adjustment or up to 3/4 in. (19,1 mm) of total adjustment from the flush pendent position. • A two-piece Style 20 (1/2 in. NPT) or Style 30 (3/4 in. NPT) Recessed Escutcheon with 1/4 in. (6,4 mm) of recessed adjustment or up to 1/2 in. (12,7 mm) of total adjustment from the flush pendent position. The adjustment provided by the Recessed Escutcheon reduces the accuracy to which the fixed pipe drops to the sprinklers must be cut. Corrosion-resistant coatings, where applicable, are utilized to extend the life of copper alloy sprinklers beyond what would be obtained when exposed to corrosive atmospheres. Although corrosion-resistant coated sprinklers have passed the standard corrosion tests of the applicable approval agen-cies, the testing is not representative of all possible corrosive atmospheres. Consequently, it is recommended that the end user be consulted with respect to the suitability of these coatings for any given corrosive environment. The effects of ambient temperature, con-centration of chemicals, and gas/chemical velocity, should be consid-ered, as a minimum, along with the cor-rosive nature of the chemical to which the sprinklers will be exposed. An intermediate level version of the Series TY-FRB Pendent Sprinklers is detailed in Technical Data Sheet TFP356. Sprinkler Guards are detailed in Technical Data Sheet TFP780. NOTICE The Series TY-FRB 2.8, 4.2, 5.6, and 8.0 K-factor Upright, Pendent, and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document and with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protec-tion Association (NFPA), in addition to the standards of any authorities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for maintain-ing their fire protection system and devices in proper operating condition. The installing contractor or sprinkler manufacturer should be contacted with any questions. NFPA 13 prohibits installation of 1/2 in. NPT sprinklers with K-factors greater than 5.6 in new construction. They are intended for retrofit in existing sprinkler systems only. Sprinkler Identification Number (SIN) TY1131 . . .Upright 2.8K, 1/2 in. NPT TY1231 ..Pendent 2.8K, 1/2 in. NPT TY2131 ...Upright 4.2K, 1/2 in. NPT TY2231 ..Pendent 4.2K, 1/2 in. NPT TY3131 ...Upright 5.6K, 1/2 in. NPT TY3231 ..Pendent 5.6K, 1/2 in. NPT TY4131 ...Upright 8.0K, 3/4 in. NPT TY4231 ..Pendent 8.0K, 3/4 in. NPT TY4831 ...Upright 8.0K, 1/2 in. NPT TY4931 ..Pendent 8.0K, 1/2 in. NPT Technical Data ApprovalsUL and C-UL Listed FM, LPCB, and NYC Approved See Tables A, B, C and D for complete approval information including corrosion-resistant status. Maximum Working PressureSee Table E TFP171 Page 2 of 12 Discharge CoefficientK=2.8 GPM/psi½ (40,3 LPM/bar½) K=4.2 GPM/psi½ (60,5 LPM/bar½) K=5.6 GPM/psi½ (80,6 LPM/bar½) K=8.0 GPM/psi½ (115,2 LPM/bar½) Temperature Rating See Tables A and B FinishesSprinkler: See Table D Recessed Escutcheon: Signal or Pure White, Grey Aluminum, Jet Black, Chrome Plated, or Natural Brass Physical CharacteristicsFrame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BronzeButton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Brass/CopperSealing Assembly ..Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLONBulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .GlassCompression Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BronzeDeflector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Copper/BronzeBushing (K=2.8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Bronze Poly-Stainless Physical CharacteristicsFrame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BronzeButton ................L316 Stainless Steel*Bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .GlassCompression Screw . . . . . L316 Stainless Steel*Deflector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Copper/BronzeSealing Assembly .Gold Plated Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON*Type L316 stainless steel (UNS 31603) per ASTM A479/479M or BS EN 1008 WN1.4404.Operation The glass bulb contains a fluid that expands when exposed to heat. When the rated temperature is reached, the fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the glass bulb, allowing the sprinkler to activate and water to flow. Design Criteria The TYCO Series TY-FRB 2.8, 4.2, 5.6, and 8.0 K-factor Upright, Pendent, and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers are intended for fire protection systems designed in accordance with the stan-dard installation rules recognized by the applicable Listing or Approval agency, such as UL Listing based on the requirements of NFPA 13 and FM Approval based on the requirements of the FM Global Loss Prevention Data Sheets. Use only the style 10, 20, 30, or 40 Recessed Escutcheon, as applica-ble, for recessed pendent installations. *** * ** * UPRIGHT PENDENT CROSS SECTIONRECESSED PENDENT 7/16"(11,1 mm)NOMINALMAKE-IN ESCUTCHEONPLATE SEATINGSURFACE STYLE 10 or 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON Pipe thread connections perISO 7-1 can be provided onspecial request. Temperature ratingis indicated onDeector. WRENCH FLATS 2-3/16" (55,6 mm) SealingAssembly CompressionScrew12ButtonFrame-- Bulb 3 - 4 -6 -Deector 5 - 7 Bushing- 1/2" NPT 6 5 1 4 2 3 7 2-7/8" (73,0 mm) DIA. 2-1/4" (57,2 mm) 1-9/16"(39,7 mm) ** *** * * UPRIGHT PENDENT RECESSED PENDENT CROSS SECTION 7/16"(11,1 mm)NOMINALMAKE-IN ESCUTCHEON PLATE SEATING SURFACE STYLE 10 or 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON Pipe thread connections perISO 7-1 can be provided onspecial request. Temperature ratingis indicated onDeector. WRENCH FLATS 2-3/16" (55,6 mm) 2-3/16" (55,6 mm) 1-1/2" (38,1 mm) SealingAssembly CompressionScrew 1/2" NPT Frame Button-2 1 - Deector6- 2-7/8" (73,0 mm) DIA.6 4 5 2 1 3 4 -Bulb 3 -5 - FIGURE 1 QUICK RESPONSE SERIES TY-FRB UPRIGHT (TY1131) AND PENDENT (TY1231) SPRINKLERS 2.8 K-FACTOR, 1/2 IN. NPT FIGURE 2 QUICK RESPONSE SERIES TY-FRB UPRIGHT (TY2131) AND PENDENT (TY2231) SPRINKLERS 4.2 K-FACTOR, 1/2 IN. NPT TFP171 Page 3 of 12 Installation The TYCO Series TY-FRB 2.8, 4.2, 5.6, and 8.0 K-factor Upright, Pendent, and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with this section. General InstructionsDo not install any bulb type sprinkler if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss of liquid from the bulb. With the sprin-kler held horizontally, a small air bubble should be present. The diameter of the air bubble is approximately 1/16 in. (1,6 mm) for the 135°F (57°C) and 3/32 in. (2,4 mm) for the 286°F (141°C) temperature ratings. A leak-tight 1/2 in. NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained by applying a minimum-to-maximum torque of 7 to 14 lb-ft (9,5 to 19,0 N·m). A leak tight 3/4 in. NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained with a torque of 10 to 20 lb-ft (13,4 to 26,8 N·m). Higher levels of torque can distort the sprinkler inlet and cause leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. Do not attempt to com-pensate for insufficient adjustment in the escutcheon plate by under- or over-tightening the sprinkler. Re-adjust the position of the sprinkler fitting to suit. Series TY-FRB Upright and Pendent SprinklersThe Series TY-FRB Upright and Pendent Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with the following instructions: Step 1. Install pendent sprinklers in the pendent position. Install upright sprin-klers in the upright position. Step 2. With pipe thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, hand-tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step 3. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench (Ref. Figure 14). With reference to Figure 1 to Figure 5, apply the W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench to the sprinkler wrench flats. Series TY-FRB Recessed Pendent SprinklersThe Series TY-FRB Recessed Pendent Sprinklers must be installed in accor-dance with the following instructions: Step 1. After installing the Style 10, 20, 30, or 40 Mounting Plate, as applica-ble, over the sprinkler threads and with pipe-thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, hand-tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step 2. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type 7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench, see Figure 15. With reference to Figure 1 to 4, apply the W-Type 7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench to the sprinkler wrench flats. Step 3. After the ceiling is installed or the finish coat is applied, slide on the Style 10, 20, 30, or 40 Closure over the Series TY-FRB Recessed Pendent Sprinkler and push the Closure over the Mounting Plate until its flange comes in contact with the ceiling. *** ** * * UPRIGHT PENDENT CROSS SECTIONRECESSED PENDENT 7/16" (11,1 mm) NOMINAL MAKE-IN ESCUTCHEONPLATE SEATINGSURFACE STYLE 10 or 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON Pipe thread connections perISO 7-1 can be provided onspecial request. Temperature ratingis indicated onDeector. 2-7/8" (73,0 mm) DIA.1/2" NPT 12 ButtonFrame-- Bulb4-6 -Deector 5 6 4 2 3 1 3 -5 - WRENCHFLATS 2-3/16"(55,6 mm) 2-3/16"(55,6 mm) 1-1/2" (38,1 mm) SealingAssembly CompressionScrew RECESSED PENDENTUPRIGHTPENDENT CROSS SECTION * * * 4 12 3 6 5 Temperaturerating indicatedon Deector. CompressionScrewSealingAssemblyFrameButton DeectorBulb 7/16"(11,1 mm)NOMINALMAKE-IN 1/2"NPTWRENCHFLATS 2-3/16"(55,6 mm)1-1/2" (38,1 mm) 2-3/16" (55,6 mm) ESCUTCHEONPLATE SEATINGSURFACE STYLE 10RECESSEDESCUTCHEON 4 6 5 1 3 2 - - -- - - 2-7/8" (73,0 mm) DIA. FIGURE 3 QUICK RESPONSE SERIES TY-FRB UPRIGHT (TY3131) AND PENDENT (TY3231) SPRINKLERS 5.6 K-FACTOR, 1/2 IN. NPT ALL FINISHES EXCEPT POLY-STAINLESS POLY-STAINLESS FINISH ONLY TFP171 Page 4 of 12 * ** ** * * PENDENTUPRIGHT CROSS SECTION 2-1/4" (57,2 mm) 1-9/16" (39,7 mm)2-3/16"(55,6 mm) SealingAssembly WRENCHFLATS CompressionScrew Pipe thread connectionsper ISO 7-1 can beprovided on specialrequest. Temperature rating is indicated on Deector. CEILING PLATESEATING SURFACE 7/16" (11,1 mm) NOMINAL MAKE-IN 1 2 Button Frame- - Bulb 3 - 4 - 6 -Deector 5 - 1/2" NPT 5 6 4 2 3 1 *** ** * * UPRIGHT PENDENT CROSS SECTIONRECESSED PENDENT 1/2" (12,7 mm) NOMINAL MAKE-IN ESCUTCHEONPLATE SEATINGSURFACE STYLE 30 or 40 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON Pipe thread connections perISO 7-1 can be provided onspecial request. Temperature ratingis indicated onDeector. WRENCHFLATS SealingAssembly CompressionScrew 3/4" NPT 1 2 Button Frame-- Bulb 3 - 4 -6 -Deector 5 - 5 6 4 2 3 1 2-7/8" (73,0 mm) DIA. 2-5/16"(58,7 mm) 1-9/16"(39,7 mm) 2-1/4"(57,2 mm) UPRIGHT CROSS SECTIONPENDENTRECESSED PENDENT * * * 64 3 2 1 5 Temperaturerating indicatedon Deector. SealingAssembly CompressionScrewFrame Bulb Button Deector WRENCHFLATS ESCUTCHEONPLATE SEATINGSURFACE 3/4"NPT 2-1/4"(57,2 mm)1-9/16"(39,7 mm) 2-5/16"(58,7 mm) 1/2"(12,7 mm)NOMINALMAKE-IN STYLE 40 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON -- ---- 4 6 5 1 3 2 2-7/8" (73,0 mm) DIA. FIGURE 4 QUICK RESPONSE SERIES TY-FRB UPRIGHT (TY4131) AND PENDENT (TY4231) SPRINKLERS 8.0 K-FACTOR, 3/4 IN. NPT ALL FINISHES EXCEPT POLY-STAINLESS POLY-STAINLESS FINISH ONLY FIGURE 5 QUICK RESPONSE SERIES TY-FRB UPRIGHT (TY4831) AND PENDENT (TY4931) SPRINKLERS 8.0 K-FACTOR, 1/2 IN. NPT TFP171 Page 5 of 12 2-1/4" DIA.(57,2 mm) 2-7/8" DIA.(73,0 mm) MOUNTING SURFACE FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING MOUNTINGPLATE 1/8" (3,2 mm) SERIES TY-FRBCLOSURE 13/16" (20,6 mm) 1-5/16" (33,3 mm) 1/4" (6,4 mm) 3/4" (19,1 mm)5/8±1/4"(15,9±6,4 mm)1/2±1/8"(12,7±3,2 mm)2-1/4" DIA.(57,2 mm) 2-7/8" DIA.(73,0 mm) MOUNTINGSURFACE CLOSURE FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING 1-1/16" (27,0 mm) 1-5/16" (33,3 mm) MOUNTINGPLATE 1/8" (3,2 mm) 1/4" (6,4 mm) 1/2" (12,7 mm) SERIES TY-FRB 1/2±1/8"(12,7±3,2 mm)2-1/4" DIA.(57,2 mm) 2-7/8" DIA.(73,0 mm) MOUNTINGSURFACE FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING MOUNTINGPLATE 1/8" (3,2 mm) SERIES TY-FRBCLOSURE 1" (25,4 mm) 1-1/4" (31,8 mm) 1/4" (6,4 mm) 1/2" (12,7 mm) 2-1/4" DIA.(57,2 mm) 2-7/8" DIA. (73,0 mm) MOUNTINGSURFACE FACE OFSPRINKLERFITTING MOUNTINGPLATE 1/8"(3,2 mm) SERIESTY-FRB 5/8±1/4" (15,9±6,4 mm) CLOSURE 3/4" (19,1 mm) 1-1/4" (31,8 mm) 1/4" (6,4 mm) 3/4" (19,1 mm) FIGURE 6 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED PENDENT WITH TWO-PIECE 3/4 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 10 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 2.8 K-FACTOR, 1/2 IN. NPT FIGURE 7 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED PENDENT WITH TWO-PIECE 1/2 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 2.8 K-FACTOR, 1/2 IN. NPT FIGURE 8 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED PENDENT WITH TWO-PIECE 3/4 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 10 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 4.2 K-FACTOR, 1/2 IN. NPT FIGURE 9 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED PENDENT WITH TWO-PIECE 1/2 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 4.2 K-FACTOR, 1/2 IN. NPT TFP171 Page 6 of 12 2-1/4" DIA. (57,2 mm) 2-7/8" DIA.(73,0 mm) MOUNTINGSURFACE FACE OFSPRINKLERFITTING MOUNTING PLATE 1/8"(3,2 mm) SERIESTY-FRB 5/8±1/4"(15,9±6,4 mm) CLOSURE 1-5/16" (33,3 mm) 13/16" (20,6 mm) 3/4" (19,1 mm) 1/4" (6,4 mm)1/2±1/8"(12,7±3,2 mm)2-1/4" DIA. (57,2 mm) 2-7/8" DIA.(73,0 mm) MOUNTING SURFACE FACE OFSPRINKLERFITTING MOUNTING PLATE 1/8"(3,2 mm) SERIESTY-FRBCLOSURE 1-5/16" (33,3 mm) 1-1/16" (27,0 mm) 1/2" (12,7 mm) 1/4" (6,4 mm) 2-1/4" DIA.(57,2 mm) 2-7/8" DIA.(73,0 mm) MOUNTING SURFACE FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING MOUNTINGPLATE 1/8" (3,2 mm) SERIES TY-FRB 5/8±1/4"(15,9±6,4 mm) CLOSURE 3/4" (19,1 mm) 1-1/4" (31,8 mm) 1/4" (6,4 mm) 3/4" (19,1 mm)1/2±1/8"(12,7±3,2 mm)2-1/4" DIA.(57,2 mm) 2-7/8" DIA.(73,0 mm) MOUNTINGSURFACE FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING MOUNTINGPLATE 1/8" (3,2 mm) SERIES TY-FRBCLOSURE 1" (25,4 mm) 1-1/4" (31,8 mm) 1/4" (6,4 mm) 1/2" (12,7 mm) WRENCH RECESS PUSH WRENCH IN TO ENSURE ENGAGEMENTWITH SPRINKLERWRENCHING AREA WRENCH RECESS (END "A" USED FOR 1/2" NPT MODELS) WRENCH RECESS(END "B" USED FOR 3/4" NPT MODELS) FIGURE 12 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED PENDENT WITH TWO-PIECE 3/4 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 40 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 8.0 K-FACTOR, 3/4 IN. NPT FIGURE 13 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED PENDENT WITH TWO-PIECE 1/2 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 30 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 8.0 K-FACTOR, 3/4 IN. NPT FIGURE 14 W-TYPE 6 SPRINKLER WRENCH FIGURE 15 W-TYPE 7 RECESSED SPRINKLER WRENCH FIGURE 10 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED PENDENT WITH TWO-PIECE 3/4 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 10 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 5.6 K-FACTOR, 1/2 IN. NPT FIGURE 11 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED PENDENT WITH TWO-PIECE 1/2 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 5.6 K-FACTOR, 1/2 IN. NPT TFP171 Page 7 of 12 K-Factor Type Temperature Bulb Liquid Color Sprinkler Finish5 Natural Brass Chrome Plated Polyesterc 2.8 1/2 in. NPT Pendent (TY1231) 135°F (57°C)Orange 1, 2, 3, 4 155°F (68°C)Red 175°F (79°C)Yellow 200°F (93°C)Green 286°F (141°C)Blue Upright (TY1131) 135°F (57°C)Orange 155°F (68°C)Red 175°F (79°C)Yellow 200°F (93°C)Green 286°F (141°C)Blue Recessed Pendent (TY1231)a Figure 6 135°F (57°C)Orange 1, 2, 4 155°F (68°C)Red 175°F (79°C)Yellow 200°F (93°C)Green Recessed Pendent (TY1231)b Figure 7 135°F (57°C)Orange 155°F (68°C)Red 175°F (79°C)Yellow 200°F (93°C)Green NOTESa. Installed with Style 10 (1/2 in. NPT) or Style 40 (3/4 in. NPT) 3/4 in. Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable.b. Installed with Style 20 (1/2 in. NPT) or Style 30 (3/4 in. NPT) 1/2 in. Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable.c. Frame and Deflector only.1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., (UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers.2. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., for use in Canada (C-UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers.3. Approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FM) as Quick Response Sprinklers.4. Approved by the City of New York under MEA 354-01-E.5. Where Polyester Coated Sprinklers are noted to be UL and C-UL Listed, the sprinklers are UL and C-UL Listed, the sprinklers are UL and C-UL Listed as corrosion-resistant sprinklers. TABLE A LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS FOR 2.8 K-FACTOR SPRINKLERS TFP171 Page 8 of 12 K-Factor Type Temperature Bulb Liquid Color Sprinkler Finish3 Natural Brass Chrome Plated Polyesterc 4.2 1/2 in. NPT Pendent (TY2231) 135°F (57°C)Orange 1, 2 155°F (68°C)Red 175°F (79°C)Yellow 200°F (93°C)Green 286°F (141°C)Blue Upright (TY2131) 135°F (57°C)Orange 155°F (68°C)Red 175°F (79°C)Yellow 200°F (93°C)Green 286°F (141°C)Blue Recessed Pendent (TY2231)a Figure 8 135°F (57°C)Orange 155°F (68°C)Red 175°F (79°C)Yellow 200°F (93°C)Green Recessed Pendent (TY2231)b Figure 9 135°F (57°C)Orange 155°F (68°C)Red 175°F (79°C)Yellow 200°F (93°C)Green NOTES a. Installed with Style 10 (1/2 in. NPT) or Style 40 (3/4 in. NPT) 3/4 in. Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable. b. Installed with Style 20 (1/2 in. NPT) or Style 30 (3/4 in. NPT) 1/2 in. Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable. c. Frame and Deflector only. 1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., (UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers. 2. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., for use in Canada (C-UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers. 3. Where Polyester Coated Sprinklers are noted to be UL and C-UL Listed, the sprinklers are UL and C-UL Listed, the sprinklers are UL and C-UL Listed as corrosion-resistant sprinklers. TABLE B LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS FOR 4.2 K-FACTOR SPRINKLERS TFP171 Page 9 of 12 K-Factor Type Temperature Bulb Liquid Color Sprinkler Finish8 Natural Brass Chrome Plated Polyesterc Poly-Stainlessc Lead Coated 5.6 1/2 in. NPT Pendent (TY3231) 135°F (57°C)Orange 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 1, 2 1, 2, 3, 5 155°F (68°C)Red 175°F (79°C)Yellow 200°F (93°C)Green 286°F (141°C)Blue Upright (TY3131) 135°F (57°C)Orange 1, 2, 3, 5, 6 1, 2 1, 2, 3, 5 155°F (68°C)Red 175°F (79°C)Yellow 200°F (93°C)Green 286°F (141°C)Blue Recessed Pendent (TY3231)a Figure 10 135°F (57°C)Orange 1, 2, 4, 5 1, 2 N/Ad 155°F (68°C)Red 175°F (79°C)Yellow 200°F (93°C)Green 286°F (141°C)Blue Recessed Pendent (TY3231)b Figure 11 135°F (57°C)Orange 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 N/A N/A 155°F (68°C)Red 175°F (79°C)Yellow 200°F (93°C)Green 286°F (141°C)Blue NOTESa. Installed with Style 10 (1/2 in. NPT) or Style 40 (3/4 in. NPT) 3/4 in. Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable.b. Installed with Style 20 (1/2 in. NPT) or Style 30 (3/4 in. NPT) 1/2 in. Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable.c. Frame and Deflector only.d. Not available (N/A).1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., (UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers.2. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., for use in Canada (C-UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers.3. Approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FM) as Quick Response Sprinklers.4. Approved by the Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB Ref. No. 007k/04) as Quick Response Sprinklers. However, LPCB does not rate the thermal sensitivity of recessed sprinklers.5. Approved by the City of New York under MEA 354-01-E.6. VdS Approved (For details, contact Johnson Controls, Enschede, Netherlands, Tel. 31-53-428-4444/Fax 31-53-428-3377.)7. Approved by the Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB Ref. No. 094a/06) as Quick Response Sprinklers.8. Where Polyester Coated and Lead-Coated Sprinklers are noted to be UL and C-UL Listed, the sprinklers are UL and C-UL Listed as Corrosion-Resistant Sprinklers. Where Lead-Coated Sprinklers are noted to be FM Approved, the sprinklers are FM Approved as a Corrosion-Resistant Sprinklers. TABLE C LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS FOR 5.6 K-FACTOR SPRINKLERS TFP171 Page 10 of 12 K-Factor Type Temperature Bulb Liquid Color Sprinkler Finish8 Natural Brass Chrome Plated Polyesterc Poly-Stainlessc Lead Coated 8.0 3/4 in. NPT Pendent (TY4231) 135°F (57°C)Orange 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 1, 2 1, 2, 5 155°F (68°C)Red 175°F (79°C)Yellow 200°F (93°C)Green 286°F (141°C)Blue Upright (TY4131) 135°F (57°C)Orange 155°F (68°C)Red 175°F (79°C)Yellow 200°F (93°C)Green 286°F (141°C)Blue Recessed Pendent (TY4231)a Figure 12 135°F (57°C)Orange 1, 2, 5 1, 2 N/Ad 155°F (68°C)Red 175°F (79°C)Yellow 200°F (93°C)Green 286°F (141°C)Blue Recessed Pendent (TY4231)b Figure 13 135°F (57°C)Orange 1, 2, 3, 5 N/A N/A 155°F (68°C)Red 175°F (79°C)Yellow 200°F (93°C)Green 286°F (141°C)Blue 8.0 1/2 in. NPT Pendent (TY4931) 135°F (57°C)Orange 1, 2, 4, 5, 6 N/A 1, 2, 5 155°F (68°C)Red 175°F (79°C)Yellow 200°F (93°C)Green 286°F (141°C)Blue Upright (TY4831) 135°F (57°C)Orange 155°F (68°C)Red 175°F (79°C)Yellow 200°F (93°C)Green 286°F (141°C)Blue NOTESa. Installed with Style 10 (1/2 in. NPT) or Style 40 (3/4 in. NPT) 3/4 in. Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable.b. Installed with Style 20 (1/2 in. NPT) or Style 30 (3/4 in. NPT) 1/2 in. Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable.c. Frame and Deflector only.d. Not available (N/A).1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., (UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers.2. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., for use in Canada (C-UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers.3. Approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FM) as Quick Response Sprinklers.4. Approved by the Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB Ref. No. 007k/04) as Quick Response Sprinklers. However, LPCB does not rate the thermal sensitivity of recessed sprinklers.5. Approved by the City of New York under MEA 354-01-E.6. VdS Approved (For details, contact Johnson Controls, Enschede, Netherlands, Tel. 31-53-428-4444/Fax 31-53-428-3377.)7. Approved by the Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB Ref. No. 094a/06) as Quick Response Sprinklers.8. Where Polyester Coated and Lead-Coated Sprinklers are noted to be UL and C-UL Listed, the sprinklers are UL and C-UL Listed as Corrosion-Resistant Sprinklers. Where Lead-Coated Sprinklers are noted to be FM Approved, the sprinklers are FM Approved as a Corrosion-Resistant Sprinklers. TABLE D LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS FOR 5.6 AND 8.0 K-FACTOR SPRINKLERS TFP171 Page 11 of 12 Care and Maintenance The TYCO Series TY-FRB 2.8, 4.2, 5.6, and 8.0 K-factor Upright, Pendent, and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers must be maintained and serviced in accordance with this section. Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire pro-tection system that it controls, obtain permission to shut down the affected fire protection systems from the proper authorities and notify all personnel who may be affected by this action. Absence of the outer piece of an escutcheon, which is used to cover a clearance hole, can delay sprinkler operation in a fire situation. Sprinklers which are found to be leaking or exhibiting visible signs of corrosion must be replaced. Automatic sprinklers must never be painted, plated, coated, or other-wise altered after leaving the factory. Modified sprinklers must be replaced. Sprinklers that have been exposed to corrosive products of combustion, but have not operated, should be replaced if they cannot be completely cleaned by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. Care must be taken to avoid damage to the sprinklers before, during, and after installation. Sprinklers damaged by dropping, striking, wrench twist/slippage, or the like, must be replaced. Also, replace any sprinkler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb. For more information, see Installation section. The owner is responsible for the inspection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devices in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Associ-ation such as NFPA 25, in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Contact the install-ing contractor or sprinkler manufac-turer regarding any questions. Automatic sprinkler systems are rec-ommended to be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspec- tion Service in accordance with local requirements and/or national codes. Care must be exercised to avoid damage to the sprinklers before, during, and after installation. Sprin-klers damaged by dropping, striking, wrench twist/slippage, or the like, must be replaced. Also, replace any sprinkler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb. For more informa-tion, see Installation section. Initial and frequent visual inspections of random samples are recommended for corrosion-resistant sprinklers to verify the integrity of the corrosion-resis-tant material of construction. There-after, annual inspections per NFPA 25 should suffice. Inspections of corro-sion-resistant sprinklers are recom-mended at close range, instead of from the floor level per NFPA. Inspection at close range can better determine the exact sprinkler condition and the long-term integrity of the corrosion-resistant material, which can be affected by the corrosive conditions present. K-Factor Type Sprinkler Finish Natural Brass Chrome Plated Polyester Lead Coated 2.8 1/2 in. NPT Pendent (TY1231) and Upright (TY1131)175 psi (12,1 bar)N/A2 Recessed Pendent (TY1231) 4.2 1/2 in. NPT Pendent (TY2231) and Upright (TY2131)175 psi (12,1 bar)N/A Recessed Pendent (TY2231) 5.6 1/2 in. NPT Pendent (TY3231) and Upright (TY3131) 250 psi (17,2 bar) or 175 psi (12,1 bar)1Recessed Pendent (TY3231) 8.0 3/4 in. NPT Pendent (TY4231) and Upright (TY4131)175 psi (12,1 bar) 175 psi (12,1 bar) Recessed Pendent(TY4231)N/A 8.0 1/2 in. NPT Pendent (TY4931) and Upright (TY4831)175 psi (12,1 bar)175 psi (12,1 bar) NOTES1. The maximum working pressure of 250 psi (17,2 bar) only applies to the Listing by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL); the Listing by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. for use in Canada (C-UL); and, the Approval by the City of New York.2. Not available (N/A). TABLE E MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE TFP171 Page 12 of 12 NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION and NFPA are registered trademarks of National Fire Protection Association; TEFLON is a registered trademark of DuPont 1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 19446 | Telephone +1-215-362-0700 © 2020 Johnson Controls. All rights reserved. All specifications and other information shown were current as of document revision date and are subject to change without notice. Limited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for availability. When placing an order, indicate the full product name and Part Number (P/N). Sprinkler Assemblies with NPT Thread ConnectionsSpecify: Series TY-FRB (Specify SIN), (specify K-factor), (specify Pendent or Upright) Sprinkler (specify) temperature rating, (specify) finish or coating, P/N (specify from Table F) Recessed EscutcheonSpecify: Style (10, 20, 30, or 40) Recessed Escutcheon with (specify*) finish, P/N (specify*) * Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP770 Sprinkler WrenchSpecify: W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-000-6-387 Specify: W-Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-850-4-001 SPRINKLER FINISH 1 NATURAL BRASS 2 POLY-STAINLESS GREY ALUMINUM (RAL9007)1 POLYESTER 3 PURE WHITE POLYESTER (RAL9010)2 4 SIGNAL WHITE POLYESTER (RAL9003) 5 JET BLACK POLYESTER (RAL9005)3 7 LEAD COATED 9 CHROME PLATED TEMPERATURE RATINGS 135 135°F (57°C) 155 155°F (68°C) 175 175°F (79°C) 200 200°F (93°C) 286 286°F (141°C) SIN 330 2.8K UPRIGHT (1/2 in. NPT)TY1131 331 2.8K PENDENT (1/2 in. NPT)TY1231 340 4.2K UPRIGHT (1/2 in. NPT)TY2131 341 4.2K PENDENT (1/2 in. NPT)TY2231 370 5.6K UPRIGHT (1/2 in. NPT)TY3131 371 5.6K PENDENT (1/2 in. NPT)TY3231 390 8.0K UPRIGHT (3/4 in. NPT)TY4131 391 8.0K PENDENT (3/4 in. NPT)TY4231 360 8.0K UPRIGHT (1/2 in. NPT)TY4831 361 8.0K PENDENT (1/2 in. NPT)TY4931 P/N 57 – XXX – X – XXX NOTES 1. Available only on TY3131, TY3231, TY4131, and TY4231 2. Eastern Hemisphere sales only. 3. Available in only 2.8K, 4.2K, and 8.0K, 155°F (68°C) and 200°F (93°C); requires longer lead time to manufacture. TABLE F SERIES TY-FRB PENDENT AND UPRIGHT SPRINKLERS PART NUMBER SELECTION RAPID RESPONSE Series LFII Residential Sprinkler 4.4 K-factor Horizontal Sidewall, Dry Type Wet Pipe System Page 1 of 6 MARCH 2016 TFP461 IMPORTANTAlways refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP700 for the “INSTALLER WARNING” that provides cautions with respect to handling and instal-lation of sprinkler systems and com-ponents. Improper handling and installation can permanently damage a sprinkler system or its compo-nents and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. Worldwide Contacts www.tyco-fire.com The Series LFII Dry Type Residential Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers have been designed with heat sensitivity and water characteristics proven to help in the control of residential fires and to improve the chance for occupants to escape or be evacuated. NOTICE The Series LFII Dry Type Residential Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers (TY2335) described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document and the applicable stan-dards of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), in addition to the standards of any authorities hav ing jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these de vices. The owner is responsible for main-taining their fire protection system and de vices in proper operating con-dition. Contact the installing contrac-tor or product manufacturer with any questions. Sprinkler Identification Number (SIN) TY2335 Technical Data ApprovalsUL Listed Certified to all requirements of NSF/ANSI 61 (Refer to the Design Criteria section for details on these approvals.) Maximum Working Pressure175 psi (12,1 bar) General Description The TYCO RAPID RESPONSE Series LFII Dry Type Residential Horizontal Sidewall (HSW) Sprinklers (TY2335) are dry-type decorative, fast response, frangible bulb sprinklers designed for use in residential occupancies such as homes, apartments, dormitories, and hotels. The Series LFII Dry Type Residential Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers are typ-ically used where sprinklers and/or a portion of the connecting piping are exposed to freezing temperatures (e.g., horizontal sprinkler supplied from wet systems into unheated areas). The Series LFII Dry Type Residen-tial Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers are intended for use in Residential Sprin-kler systems for one- and two-family dwellings and mobile homes per NFPA 13D; residential sprinkler systems for residential occupancies up to and including four stories in height per NFPA 13R; or, sprinkler systems for the residential portions of any occupancy per NFPA 13. The recessed version is intended for use in areas with finished walls. It employs a two-piece Style 20 Recessed Escutcheon. The Recessed Escutcheon provides 1/4 inch (6,4 mm) of recessed adjustment or up to 1/2 inch (12,7 mm) of total adjustment from the flush mounting surface position. The design of this escutcheon provides a level of flexibility in adjusting sprinkler supply connections. Discharge CoefficientK=4.4 gpm/psi½ (63,4 lpm/bar½) Inlet Thread Connections1 Inch NPT ISO 7-R 1 Sprinkler Temperature Rating155°F (68°C) FinishesNatural Brass, Signal White, or Chrome Plated Order LengthsMinimum: 3-3/4 inches (95,3 mm) Maximum: 24 inches (609,6 mm) Physical Characteristics Inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BrassPlug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BrassYoke .......................Stainless SteelCasing ....................Galvanized SteelInsert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BronzeBulb Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stainless SteelBulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .GlassCompression Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BrassDeflector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BrassFrame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BrassGuide Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stainless SteelWater Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stainless SteelBushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BrassPlug Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stainless SteelSealing Assembly ..Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLONEscutcheon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Carbon Steel TFP461 Page 2 of 6 Hydraulic Design (NFPA 13)For systems designed to NFPA 13, the number of required design sprinklers is the four most hydraulically demanding sprinklers. The minimum required dis-charge from each of the four sprinklers is the greater of the following: • flow rates listed in Table A as a function of temperature rating and the maximum allowable coverage area. • minimum discharge of 0.1 gpm/ft² over the design area comprised of the four most hydraulically demanding sprinklers for the actual coverage areas protected by four sprinklers. Obstruction to Water DistributionSprinklers are to be located in accor-dance with the obstruction rules of NFPA 13D, 13R, and 13 as applicable for residential sprinklers as well as with the obstruction criteria described within the Technical Data Sheet TFP490. Operational SensitivityThe sprinkler must be located relative to the mounting surface as shown in Figures 2 and 3. Sprinkler SpacingThe minimum lateral spacing between sprinklers is 8 feet (2,4 m). The maximum lateral spacing between sprinklers cannot exceed the length of the cov-erage area (refer to Table A) hydrauli-cally calculated (e.g., a maximum of 12 feet for a 12 ft. x 12 ft. coverage area or 18 feet for a 18 ft. x 20 ft. coverage area). Sprinkler FittingsThe following fittings may be used: • the 1 inch NPT outlet or run of a malleable or ductile iron threaded tee fittings that meet the dimen-sional requirements of ANSI B16.3 (Class 150) • the 1 inch NPT outlet or run of a cast iron threaded tee fitting that meet the dimensional requirements of ANSI B16.4 (Class 125) Do not install the Series LFII Dry Type Residential Horizontal Sidewall Sprin-klers into elbow fittings. The Inlet of the sprinkler can contact the interior of the elbow, potentially damaging the Inlet seal. Only use the configuration in Figure 4 where the sprinkler fitting and water-filled pipe at the sprinkler fitting are not subject to freezing and where the length of the Series LFII Sprinkler has the minimum exposure length per Figure 5. Refer to the Exposure Length section and Table B. • the 1 inch NPT outlet of a GRINNELL Figure 730 Mechanical Tee in wet pipe systems only • the 1 inch NPT CPVC outlet of a 1” x 1” x 1” NPT Sprinkler Head Adapter Tee (P/N 80249) in wet systems only • the 1 inch NPT CPVC outlet of a 1” x 1” NPT Female Adapter (P/N 80145) in wet systems only • the 1 inch NPT outlet of a 1” x 1” x 1” NPT CPVC Sprinkler Head Adapter Tee (P/N 80259) in wet pipe systems only NOTICE Do not install the Series LFII Dry Type Residential Horizontal Sidewall Sprin-klers into any other type fitting without first consulting the Tyco Fire Protection Products (TFPP) Technical Services. Failure to use the appropriate fitting may result in the following: • failure of the sprinkler to operate properly due to formation of ice over the Inlet Plug or binding of the Inlet Plug. • insufficient engagement of the in-let pipe threads with consequent leakage. Exposure LengthWhen using Series LFII Dry Type Resi-dential Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers in wet pipe sprinkler systems to protect areas subject to freezing temperatures, use Table B to determine the appro- Operation When the TYCO RAPID RESPONSE Series LFII Dry Type Residential Hori-zontal Sidewall Sprinkler is in service, water is prevented from entering the assembly by the Plug with Sealing Assembly (Ref. Figure 1) in the Inlet of the Sprinkler. The glass Bulb contains a fluid that expands when exposed to heat. When the rated temperature is reached, the fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the glass Bulb to release the Bulb Seat. The system’s water pressure is then able to unseat the Plug with Sealing Assem-bly. The Plug Spring turns the Plug with Sealing Assembly aside, allowing the sprinkler to activate and flow water. Design Criteria The TYCO RAPID RESPONSE Series LFII Dry Type Residential Horizon-tal Sidewall Sprinklers (TY2335) are UL Listed for installation in accordance with this section. Residential Sprinkler Design GuideWhen conditions exist that are outside the scope of the criteria provided in this section, refer to the technical data sheet entitled Residential Sprinkler Design Guide (TFP490) for the manu-facturer’s recommendations that may be acceptable to the local authority having jurisdiction. System TypeWet Pipe Hydraulic Design(NFPA 13D and 13R)For systems designed to NFPA 13D or NFPA 13R, the minimum required sprin-kler flow rates are given in Table A as a function of temperature rating and the maximum allowable coverage areas. The sprinkler flow rate is the minimum required discharge from each of the total number of “design sprinklers,” as specified in NFPA 13D or NFPA 13R. WATERTUBE VENTHOLE GUIDETUBE BULBSEAT COMPRESSIONSCREW 3 mmBULB INLETBAND PLUGSPRING ESCUTCHEONMOUNTING PLATEINLET YOKE CASINGBUSHING FRAMEPLUG WITHSEALINGASSEMBLY DEFLECTOR FIGURE 1 RAPID RESPONSE SERIES LFII DRY TYPE RESIDENTIAL HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLERS (TY2335) ASSEMBLY TFP461 Page 3 of 6 priate exposed sprinkler barrel length to prevent water from freezing in the connecting pipes due to conduction. The exposed barrel length measure-ment must be taken from the face of the sprinkler fitting to the surface of the structure or insulation that is exposed to the heated area. Refer to Figure 5 for an example. Clearance SpaceWhen connecting an area subject to freezing and an area containing a wet-pipe sprinkler system, the clear-ance space around the sprinkler barrel of Dry Type Residential Sprinklers must be sealed, in accordance with the National Fire Protection Associa-tion. Due to temperature differences between the two areas, the potential for the formation of condensation in the sprinkler and subsequent ice build-up is increased. If this condensation is not controlled, ice build-up can occur that might damage the dry type sprin-kler and/or prevent proper operation in a fire situation. Use of the Model DSB-2 Dry Sprin-kler Boot, described in Technical Data Sheet TFP591 and shown in Figures 4 and 5, can provide the recommended seal. Notes:a. For coverage area dimensions less than or between those indicated, use the minimum required flow for the next highest coverage area for which hydraulic design criteria are stated.b. This dimension refers to the Width (backwall where the sprinkler is located) times the Length (horizontal throw of the sprinkler).c. The requirement is based on minimum flow in gpm (lpm) from each sprinkler. The associated residual pressures are calculated using the nominal K-factor. Refer to Hydraulic Design under the Design Criteria section for details.d. For NFPA 13 residential applications, the greater of 0.1 gpm/ft² over the design area or the flow in accordance with the criteria in this table must be used.e. For sprinklers installed prior to May 1, 2015, a flow rate of 17 gpm at a pressure of 14.9 psi may be used.f. For sprinklers installed prior to May 1, 2015, a flow rate of 15 gpm at a pressure of 11.6 psi may be used.g. For sprinklers installed prior to May 1, 2015, a flow rate of 19 gpm at a pressure of 18.6 psi may be used.h. For sprinklers installed prior to May 1, 2015, a flow rate of 20 gpm at a pressure of 20.7 psi may be used.j . For sprinklers installed prior to May 1, 2015, a flow rate of 25 gpm at a pressure of 32.3 psi may be used. Maximum Coverage Area(a,b) Width x Length Ft. x Ft. (m x m) Maximum Spacing Feet (m) WET PIPE SYSTEM Minimum Flow and Residual Pressure(c,d) 155°F (68°C) Flow gpm (lpm) Pressure psi (bar) Deflector to Ceiling Installation Type Minimum Spacing Feet (m) 12 x 12 (3,7 x 3,7)12 (3,7)13 (49,2)8.7 (0,60) 4 to 6 Inches Recessed or Plain Barreled 8 (2,4) 14 x 14 (4,3 x 4,3)14 (4,3)14 (53,0)10.1 (0,70) 16 x 16 (4,9 x 4,9)16 (4,9)18(e) (68,1)16.7(e) (1,15) 16 x 18 (4,9 x 5,5)16 (4,9)21(g) (79,5)22.8(g) (1,57) 16 x 20 (4,9 x 6,1)16 (4,9)25 (94,6)32.3 (2,23) 12 x 12 (3,7 x 3,7)12 (3,7)15 (56,8)11.6 (0,80) 6 to 12 Inches 14 x 14 (4,3 x 4,3)14 (4,3)16(f) (60,6)13.2(f) (0,91) 16 x 16 (4,9 x 4,9)16 (4,9)19 (71,9)18.6 (1,28) 16 x 18 (4,9 x 5,5)16 (4,9)22(h) (83,3)25(h) (1,72) 16 x 20 (4,9 x 6,1)16 (4,9)30(j) (113,6)46.5(j) (3,20) Ambient Temperature Exposed to Discharge End of Sprinkler Temperatures for Heated Area(a) 40°F (4°C)50°F (10°C)60°F (16°C Minimum Exposed Barrel Length, Inches (mm)(b) 40°F (4°C)0 0 0 30°F (-1°C)0 0 0 20°F (-7°C)4 (100)0 0 10°F (-12°C)8 (200)1 (25)0 0°F (-18°C)12 (305)3 (75)0 -10°F (-23°C)14 (355)4 (100)1 (25) -20°F (-29°C)14 (355)6 (150)3 (75) -30°F (-34°C)16 (405)8 (200)4 (100) -40°F (-40°C)18 (455)8 (200)4 (100) -50°F (-46°C)20 (510)10 (255)6 (150) -60°F (-51°C)20 (510)10 (255)6 (150) Notes: a. For protected area temperatures that occur between values listed above, use the next cooler temperature b. These lengths are inclusive of wind velocities up to 30 mph (18,6 kph) TABLE A WET PIPE SYSTEM SERIES LFII DRY TYPE HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLERS NFPA 13D, 13R AND 13 HYDRAULIC DESIGN CRITERIA TABLE B MINIMUM RECOMMENDED LENGTHS OF EXPOSED SPRINKLER BARRELS IN WET PIPE SYSTEMS TFP461 Page 4 of 6 5/16"(7,9 mm) CENTERLINEOF WATERWAY FITTING SPRINKLERFACE OF 5-1/2" to 24" (139,7 to 609,6 mm) IN 1/4" (6,4 mm) INCREMENTS ORDER LENGTHS: SPRINKLER FITTING CRITERIA SECTION) (REFER TO DESIGN 2-1/4" (57,2 mm)MINIMUM SURFACE MOUNTING MAXIMUM DEFLECTOR TO 6" (152,4 mm) 5/16"(7,9 mm) CENTERLINE OF WATERWAY (73,0 mm)2-7/8" DIA. 1-3/4" DIA.(44,5 mm) FITTINGSPRINKLER FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING CRITERIA SECTION)(REFER TO DESIGN 2-3/16" ± 1/4"(55,6 ± 6,4 mm) 3-3/4" to 24" (95,3 to 609,6 mm) IN 1/4" (6,4 mm) INCREMENTS ORDER LENGTHS: SURFACEMOUNTING FACE OF PLUG OUTLET TO WETSYSTEM FITTING(SEE DESIGN CRITERIASECTION) SPRINKLER DSB-2BOOT HEATED AREA (SEE DESIGN CRITERIASECTION) FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING LENGTH EXPOSURE DSB-2 BOOT HEATEDAREA FIGURE 3 RAPID RESPONSE SERIES LFII DRY TYPE RESIDENTIAL HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLERS WITH STYLE 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON FIGURE 2 RAPID RESPONSE SERIES LFII DRY TYPE RESIDENTIAL HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLERS WITHOUT ESCUTCHEON FIGURE 5 SPRINKLER BARREL EXPOSURE LENGTH FIGURE 4 SPRINKLER FITTING IN HEATED AREA TFP461 Page 5 of 6 the sprinkler. Re-adjust the position of the sprinkler fitting to suit. Note: Install horizontal sidewall sprin-klers only in the horizontal position with their centerline of waterway par-allel to the ceiling. The word TOP on the Deflector is to face towards the ceiling. Step 1. With a non-hardening pipe-thread sealant such as Teflon tape applied to the inlet threads, hand-tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step 2. Wrench-tighten the sprinkler using a pipe wrench on the Inlet Band or the Casing (Ref. Figure 1), or using the W-Type 6 or W-Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench as follows: • For plain-barrel horizontal sidewall sprinklers, apply the Wrench Recess End “A” of the W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench (Ref. Figure 6) to the Wrench Flat. • For recessed horizontal sidewall sprinklers, apply the Wrench Recess of the W-Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench to the Wrench Flat (Ref. Figure 7). If sprinkler removal is necessary, remove the sprinkler using the same wrenching method noted above. Sprin-kler removal is easier when a non-hard-ening sealant was used and torque guidelines were followed. After removal, inspect the sprinkler for damage. Step 3. After installation of the gypsum board or other wall/soffit finish material, slide the Style 20 Recessed Escutch-eon Closure over the sprinkler. Push the closure over the mounting plate until its flange contacts the wall. Care and Maintenance TYCO RAPID RESPONSE Series LFII Dry Type Residential Horizontal Side-wall Sprinklers (TY2335) must be main-tained and serviced in accordance with this section. Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, obtain permission to shut down the affected fire protection systems from the proper authorities and notify all personnel who may be affected by this action. Absence of a Recessed Escutch-eon Plate or a Domed Concealed Cover Plate to cover a clearance hole can delay sprinkler operation in a fire situation. The owner must assure that the sprin-klers are not used for hanging any objects and that the sprinklers are only Installation TYCO RAPID RESPONSE Series LFII Dry Type Residential Horizontal Side-wall Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with this section. General InstructionsThe Series LFII Dry Type Residential Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers must only be installed in fittings that meet the requirements of the Design Criteria section. For other important require-ments regard ing piping design and sealing of the clearance space around the Sprinkler Casing, refer to the Design Criteria section. Do not install any bulb type sprinkler if the Bulb is cracked or there is a loss of liquid from the Bulb. With the sprin-kler held horizontally, a small air bubble should be present. The diameter of the air bubble is approximately 1/16 inch (1,6 mm). A leak-tight 1 inch NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained by applying a min-imum-to-maximum torque of 20 to 30 ft.-lbs. (26,8 to 40,2 Nm). Higher levels of torque can distort the sprinkler Inlet or Frame with consequent leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. Do not attempt to compensate for insufficient adjustment in an Escutch-eon Plate by under- or over-tightening cleaned by means of gently dusting with a feather duster; otherwise, non-operation in the event of a fire or inad-vertent operation may result. A Vent Hole is provided in the Bulb Seat (Ref. Figure 1) to indicate if the Series LFII Dry Type Residential Hor-izontal Sidewall Sprinkler is remain-ing dry. Evi dence of leakage from the Vent Hole indicates potential leakage past the Plug with Sealing Assembly and the need to remove the sprinkler to determine the cause of leakage (e.g., an improper installation or an ice plug). Close the fire protection system control valve and drain the system before removing the sprinkler. Sprinklers which are found to be leaking or exhibiting visible signs of corrosion must be replaced. Automatic sprinklers must never be painted, plated, coated, or other-wise altered after leaving the factory. Modified sprinklers must be replaced. Sprinklers that have been exposed to corrosive products of combustion, but have not operated, should be replaced if they cannot be completely cleaned by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. Care must be exercised to avoid damage to the sprinklers before, during, and after installation. Sprin-klers damaged by dropping, striking, wrench twist/slippage, or the like, must be replaced. Also, replace any sprin-kler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb (Ref. Installa-tion section). The owner is responsible for the in spection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devices in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protec tion Asso-ciation (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to the standards of any authorities having jurisdiction. Contact the installing con-tractor or product manufacturer with any questions. Automatic sprinkler systems are rec-ommended to be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspec-tion Service in accordance with local requirements and/or national codes. WRENCHRECESS WRENCHFLAT PUSH WRENCHIN TO ENSUREENGAGEMENTWITH SPRINKLERWRENCHING AREA WRENCH RECESS(USE END "A" ONLY) FIGURE 7 W-TYPE 7 RECESSED SPRINKLER WRENCH FIGURE 6 W-TYPE 6 SPRINKLER WRENCH GLOBAL HEADQUARTERS | 1400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 19446 | Telephone +1-215-362-0700 TFP461 Page 6 of 6 Copyright © 2016 Tyco Fire Products, LP. All rights reserved.TEFLON is trademark of The DuPont Corporation Limited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for avail-ability. When placing an order, indicate the full product name and part number (P/N). Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler Assemblies Note: Unless otherwise indicated refer to Table C. Specify: Series LFII Dry Type Resi-dential Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler, SIN TY2335, with (specify Recessed or without) Escutcheon, 4.4 K-fac-tor, Temperature Rating 155°F (68°C), Sprinkler Finish (specify), Escutcheon Finish (specify if applicable), Order Length (specify value per Figure 4 or 5), Inlet Thread Size (1 inch NPT or ISO 7-R 1), P/N (specify) Separately Ordered Sprinkler WrenchSpecify: W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench (Figure 6), P/N 56-000-6-387 Specify: W-Type 7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench (Figure 7), P/N 56-850-4-001 Separately Ordered EscutcheonSpecify: Style 20 Recessed Escutch-eon with (specify*) finish, P/N (specify*) * Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP770 P/N* 63 — XXX — X — XXX Notes: * Use Prefix "I" for ISO 7-R 1 Inlet Thread Connection (e.g., I-63-121-9-180) ORDER LENGTH (EXAMPLES) 055 5.50" 082 8.25" 180 18.00" 187 18.75" 240 24.00" SPRINKLER FINISH ESCUTCHEON FINISH 2 NATURAL BRASS BRASS PLATED 4 SIGNAL WHITE (RAL9003) POLYESTER SIGNAL WHITE (RAL9003) POLYESTER 9 CHROME PLATED CHROME PLATED TEMPERATURE RATING 1 155°F (68°C) SIN 12 HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL WITH RECESSED ESCUTCHEON TY2335 13 HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL WITHOUT ESCUTCHEON TY2335 TABLE C RAPID RESPONSE SERIES LFII DRY-TYPE RESIDENTIAL HORIZONTAL SIDEWALL SPRINKLERS PART NUMBER SELECTION 650 ALLTHREADED ROD 10' - 0' LENGTHS SIZE MATERIAL FINISH ORDERING - 1/4 thru 1 1/2 inch rod in 10' - 0" lengths. - Carbon Steel. - - Part #, rod diameter and finish. Plain and E.G., 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 240 610 1130 1810 2710 3770 4960 8000 11630 215 540 1010 1610 2420 3360 4420 7140 10370 NOTE; maximum Temperature: 750°F ROD SIZE MAX. REC. LOAD LBS. FOR SERVICE TEMP. 650°F 750°F 12/10 P.O. Box 3365 South El Monte, CA 91733 626.444.0541 Fax 626.444.3887 www. Afcon.org CADCADCAD Application: Corrosion resistant fire sprinkler pipe, IPS sizes 3/4" through 3", for use in wet automatic fire sprinkler systems. When installed in accordance with GF Harvel’s Installation Instructions, this pipe is Listed by Underwriters Laboratories (UL) for use in: Light Hazard Occupancies as defined in the Standard for Installation of Sprinkler systems (NFPA 13); Residential Occupancies up to and including four stories in height (NFPA 13R); and Residential Occupancies as defined in the Standard for Sprinkler Systems in One and Two Family Dwellings and Mobile Homes (NFPA 13D). GF Harvel BlazeMaster‚ pipe is UL Listed for use in Return Air Plenums (NFPA 90A), System Risers per NFPA 13 Light Hazard, 13R and 13D, Exposed installations, Garages per NFPA 13R, and for use as Underground Fire Service Mains (NFPA 24) when installed in accordance with GF Harvel CPVC Fire Sprinkler Pipe Installation Instructions. Scope: This specification outlines minimum manufacturing requirements for Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) standard dimension ratio (SDR) 13.5 series iron pipe size (IPS) fire sprinkler pressure pipe.Pipe is intended for use in wet automatic fire sprinkler systems when installed in accordance with Georg Fischer Harvel LLC CPVC Fire Sprinkler Piping Products Installation Instructions. GF Harvel BlazeMaster‚ pipe carries a maximum working pres- sure of 175 psi @ 150°F. Pipe meets or exceeds applicable indus- try standards and requirements as set forth by the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF), and Underwriters Laboratories (UL). GF Harvel BlazeMaster‚ fire sprinkler pipe is approved by the Factory Mutual Corporation (FM) and the Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB). Refer to current approval guide and installation and design manual for installation limitations. CPVC Materials: The material used in the manufacture of the pipe shall be a rigid chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC) compound, Type IV Grade I, with a Cell Classification of 23447 as defined in ASTM D1784. The compound and the finished product shall be orange in color, and shall be approved by the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) for use with potable water. Material used shall be domestically produced BlazeMaster‚ CPVC material as provided by Noveon, Inc. (formerly the BFGoodrich Company). System Design: The CPVC sprinkler system shall be hydraulically calculated using a Hazen-Williams C factor of 150, and shall be designed in strict accordance with the Standard for Installation of Sprinkler Systems, NFPA 13 Light Hazard, NFPA 13R, and NFPA 13D as applicable. Dimensions: GF Harvel BlazeMaster CPVC fire sprinkler pipe shall be manufactured to Standard Dimension Ratio (SDR) 13.5 dimensions in strict accordance to the requirements of ASTM F442 for physical dimensions and tolerances. Each production run of pipe manufactured in compliance to this standard, shall also meet the test requirements for materials, workmanship, burst pressure, flattening, and extrusion quality defined in ASTM F442. Furthermore, this pipe shall consistently meet or exceed the physical performance test requirements of the appropriate approval/listing agency(s) follow-up procedures established for the product. Marking: Product marking shall meet the requirements of ASTM F 442 and the Listing agency. Marking shall include: the phrase GF Harvel® BlazeMaster® (or the manufacturers’ trademark when privately labeled); the nominal pipe size; the type of material and material designation code; the SDR series and pressure rating for water (SDR 13.5; 175 psi @ 150°F); the ASTM designation F 442; the logo of the Listing and Approval agencies (UL, FM, LPCB, etc.); the independent laboratory’s seal of approval for potable water usage (NSF-pw); the date and time of manufacture; and the UL assigned control number (2N95). Installation Procedures: All installation procedures such as storage and handling, solvent cement joining techniques,pipe support spacing, bracing, allowance for thermal expansion/contraction, component assembly techniques,and testing etc.shall be in strict accordance with Georg Fischer Harvel LLC Installation Instructions and the UL Listing which includes installation limitations. System Components: Fittings used shall be UL Listed CPVC fittings and shall meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM F437 (Sch 80 threaded), ASTM F437 (Sch 80 socket), or ASTM F438 (Sch 40 socket) as applicable, such as those manufactured by Spears Manufacturing Co. or equivalent. Solvent cements used shall be those referenced in Georg Fischer Harvel LLC Installation Instructions (such as Spears FS-5 or equivalent), which meet or exceed the require- ments of ASTM F656 and ASTM F493, and shall be approved by the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) for use with potable water. Socket type joints, sizes 3/4" - 3", shall be made up using the One-Step solvent cement joining method. The solvent cement joining method chosen shall be applied in strict accordance with the appropriate procedures as outlined in Georg Fischer Harvel LLC Installation Instructions. Maintenance: Maintenance shall be in accordance with the Standard for Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance of Water Based Sprinkler Systems as defined by NFPA 25. ©2012 Georg Fischer Harvel LLC • 300 Kuebler Road, Easton, PA 18040 • 610-252-7355 • Fax: 610-253-4436 • Harvel.com Product Specifications GF Harvel ®BlazeMaster®CPVC Fire Sprinkler Pipe ProductSpecificationsGFHarvel®BlazeMaster® Limitations: •CPVC systems are intended for use at a maximum working pressure of 175 psi and ambient temperature of 150°F. •CPVC systems shall employ sprinkler heads having a maximum temperature rating of 225°F or lower, regardless of type. •CPVC products shall be installed in wet pipe systems only. •Air or compressed gas shall never be used for pressure testing. •CPVC sprinkler systems shall be hydrostatically tested for 2 hours at 200 psi, or 50 psi in excess of the maximum working pressure when the maximum working pressure exceeds 150 psi. Lines shall be slowly filled with water and the air bled from the highest and farthest sprinkler heads before test pressure is applied. •Only Teflon® tape or a thread sealant specifically approved for use with GF Harvel CPVC Fire Sprinkler Products shall be used in making threaded connections. •Where freeze protection is required, only glycerin based anti-freeze solutions shall be used and installed in accordance with NFPA 13. Do not use glycol base anti-freeze solutions or contaminated glycerin solutions. •CPVC is not approved for use in combustible concealed spaces where sprinklers are required to protect these areas as defined by NFPA 13, unless certain specific application sprinklers are installed per their listing. Refer to GF Harvel’s current Installation Instructions for additional information. •CPVC sprinkler piping may be installed in a plenum space adjacent to, but not over, openings in the ceiling such as open ventilation grills, and require the use of schedule 80 fittings for use on 11/2"and larger pipe sizes. Refer to Installation Instructions for additional detail. •Minimum protection when installed “concealed” shall consist of: 3/8" gypsum wallboard or drywall, suspended membrane ceiling panels weighing not less than .35 pounds per square foot, or 1/2" plywood soffits. Minimum protection for NFPA 13R and 13D systems may consist of 1/2" plywood. •GF Harvel BlazeMaster‚ pipe is Listed for use in exposed applications with certain limitations. When installed without protection, “exposed” pipe is to be installed beneath smooth, flat, horizontal ceiling construction. Exposed categories include: standard coverage and residential pendent and sidewall sprin- kler applications, light hazard extended coverage and residential sprinkler pendent and sidewall sprinkler applications, use in unfinished basements with exposed solid wood joists, light haz- ard upright quick response sprinklers, and system risers (in 13R &13D occupancies). Refer to GF Harvel’s installation instruc- tions for specific sprinkler head temperature ratings and spacing requirements. The product must be installed in strict accor- dance with NFPA 13, 13D, 13R and GF Harvel’s current CPVC Fire Sprinkler Piping Products Installation Instructions (HFS-3). •GF Harvel CPVC Fire Sprinkler Products must be installed in accordance with GF Harvel’s current installation instructions (HFS-3). Refer to this document for current listing limitations and installation requirements. ASTM STANDARD D1784 MATERIAL CLASSIFICATION EQUIVALENTS: Cell Classification 23447 = CPVC Type IV Grade I = CPVC 4120 PIPE SIZES SHOWN ARE MANUFACTURED IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH ASTM F442 Sample Specification: All CPVC fire sprinkler pipe shall be manufactured from a Type IV, Grade I Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) compound with a Cell Classification of 23447 per ASTM D1784. Pipe shall be manufactured in strict compliance with ASTM F442 to SDR 13.5 dimensions, con- sistently meeting the Quality Assurance test requirements of this standard with regard to material, workmanship, burst pressure, flatten- ing, and extrusion quality. All CPVC fire sprinkler pipe shall be Listed by Underwriters Laboratories for wet pipe systems, and shall carry a rated working pressure of 175 psi @ 150°F. All CPVC fire sprinkler pipe shall be installed in accordance with Georg Fischer Harvel LLC CPVC Fire Sprinkler Piping Products Installation Instructions. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standards 13, 13D, and 13R must be referenced for design and installation requirements in conjunction with the Installation Instructions. All CPVC fire sprinkler pipe shall be manufactured in the USA by an ISO 9001 certified manufacturer and shall be FM and LPCB approved. All CPVC fire sprinkler pipe shall be packaged immediately after its manufacture to prevent damage and shall be stored indoors after production, at the manufacturing site, until shipped from factory. This pipe shall bear the logo of the listing agencies, and shall carry the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) seal of approval for potable water applications. All CPVC fire sprinkler pipe shall be GF Harvel® BlazeMaster® pipe as manufactured by Georg Fischer Harvel LLC. GF Harvel CPVC Fire Sprinkler Pipe Dimensions SDR 13.5 (ASTM F442) Nominal Average Min. Average Nom.Wt. Size (in.)O.D. Wall I.D. Lbs./Ft. 3/4 1.050 0.078 0.874 0.168 1 1.315 0.097 1.101 0.262 1-1/4 1.660 0.123 1.394 0.418 1-1/2 1.900 0.141 1.598 0.548 2 2.375 0.176 2.003 0.859 2-1/2 2.875 0.213 2.423 1.257 3 3.500 0.259 2.950 1.867 MANAGEMENTSYSTEMS 2©2012 Georg Fischer Harvel LLC •300 Kuebler Road, Easton, PA 18040 • 610-252-7355 • Fax: 610-253-4436 • Harvel.com Product Specifications GF Harvel ®BlazeMaster®CPVC Fire Sprinkler Pipe GFHarvel®BlazeMaster®ProductSpecifications Submittal Data Sheet BlazeMaster® introduction IPEX BlazeMaster®pipe and fittings are designed specifically for fire sprinkler systems. They are made from a specialty thermoplastic known chemically as post- chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC). IPEX BlazeMaster pipe and fittings provide unique advantages in sprinkler installations including superior hydraulics, ease of joining, increased hanger spacing in comparison to other thermoplastics and ease of assembly. They also are based on a technology with a continuous and proven service history of more than 40 years. Fire Performance BlazeMaster is made with CPVC which offers an even greater fire safety profile than PVC. Like PVC, CPVC will not independently support combustion, and as such will not burn once the flame source is removed. CPVC’s ignition resistance is demonstrated by its flash ignition temperature of 900°F. CPVC also has a low flame spread. In addition, it provides outstanding smoke characteristics. In testing conducted to CAN/ULC S102.2, CPVC showed a flame spread of less than 15, and a smoke-developed classification of 15. And, like PVC, CPVC has a fuel contribution of 0. 1of8 < STANDARDS > D1784, F437, F438, F439, F442 1821 1887 C199 P-M 13, 13R 13D, 90A 24 Job or Customer: Engineer: Contractor: Submitted by: Approved by: Order No: Specification: Installation Date: Date Date Date Cda Toll Free: 866-473-9462 • www.ipexinc.com U.S. Toll Free: 800-463-9572 • www.ipexamerica.com BlazeMaster® 2of9 Submittal Data Sheet Cda Toll Free: 866-473-9462 • www.ipexinc.com U.S. Toll Free: 800-463-9572 • www.ipexamerica.com material properties availability Description Size (in) Pipe 3/4 to 3” Fittings Tee (Soc)3/4" to 3" Reducing Tee (Soc)3/4" to 3" x 3/4" 3" x 3/4" to 2-1/2" Sprinkler Head Adapter Tee (Soc x Soc x SST FPT) 3/4" to 2" x 3/4" 2" x 1/2" Sprinkler Head Adapter Tee (FPT x FPT x Soc)1/2" x 1/2" 1" 90° Elbow (Soc)3/4" - 3" Sprinkler head Adapter 90° Elbow (Soc x SST FPT) 3/4" to 1-1/4" x 1/2" to 3/4" 45° Elbow (Soc)3/4" to 3" Cross (Soc)3/4" to 2-1/2" Coupling (Soc)3/4" to 3" Grooved Adapter Coupling (Soc x Groove)1-1/4" to 3" Female Adaptor (Soc x SST FPT)3/4" to 2" Sprinkler Head Adaptor (Soc x SST FPT) 3/4" to 1-1/4" x 1/2" to 3/4" Sprinkler Head Adaptor (Sp x SST FPT)3/4" to 1" x 1/2" Reducer Bushing (Spig x Soc)1" to 3" x 3/4" to 2-1/2" Cap (Soc)3/4" to 3" Union (Soc)3/4" to 2" One Piece Flange (Soc)3/4" to 3" Physical & Thermal Properties of BlazeMaster CPVC Property CPVC ASTM Specific Gravity 1.55 D792 IZOD Impact Strength (ft. lbs./inch, notched)3.0 D256A Modulus of Elasticity, @ 73°F, psi 4.23 x 105 D638 Ultimate Tensile Strength, psi 8,400 D638 Compressive Strength, psi 9,600 D695 Poisson’s Ratio .35 - .38 - Working Stress @ 73°F, psi 2,000 D1598 Hazen-Williams C Factor 150 _ Coefficient of Linear Expansion in./(in.°F)3.4 x 10-5 D696 Thermal Conductivity BTU/hr./ft.2/°F/in.0.95 C177 Limiting Oxygen Index 60%D2863 Electrical Conductivity Non Conductor Outdoor Installations IPEX BlazeMaster pipe and fittings are not listed for exposed, outdoor applications. Joining IPEX BlazeMaster Pipe and Fittings with Red One Step Solvent Cement Note: BlazeMaster BM-5 One Step Cement requires no cleaner or primer. Refer to individual manufacturers’ installation instructions. Cutting IPEX BlazeMaster pipe can be easily cut with a sharp ratchet cutter (except at temperatures below 10ºC (50ºF)), a wheel-type plastic tubing cutter, a power saw or a fine toothed saw. To ensure the pipe is cut square, a miter box is recommended when using a saw. A square cut provides the surface of the pipe with maximum bonding area. If any indication of damage or cracking is evident at the pipe end, cut off at least 50.8 mm (2") beyond any visible crack. Deburring Burrs and filings can prevent proper contact between pipe and fitting during assembly, and must be removed from the outside and the inside of the pipe. A chamfering tool or a file is suitable for this purpose. A slight bevel shall be placed at the end of the pipe to ease entry of the pipe into the socket and minimize the chances of wiping solvent cement from the fitting during insertion. Fitting Preparation Using a clean, dry rag, wipe loose dirt and moisture from the fitting socket and pipe end. Moisture can slow the cure time and at this stage of assembly, excessive water can reduce joint strength. Check the dry fit of the pipe and fitting. The pipe should enter the fitting socket easily 1/4 to 3/4 of the way. At this stage, the pipe should not bottom out in the socket. Solvent Cement Application Joining surfaces shall be penetrated and softened. Cement shall be applied (worked into pipe) with an applicator half the nominal size of the pipe diameter. Apply a heavy, even coat of cement to the outside pipe end. Apply a medium coat to the fitting socket. Pipe sizes 1-1/4" (32 mm) and above shall always receive a second cement application on the pipe end. (Apply cement on the pipe end, in the fitting socket, and on the pipe again.) Only use solvent cements that have been specifically investigated and tested for use with BlazeMaster CPVC systems and approved by the pipe and fitting manufacturer. Too much cement can cause clogged waterways. Do not allow excess cement to puddle in the pipe and fitting assembly. Special care shall be exercised when assembling BlazeMaster systems in extremely low temperatures (below 4°C (40ºF)) or extremely high temperatures (above 38°C (100ºF)). Extra set time shall be allowed in colder temperatures. When cementing pipe and fittings in extremely cold temperatures, make certain that the cement has not “gelled”. Gelled cement must be discarded. In extremely hot temperatures, make sure both surfaces to be joined are still wet with cement when putting them together. Assembly After applying cement, immediately insert the pipe into the fitting socket, while rotating the pipe one-quarter turn. Properly align the fitting for the installation at this time. Pipe must bottom to the stop. Hold the assembly for 10 to 15 seconds to ensure initial bonding. A bead of cement should be evident around the pipe and fitting juncture. If this bead is not continuous around the socket shoulder, it may indicate that insufficient cement was applied. BlazeMaster® 3of9 Handling & Installation Procedures Cda Toll Free: 866-473-9462 • www.ipexinc.com U.S. Toll Free: 800-463-9572 • www.ipexamerica.com BlazeMaster® 4of9 Cda Toll Free: 866-473-9462 • www.ipexinc.com U.S. Toll Free: 800-463-9572 • www.ipexamerica.com If insufficient cement is applied, the fitting must be cut out and discarded. Cement in excess of the bead can be wiped off with a rag. Care shall be exercised when installing sprinkler heads. Sprinkler head fittings shall be allowed to cure for a minimum of 30 minutes prior to installing the sprinkler head. When installing sprinkler heads, be sure to anchor or hold the pipe drop securely to avoid rotating the pipe in previously cemented connections. Previously cemented fittings shall also be permitted to cure for a minimum of 30 minutes. Warning: Sprinkler heads shall be installed only after all the CPVC pipe and fittings, including the sprinkler head adapters, are solvent welded to the piping and allowed to cure for a minimum of 30 minutes. Sprinkler head fittings should be visually inspected and probed with a wooden dowel to ensure that the water way and threads are clear of any excess cement. Once the installation is complete and cured per Table I, II or III, the system shall be hydrostatically tested. Sprinklers shall not be installed in the fittings prior to the fittings being cemented in place. Note: Safety and Health Precautions. Prior to using CPVC solvent cements, review and follow all precautions found on the container labels, material safety data sheet, and Standard Practice for Safe Handling ASTM F 402. Set and Cure Times Solvent cement set and cure times are a function of pipe size, temperature, relative humidity, and tightness of fit. Curing time is faster for drier environments, smaller pipe sizes, higher temperatures and tighter fits. The assembly must be allowed to set, without any stress on the joint, for 1 to 5 minutes, depending on pipe size and temperature. Following initial set period, the assembly can be handled carefully, avoiding significant stresses to the joint. Refer to the following tables for minimum cure times prior to pressure testing. Table I: 552 kPa (225 psi) Test Pressure (maximum) Ambient Temperature During Cure Period Pipe Size Temperature inches mm 16°C to 49°C (60°F to 120°F) >4.4°C (>40°F) >17.8°C (>0°F) 3/4 20 1 hr 4 hrs 48 hrs 1 25 1-1/2 hrs 4 hrs 48 hrs 1-1/4 32 & 40 3 hrs 32 hrs 10 days 2 50 8 hrs 48 hrs Note 1 2-1/2 & 3 65 & 80 24 hrs 96 hrs Note 1 Table II: 1379 kPa (200 psi) Test Pressure (maximum) Ambient Temperature During Cure Period Pipe Size Temperature inches mm 16°C to 49°C (60°F to 120°F) >4.4°C (>40°F) >17.8°C (>0°F) 3/4 20 45 mins 1-1/2 hrs 48 hrs 1 25 45 mins 1-1/2 hrs 48 hrs 1-1/4 32 & 40 1-1/2 hrs 16 hrs 10 days 2 50 6 hrs 36 hrs Note 1 2-1/2 & 3 65 & 80 8 hrs 72 hrs Note 1 Table III: 690 kPa (100 psi) Test Pressure (maximum) Ambient Temperature During Cure Period Pipe Size Temperature inches mm 16°C to 49°C (60°F to 120°F) >4.4°C (>40°F) >17.8°C (>0°F) 3/4 20 15 mins 15 mins 30 mins 1 25 15 mins 30 mins 30 mins 1-1/4 32 & 40 15 mins 30 mins 2 hrs Note: Cure times indicated in Table 1 are to be used for all LPCB approved pipe and fitting joints. Note: For these sizes, the solvent cement can be applied at temperatures below -17.8°C (0°F), however, the sprinkler system temperature must be raised to a temperature of 0°C (32°F) or above and allowed to cure per the above recommendations prior to pressure testing. Handling & Installation Procedures BlazeMaster® 5of9 Cda Toll Free: 866-473-9462 • www.ipexinc.com U.S. Toll Free: 800-463-9572 • www.ipexamerica.com Threaded Connections IPEX BlazeMaster CPVC female threaded adapters or flanges are listed for connecting a BlazeMaster fire sprinkler system to other materials, valves, and appurtenances. A thread sealant shall be used in making threaded connections. TFE (Teflon®) thread tape is the recommended sealant. Some thread sealants other than TFE thread tape contain solvents or other materials that may be damaging to CPVC. Contact your authorized IPEX BlazeMaster distributor or IPEX Representative for approved thread sealants. Use of thread sealants other than those approved by IPEX will void the warranty on the IPEX BlazeMaster system. Care shall be exercised when transitioning between IPEX BlazeMaster pipe and fittings and metal. Care must be taken to avoid over-torquing. Refer to section on instructions for torque requirements. The following is the recommended method of installation to ensure a sound connection. a) Begin by applying 2 to 3 wraps of TFE (Teflon®) thread tape. b) Tighten the sprinkler head into the adapter taking care not to cross-thread the fitting. (Recommended torque values 15-25 ft/lbs) c) Two to three turns beyond finger-tight is all that is required to make a sound plastic threaded connection. CAUTION: Over-tightening will damage both the pipe and the fitting. Flanged Connections Flange Make-Up: Once a flange is joined to pipe, the method for joining two flanges is as follows: 1. Piping runs joined to the flanges must be installed in a straight line position to the flange to avoid stress at the flange due to misalignment. Piping must also be secured and supported to prevent lateral movement that can create stress and damage the flange. 2. With gasket in place, align the bolt holes of the mating flanges by rotating the ring into position. (Consideration should be given to alignment of One- Piece Flange prior to joining with pipe.) 3. Insert all bolts, washers (two standard flat washers per bolt), and nuts. 4. Make sure the faces of the mating surfaces are flush against gasket prior to bolting down the flanges. 5. Tighten the nuts by hand until they are snug. Establish uniform pressure over the flange face by tightening the bolts in 5 ft. lb. (6.8 M Kg) increments according to the sequence shown in Figure 8: Bol Tightening Sequence following a 180° opposing sequence. 6. Care must be taken to avoid “bending” the flange when joining a flange to a “raised face” flange, or a wafer-style valve. Do not use bolts to bring together improperly mated flanges. Caution: Over-torquing will damage the flange. Torque given is for dry, non-lubricated bolt, standard washers, neoprene 3.18 mm (1/8²) thick full face gasket. If lubricant (non- petroleum based) is used, torque levels may vary. Actual field conditions may require a variation in these recommendations. Recommended Bolt Torque Flange Size Bolt Diameter Torque inches mm inches mm ft lbs M Kg 3/4 - 1-1/2 19.05 - 38.10 1/2 12.70 10 - 15 13.6 - 20.3 2 - 3 50.80 - 76.20 5/8 15.88 20 - 30 27.1 - 40.7 Figure 8: Bolt Tightening Sequence Handling & Installation Procedures BlazeMaster® 6of9 Cda Toll Free: 866-473-9462 • www.ipexinc.com U.S. Toll Free: 800-463-9572 • www.ipexamerica.com Grooved Coupling Adapters The following procedures are recommended for proper assembly of the Grooved Coupling Adapter. READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY BEFORE BEGINNING INSTALLATION. 1. Inspect the fittings and pipe to insure that they are sufficiently free from indentations, projections or roll-marks on the gasket seating areas of the fitting and pipe. The pipe should be squarely cut with any loose scale, paint and/or dirt must be removed from the groove and seating surface. Use a standard grade E*, EPDM compound that is suitable for wet fire sprinkler service. A flexible coupling shall be used with grooved coupling adapters. Caution: Use of rigid style couplings may damage the grooved coupling adapter. Consult the coupling manufacturer for proper selection. *See manufacturer for temperature ratings. 2. Make sure the gasket is clean and free of any cracks, cuts or other defects which may cause leaks. Lubricate the gasket with a vegetable soap-based gasket lubricant. Caution: Use of petroleum based lubricants will damage the gasket and adapter resulting in stress failure of the CPVC adapter. A gasket/joint lubricant is recommended to prevent pinching the gasket and to assist in seating the gasket during the alignment process. Apply the appropriate lubricant to the gasket lips and exterior surface of the gasket. 3. Place the gasket over the metal pipe ends, being sure gasket lip does not overhang the pipe end. Insert the CPVC grooved coupling adapter into the gasket. Make sure that the gasket is centered between the two grooves. No portion of the gasket should extend into the grooves. Caution: Make sure the gasket is not pinched between the pipe and the fitting. 4. Place the metal housing over the gasket, making sure the metal housing key is into the grooves on the metal pipe and the CPVC coupling adapter. Insert the bolts and tighten by hand. Tighten the bolts alternately and equally until the bolt pads are touching metal-to-metal. In completing a proper joint, the gasket is also slightly compressed, adding to the strength of the seal from the gasket’s durometer. 5. Inspect the joints before and after pressure testing. Look for gaps between the bolt pads and for housing keys that are not inside the grooves. Penetrating Fire Rated Walls and Partitions Before penetrating fire rated walls and partitions, consult building codes and authorities having jurisdiction in your area. Several classified through-penetration firestop systems are approved for use with CPVC pipe. Consult IPEX representative for further information. Warning: Some firestop sealants or wrap strips contain solvents or plasticizers that may be damaging to CPVC. Always consult the manufacturer of the firestop material for compatibility with IPEX BlazeMaster CPVC pipe and fittings. Earthquake Bracing Since IPEX BlazeMaster CPVC pipe is more ductile than metallic sprinkler pipe, it has a greater capacity to withstand earthquake damage. In areas subject to earthquakes, BlazeMaster fire sprinkler systems shall be designed and braced in accordance with local codes or NFPA 13, Section 6-4 (1999 Edition). When it is required to earthquake brace BlazeMaster piping, it is important to use fittings, fasteners or clamps that do not have sharp edges or apply excessive compressive forces sufficient to distort the pipe. Pressure Testing Once an installation is completed and cured, per the previous recommendations, the system should be hydrostatically (water) pressure tested at 1379 kPa (200 psi), Table II, for 2 hours (or at 345 kPa (50 psi) in excess of the maximum pressure, Table I, when the maximum pressure to be maintained in the system is in excess of 1034 kPa (150 psi) in accordance with the requirements established by NFPA Standard 13, Section 10-2.2.1 (1999 Edition). Sprinkler systems in one- and two-family dwellings and mobile homes may be tested at line pressure, Table III in accordance with the requirements established by NFPA 13D, Section 1-5.4 (1999 Edition). When pressure testing, the sprinkler system shall be slowly filled with water and the air bled from the highest and farthest sprinkler heads before pressure testing is applied. Air must be removed from piping systems (plastic or metal) to prevent it from being locked in the system when pressure is applied. Entrapped air can generate excessive surge pressures that are potentially damaging, regardless of the piping materials used. Air or compressed gas should never be used for pressure testing.If a leak is found, the fitting must be cut out and discarded. A new section can be installed using couplings or a union. Unions should be used in accessible areas only. Handling & Installation Procedures BlazeMaster® 7of9 Specifications Cda Toll Free: 866-473-9462 • www.ipexinc.com U.S. Toll Free: 800-463-9572 • www.ipexamerica.com Scope This specification sheet covers IPEX Inc. requirements for for 3/4" through 3" (20 mm – 75 mm) BlazeMaster CPVC SDR 13.5 Pipe for wet pipe automatic sprinkler systems, having a rated working pressure of 175 psi (1205 kPa) at 150°F (66°C) or 315 psi (2172 kPa) at 73°F (22°C) and BlazeMaster CPVC Schedule 80 Fittings. The fittings, for wet pipe automatic sprinkler systems, having a rated working pressure of 175 psi (1205 kPa) at 150°F (66°C) or 315 psi (2172 kPa) @ 73°F (22°C). These products meet or exceed performance standards set by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI), the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), Factory Mutual Research (FM), National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA), NSF International (NSF), Underwriters Laboratories Inc., and Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada (ULC). Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada lists BlazeMaster CPVC Schedule 80 Fittings and BlazeMaster CPVC SDR 13.5 Pipe for use in the following applications; Residential occupancies as defined in the Standard for Sprinkler Systems in One and Two- Family Dwellings, NFPA 13D. Multiple residential as defined in NFPA 13R. Light-hazard occupancies as defined in the Standard for Installation of Sprinkler Systems, NFPA 13. BlazeMaster CPVC Schedule 80 Fittings and BlazeMaster CPVC SDR 13.5 Pipe can be used for both concealed and exposed installations. Refer to Ipex literature for any limitations. Dimensions IPEX BlazeMaster pipe is produced in SDR 13.5 dimensions to the specifications of ASTM F442. Fittings are produced to ASTM F437, F438 pr F439 specifications depending on the size and configuration. Material BlazeMaster CPVC SDR 13.5 Pipe are made from Lubrizol Inc. Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) raw material having a cell class of 23447 as defined in ASTM Standard D 1784 “Standard Specification for Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) and Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Compounds”. The compound is listed with NSF for potable water service. The material has been tested in accordance with CAN/ULC Standard S102.2M88 “Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Flooring, Floor Covering, and Miscellaneous Materials and Assemblies”with the following results: Flame Spread 5 / Smoke Development 5-15. BlazeMaster Schedule 80 Fittings are made from Lubrizol Inc. Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) raw material having a cell class of 23447 as defined in ASTM Standard D 1784 “Standard Specification for Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) and Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Compounds”. The compound is listed with NSF for potable water service. Marking BlazeMaster Schedule 80 Fittings and BlazeMaster CPVC SDR 13.5 Pipe are made from Lubrizol Inc. Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) raw material having a cell class of 23447 as defined in ASTM Standard D 1784 “Standard Specification for Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) and Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Compounds”. The compound is listed with NSF for potable water service. BlazeMaster® 8of9 Notes Cda Toll Free: 866-473-9462 • www.ipexinc.com U.S. Toll Free: 800-463-9572 • www.ipexamerica.com BlazeMaster® 9of9 Cda Toll Free: 866-473-9462 • www.ipexinc.com U.S. Toll Free: 800-463-9572 • www.ipexamerica.com About IPEX © 2008 IPEX DA-BLAZEMASTER1 This literature is published in good faith and is believed to be reliable. However, it does not represent and/or warrant in any manner the information and suggestions contained in this brochure. Data presented is the result of laboratory tests and field experience. A policy of ongoing product improvement is maintained. This may result in modifications of features and/or specifications without notice. About the IPEX Group of Companies As leading suppliers of thermoplastic piping systems, the IPEX Group of Companies provides our customers with some of the world’s largest and most comprehensive product lines. All IPEX products are backed by more than 50 years of experience. With state-of-the-art manufacturing facilities and distribution centers across North America, we have established a reputation for product innovation, quality, end-user focus and performance. Markets served by IPEX group products are: • Electrical systems • Telecommunications and utility piping systems • PVC, CPVC, PP, ABS, PEX, FR-PVDF and PE pipe and fittings (1/4" to 48") • Industrial process piping systems • Municipal pressure and gravity piping systems • Plumbing and mechanical piping systems • PE Electrofusion systems for gas and water • Industrial, plumbing and electrical cements • Irrigation systems Products are manufactured by IPEX Inc. and distributed in the United States by IPEX USA LLC. PlumbBetter®is a trademark of IPEX Branding Inc. General Description Tyco®CPVC Pipe and Fittings pro- duced by Tyco Fire & Building Prod- ucts (TFBP) are designed exclusively for use in wet pipe automatic fire sprin- kler systems. The Tyco CPVC Pipe and Fittings are produced from Blaze- Master®CPVC compound that is a specially developed thermoplastic compound composed of post chlorin- ated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC) resin and state of the art additives. Tyco CPVC Pipe and Fittings are easier to install than traditional steel pipe sys- tems, and at the same time, provide superior heat resistance and strength as compared to traditional CPVC and PVC piping materials used in the plumbing trade. Various adapters are available to connect CPVC pipe to me- tallic piping. All female pipe thread adapters have brass inserts for dura- bility. Grooved adapters connect di- rectly to grooved end valves and me- tallic pipe, with flexible grooved end couplings. NOTICE Tyco®CPVC Pipe and Fittings pro- duced with BlazeMaster ®CPVC com- pound described herein must be in- stalled and maintained in compliance with this document and with the appli- cable standards of the National Fire Protection Association, in addition to thestandardsofanyauthoritieshaving jurisdiction. Failure to do so may im- pair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for maintain- ing their fire protection system and de- vices in proper operating condition. The installing contractor or sprinkler manufacturer should be contacted with any questions. Technical Data Sizes 3/4" to 3" Maximum Working Pressure 175 psi Approvals UL, FM, C-UL, NSF, LPCB, MEA, and the City of Los Angeles. (Refer to In- stallation Handbook IH-1900 dated June 2008 for exact listing/approval information.) Manufacture Source U.S.A. Material •Pipe: ASTM F442, SDR 13.5 •Fittings: ASTM F438 (Sch. 40) and ASTM F439 (Sch. 80), ASTM F1970 Color Orange BlazeMaster ® CPVC Fire Sprinkler Pipe & Fittings Submittal Sheet Page 1 of 2 TFP1915JUNE, 2008 Technical Services:Tel: (800) 381-9312 / Fax: (800) 791-5500 BlazeMaster®is a registered trademark of The Lubrizol Corporation Installation Tyco®CPVC Pipe and Fittings pro- duced by Tyco Fire & Building Prod- ucts (TFBP) are to be installed in accordance with Installation Hand- book IH-1900 dated June 2008. Care and Maintenance The owner is responsible for the in- spection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and de- vices in compliance with this docu- ment, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protec- tion Association (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to the standards of any authority having jurisdiction. The in- stallingcontractor orproductmanufac- turer should be contacted relative to any questions. Automatic sprinkler systemsshouldbe inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspection Service in accord- ance with local requirements and/or national codes. NOTICE Before closing a fire protection system control valve for inspection or mainte- nance work on the fire protection sys- tem that it controls, permission to shut down the affected fire protection sys- tem must first be obtained from the proper authorities and all personnel who may be affected by this action must be notified. After placing a fire protection system in service, notify the proper authorities andadvisethoseresponsibleformoni- toring proprietary and/or central sta- tion alarms. Limited Warranty Products manufactured by Tyco Fire & Building Products (TFBP) are war- ranted solely to the original Buyer for ten (10) years against defects in mate- rial and workmanship when paid for and properly installed and maintained under normal use and service. This warranty will expire ten (10) years from date of shipment by TFBP. No warranty is given for products or com- ponents manufactured by companies not affiliated by ownership with TFBP or for products and components which havebeensubjecttomisuse,improper installation,corrosion, or which have not been installed, maintained, modi- fied or repaired in accordance with ap- plicable Standards of the National Fire Protection Association, and/or the standards of any other Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Materials found by TFBP to be defective shall be either repaired or replaced, at TFBP’s sole option. TFBP neither assumes, nor authorizes anypersontoassumeforit, any other obligation in connection with the sale of products or parts of prod- ucts. TFBP shall not beresponsiblefor sprinkler system design errors or inac- curate or incomplete information sup- plied by Buyer or Buyer’s repre- sentatives. In no event shall TFBP be liable, in contract, tort, strict liability or under any other legal theory, for incidental, indirect,specialorconsequentialdam- ages, including but not limited to labor charges, regardless of whether TFBP was informed about the possibility of such damages, and in no event shall TFBP’s liability exceed an amount equal to the sales price. Theforegoingwarrantyismadeinlieu of any and all other warranties, ex- press or implied, including warranties ofmerchantabilityandfitnessforapar- ticular purpose. This limited warranty sets forth the ex- clusive remedy for claims based on failure of or defect in products, materi- als or components, whether the claim is made in contract, tort, strict liability or any other legal theory. This warranty will apply to the full ex- tent permitted by law. The invalidity, in whole or part, of any portion of this warranty will not affect the remainder. Page2of2 TFP1915 © 2008 TYCO FIRE & BUILDING PRODUCTS,451 North Cannon Avenue, Lansdale, Pennsylvania 19446 ES-A-C200_C200N Features • Extremely Compact Design • 70% Lighter than Traditional Designs • 304 (Schedule 40) Stainless Steel Housing & Sleeve • Groove Fittings Allow Integral Pipeline Adjustment • Patented Tri-Link Check Provides Lowest Pressure Loss • Unmatched Ease of Serviceability • Available with Grooved Butterfly Valve Shutoffs • Available for Horizontal, Vertical or N Pattern Installations • Replaceable Check Disc Rubber The Colt C200, C200N Double Check Valve Assemblies are used to prevent backflow of pollutants, that are objectionable but not toxic, from entering the potable water supply system. The Colt C200, C200N may be installed under continuous pressure service and may be subjected to backpressure. The Colt C200, C200N consists of two independently operating check valves, two shutoff valves, and four test cocks. For use in non-health hazard applications. The Colt C200, C200N features Lead Free* construction to comply with Lead Free* installation requirements. Specifications The Colt C200, C200N Double Check Valve Assembly shall consist of two independent Tri-Link Check modules within a single housing, sleeve access port, four test cocks and two drip tight shutoff valves. Tri-Link Checks shall be removable and serviceable, without the use of special tools. The housing shall be constructed of 304 (Schedule 40) stainless steel pipe with groove end connections. Tri-Link checks shall have reversible elastomer discs and in operation shall produce drip tight closure against the reverse flow of liquid caused by backpressure or backsiphonage. Lead Free* Double Check Valve Assembly shall be constructed using Lead Free* materials. It shall comply with state codes and standards, where applicable, requiring reduced lead content. Assembly shall be a Colt C200, C200N as manufactured by the Ames Company. ColtTM Series C200, C200N Double Check Valve Assemblies Sizes: 21⁄2" – 10" (65 – 250mm) C200N BFG C200 OSY LEAD FREE* * The wetted surface of this product contacted by consumable water contains less than 0.25% of lead by weight. Job Name ________________________________________________Contractor ______________________________________________ Job Location ______________________________________________Approval _______________________________________________ Engineer _________________________________________________Contractor’s P.O. No. ______________________________________ Approval _________________________________________________Representative ___________________________________________ Ames Fire & Waterworks product specifications in U.S. customary units and metric are ap prox i mate and are pro vid ed for ref er ence only. For precise mea sure ments, please contact Ames Fire & Waterworks Tech ni cal Ser vice. Ames Fire & Waterworks re serves the right to change or modify prod uct de sign, con struc tion, spec i fi ca tions, or ma te ri als with out prior notice and without in cur ring any ob li ga tion to make such chang es and mod i fi ca tions on Ames Fire & Waterworks prod ucts previously or sub se quent ly sold. NOTICE The information contained herein is not intended to replace the full product installation and safety information available or the experience of a trained product installer. You are re-quired to thoroughly read all installation instructions and product safety information before beginning the installation of this product. Size (DN) DimeNSiONS weiGht A C (OSY) C (NRS) D G H I J P C200NRS C200OSY C200N NRS C200N OSY in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lbs. kgs. lbs. kgs. lbs. kgs. lbs. kgs. 21⁄2 65 303⁄4 781 163⁄8 416 93⁄8 238 31⁄2 89 291⁄16 738 211⁄2 546 151⁄2 393 813⁄16 223 93⁄16 234 115 52 125 57 123 56 133 60 3 80 313⁄4 806 187⁄8 479 101⁄4 260 311⁄16 94 301⁄4 768 221⁄4 565 171⁄8 435 93⁄16 233 101⁄2 267 131 59 145 66 144 65 158 72 4 100 333⁄4 857 223⁄4 578 123⁄16 310 4 102 33 838 231⁄2 597 181⁄2 470 915⁄16 252 113⁄16 284 161 73 161 73 184 83 184 83 6 150 431⁄2 1105 301⁄8 765 16 406 51⁄2 140 443⁄4 1137 331⁄4 845 233⁄16 589 131⁄16 332 15 381 273 124 295 134 314 142 336 152 8 200 493⁄4 1264 373⁄4 959 1915⁄16 506 611⁄16 170 541⁄8 1375 401⁄8 1019 277⁄16 697 1511⁄16 399 173⁄16 437 438 199 480 218 513 233 555 252 10 250 573⁄4 1467 453⁄4 1162 2313⁄16 605 83⁄16 208 66 1676 491⁄2 1257 321⁄2 826 175⁄16 440 20 508 721 327 781 354 891 404 951 431 Dimensions — Weights Configurations • Horizontal • Vertical up • “N” pattern horizontal Materials • Housing & Sleeve: 304 (Schedule 40) Stainless Steel • Elastomers: EPDM, Silicone and Buna ‘N’ • Tri-Link Checks: Noryl®, Stainless Steel • Check Discs: Reversible Silicone or EPDM • Test Cocks: Bronze Body Nickel Plated • Pins & Fasteners: 300 Series Stainless Steel • Springs: Stainless Steel Size (DN) DimeNSiONS weiGht A C D G H I J P C200BFG C200NBFG in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lbs. kgs. lbs. kgs. 21⁄2 65 273⁄4 705 8 203 31⁄2 89 297⁄8 759 211⁄2 546 1415⁄16 379 813⁄16 223 9 229 56 25 64 29 3 80 281⁄4 718 85⁄16 211 311⁄16 94 3011⁄16 779 221⁄4 565 157⁄16 392 93⁄16 233 91⁄2 241 54 24 67 30 4 100 29 737 815⁄16 227 311⁄16 94 3115⁄16 811 231⁄2 597 161⁄4 412 915⁄16 252 10 254 61 28 84 38 6 150 361⁄2 927 10 254 5 127 433⁄16 1097 331⁄4 845 1911⁄16 500 131⁄16 332 101⁄2 267 117 53 157 71 8 200 423⁄4 1086 121⁄4 311 61⁄2 165 511⁄16 1297 401⁄8 1019 235⁄16 592 1511⁄16 399 143⁄16 361 261 118 337 153 Noryl® is a registered trademark of SABIC Innovative Plastics™. hA iJ G P D C A D C (open) G h J i PC200, C200N C200BFG, C200NBFG Available Models Suffix: NRS - non-rising stem resilient seated gate valves OSY - UL/FM outside stem and yoke, resilient seated gate valves BFG - UL/FM grooved gear operated butterfly valves with tamper switch *OSY FxG - Flanged inlet gate connection and grooved outlet gate connection *OSY GxF - Grooved inlet gate connection and flanged outlet gate connection *OSY GxG - Grooved inlet gate connection and grooved outlet gate connection Available with grooved NRS gate valves - consult factory* Post indicator plate and operating nut available - consult factory* *Consult factory for dimensions Pressure — Temperature Tem per a ture Range: 33°F – 140°F (0.5°C – 60°C) Maximum Working Pres sure: 175psi (12.1 bar) Approvals • Approved by the Foundation for Cross-Connection Control and Hydraulic Research at The University of Southern California (FCCCHR-USC) For additional approval information please contact the factory or visit our website at www.amesfirewater.com psi 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 gpm 0 190 380 570 760 950 1140 1330 lpm 7.5 15 fps psi 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 psi 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 100 200 300 400 500 gpm 0 380 760 1140 1520 1900 lpm 7.5 15 fps 21⁄2" (65mm) 3" (80mm) 0 300 600 900 1200 1500 gpm0 1140 2280 3420 4560 5700 lpm 7.5 12 fps 6" (150mm) 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 gpm0 380 760 1140 1520 1900 2280 2660 3040 lpm 7.5 13 fps 4" (100mm) psi 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 gpm 0 1900 3800 5700 7600 9500 11400 13300 lpm 7.5 10 fps 10" (250mm) psi 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 gpm0 1900 3800 5700 7600 9500 lpm 7.5 10 fps 8" (200mm) psi 24 20 16 12 8 4 0 N VH H N V N VH N VH N HV N HV (**BFG & OSY Only)B64.51015 **** NOTICE Inquire with governing authorities for local installation requirements Capacity UL/FM Certified Flow Characteristics Flow characteristics collected using butterfly shutoff valves. Flow capacity chart identifies valve performance based upon rated water velocity up to 25fps • Service Flow is typically determined by a rated velocity of 7.5fps based upon schedule 40 pipe. • Rated Flow identifies maximum continuous duty perfor-mance determined by AWWA. • UL Flow Rate is 150% of Rated Flow and is not recom- mended for continuous duty. • AWWA Manual M22 [Appendix C] recommends that the maximum water velocity in services be not more than 10fps. *UL Rated Flow *UL Rated Flow Rated Flow Rated Flow Rated Flow Service Flow Service FlowPSi DROP (*FRiCtiON LOSS)PSi DROP (*FRiCtiON LOSS)*UL Rated FlowRated FlowService Flow PSi DROP (*FRiCtiON LOSS)*UL Rated FlowService Flow PSi DROP (*FRiCtiON LOSS)*UL Rated FlowRated FlowService Flow PSi DROP (*FRiCtiON LOSS)*UL Rated FlowRated FlowService Flow PSi DROP (*FRiCtiON LOSS) Horizontal Vertical N - Pattern ES-A-C200C200N 1503 © 2015 Ames Fire & Waterworks USA: Backflow Tel: (978) 689-6066 • Fax: (978) 975-8350 • AmesFireWater.com USA: Control Valves Tel: (713) 943-0688 • Fax: (713) 944-9445 • AmesFireWater.com Canada: Tel: (905) 332-4090 • Fax: (905) 332-7068 • AmesFireWater.ca Latin America: Tel: (52) 81-1001-8600 • Fax: (52) 81-8000-7091 • AmesFireWater.com A Watts Water Technologies Company 514 OFFSET HANGER CPVC - COPPER STEEL SIZE SYSTEM PIPE: MATERIAL FINISH PATENT No. 6,648,278. FUNCTION Provid vertical restraint INSTALLATION WOOD - #905 STEEL- FEATURES 3/4 and 1 . #905 ORDERING 906 - 3/4" thru 2" - Carbon Steel. - Mil. Galvanized. - -S revents upward movement of pipe from pendent sprinkler discharge. - including NFPA13, 13R, 13D and CPVC manufacturers instructions. Install on horizontal or vertical mounting surface. Snap over pipe then squeeze strap back allowing pipe to slide freely. CPVC - screw- no pre-drill. Steel pipe - 1/4 x1 lag screw - 5/8 gypsum board - 1/4 x lag screw min. * 1 1/2 Offset * * Offset edge eliminates abrasion. * screw included - 5/16" hex head. - Part # and pipe size. # backing nut sold separately. AFCON AFCON LISTING/APPROVAL- 203 - EX 4231, EX 2551 es listed /horizontal Per these instructions FASTENERS CONCRETE each = Common center-line for " " upport horizontal piping: CPVC, Copper or Steel. and p Stabilize vertical piping. When #905 threads are exposed in wood, install #906 backing nut. - UL Listed per NFPA13 pipe Copper and #14 SMS or " 1/2" no pre-drill. Thru " " 2" . 18 GA. - CPVC, Copper and Steel pipe - 1/4" or #14 Tek Screw. : Required minimum load fastener " - loose fit allows pipe to slide. 5(wt)+250lbs. 2 Specific products are exclusively designed to be compatible with other products including parts and fasteners, resulting in a listed sway brace, restrainer or hanger assembly. the following warranty restriction will apply. - will warrant against the failure of its products when used in combination with other products, partsor systems not manufactured or sold by . shall be liable under any circumstances whatsoever for any direct or indirect, incidental or consequential damages of any kind, including but not limited to loss of business or profit, when non- products have been, or are used. AFCON AFCON AFCON AFCON AFCON AFCON ONLY Be advised DISCLAIMER NOT NOT 11/13 P.O. Box 3365 South El Monte, CA 91733 626.444.0541 Fax 626.444.3887 www. Afcon.org 1.5000 #905 #906 3.00 Hanger/Restrainer Hanger/ Restrainer Stabilize CADCADCAD HOSE VALVES 5000 SERIES Page 5-3 ANGLE VALVES 300LB. RATED Fire Department Valves Fire Hose Rack Assembly Valves FEMALE X MALE DOUBLE FEMALE STANDARD EQUIPMENT: Female STANDARD EQUIPMENT: Female NPT inlet and male hose thread NPT inlet and outlet cast brass valve outlet cast brass valve with wheel with wheel handle handle.OPTIONAL FINISHES: PB- Polished Brass RC- Rough Chrome Plated PC- Polished Chrome Plated U/L LISTED NY BSA/MEA APPROVED NY BSA/MEA APPROVED ___________________________________________________ SPECIFY THREAD Figure No. 5010-5015 Figure No. 5020-5025 Figure No. 5030-5035 Figure No. 5040-5045 SPECIFY THREAD 5010 5015 Figure No. 5020 5025 Size 1 1/2"2 1/2" A 2 11/64 3 3/16 B 2 7/32 3 3/16 C-Closed 6 5/8 9 1/4 C-Open 7 21/22 11 D 3 3/4 5 E 2 7/16 3 19/32 F 2 13/16 3 19/32 U/L Listed Yes Yes FM Approved Yes Yes NYC Approved Yes Yes 2 13/16 3 19/32 ANGLE VALVES 300LB. RATED Fire Department Valves Fire Hose Rack Assembly Valves FEMALE X MALE DOUBLE FEMALE STANDARD EQUIPMENT: Female STANDARD EQUIPMENT: Female NPT inlet and male hose thread NPT inlet and outlet cast brass valve outlet cast brass valve with wheel with wheel handle handle.OPTIONAL FINISHES: PB- Polished Brass RC- Rough Chrome Plated PC- Polished Chrome Plated U/L LISTED 5030 5035 Figure No. 5040 5045 Size 1 1/2"2 1/2" A 2 9/64 3 5/32 B 2 17/64 3 3/16 C-Closed 6 1/2 8 3/4 C-Open 7 11/16 10 9/16 D 4 1/64 5 1/8 E 2 7/10 3 1/2 F 2 3/8 3 3/8 U/L Listed Yes Yes TECHNICAL GUIDE – MECHANICAL ANCHors ©2021 DEWALT – rEV. CSECTION CONTENTS ANCHORS & FASTENERSGeneral InformatIon Mechanical anchors1 General Information.........................1 Material Specifications ...................1 Installation Instructions ..................2 Reference Data (ASD) ......................3 Strength Design (SD) .......................9 Strength Design Performance Data ..........................13 Ordering Information .....................14 POWER-STUD+ SD1 ASSEMBLY THREAD VERSION • UNC threaded stud ANCHOR MATERIALS • Zinc plated carbon steel body with expansion clip, nut and washer ANCHOR SIZE RANGE (TYP.) • 1/4" diameter through 1-1/4" diameter SUITABLE BASE MATERIALS • Normal-weight concrete • sand-lightweight concrete • Concrete over steel deck • Grouted concrete masonry (CMU)CRA CKED C O N CRETETENS IO N ZO NE QU ALIFIC A T IONSEISM IC REGIO N CODE LISTEDICC-eS eSr-2818 CONCRETE CODE LISTEDICC-eS eSr-2966 MASONRY GENERAL INFORMATION POWER-STUD®+ SD1 Wedge expansion anchor PRODUCT DESCRIPTION The Power-stud+ sD1 anchor is a fully threaded, torque-controlled, wedge expansion anchor which is designed for consistent performance in cracked and uncracked concrete. suitable base materials include normal-weight concrete, sand-lightweight concrete, concrete over steel deck, and grouted concrete masonry. The anchor is manufactured with a zinc plated carbon steel body and expansion clip for premium performance. Nut and washer are included. GENERAL APPLICATIONS AND USES • structural connections, i.e., beam and column anchorage • safety-related attachments • Protective barriers and racking • Tension zone applications, i.e., cable trays and strut, pipe supports, fire sprinklers • seismic and wind loading • Interior applications / low level corrosion environment FEATURES AND BENEFITS +Consistent performance in high and low strength concrete +Nominal drill bit size is the same as the anchor diameter +Anchor can be installed through standard fixture holes +Length ID code and identifying marking stamped on head of each anchor +Anchor design allows for follow-up expansion after setting under tensile loading APPROVALS AND LISTINGS • International Code Council, Evaluation service (ICC-Es), Esr-2818 for cracked and uncracked concrete • International Code Council, Evaluation service (ICC-Es), Esr-2966 for masonry • Code compliant with the 2015 IBC, 2015 IrC, 2012 IBC, 2012 IrC, 2009 IBC, and 2009 IrC • Tested in accordance with ACI 355.2/AsTM E 488 and ICC-Es AC193 for use in structural concrete under the design provisions of ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11/08 Appendix D • Evaluated and qualified by an accredited independent testing laboratory for recognition in cracked and uncracked concrete including seismic and wind loading (Category 1 anchors) • Tested in accordance with ICC-Es AC01 for use in masonry • Underwriters Laboratories (UL Listed) - File No. EX1289, see listing for sizes GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS CsI Divisions: 03 16 00 - Concrete Anchors, 04 05 19.16 - Masonry Anchors and 05 05 19 - Post- Installed Concrete Anchors. Expansion anchors shall be Power-stud+ sD1 as supplied by DEWALT, Towson, MD. Anchors shall be installed in accordance with published instructions and the Authority Having Jurisdiction. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Anchor component Specification Anchor Body Medium carbon steel Hex nut Carbon steel, AsTM A 563, Grade A Washer Carbon steel, AsTM F 844; meets dimensional requirements of ANsI B18.22.2. Type A Plain Expansion wedge (clip)Carbon steel Plating Zinc plating according to AsTM B 633, sC1 Type III (Fe/Zn 5). Minimum plating requirements for Mild service Condition. TECHNICAL GUIDE – MECHANICAL ANCHors ©2021 DEWALT – rEV. CANCHORS & FASTENERS InStallatIon InStruCtIonS 2Mechanical anchorsINSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Installation Instructions for Power-Stud+ SD1 Step 1Using the proper drill bit size, drill a hole into the base material to the required depth. The tolerances of the drill bit used should meet the requirements of ANsI standard B212.15. Step 2remove the dust and debris from the hole during drilling (e.g. dust extractor, hollow bit) or following drilling (e.g. suction, forced air) to extract loose particles created by drilling. Step 3Position the washer on the anchor and thread on the nut. If installing through a fixture, drive the anchor through the fixture into the hole. Be sure the anchor is driven to the minimum required embedment depth, hnom. Step 4Tighten the anchor with a torque wrench by applying the required installation torque, Tinst. Note: The threaded stud will draw up during tightening of the nut; the expansion wedge (clip) remains in original position. Installation Instructions for Power-Stud+ SD1 Tie Wire Version Step 1Using the proper drill bit size, drill a hole into the base material to the required depth. The tolerances of the drill bit used should meet the requirements of ANsI standard B212.15. Step 2remove the dust and debris from the hole during drilling (e.g. dust extractor) or following drilling (e.g. suction, forced air) to extract loose particles created by drilling. Step 3Drive the anchor into the hole until the head is firmly seated against the base material. Be sure the anchor is driven to the required embedment depth. Step 4set the anchor with a prying action using a claw hammer. Power-Stud+ SD1 Anchor Detail Power-Stud+ SD1 Anchor Assembly dbit dh hnom ho do UNC Threaded Stud Mandrel CollarWasher Expansion Wedge (Clip)Hex Nut Head Marking Legend Letter Code = Length Identification Mark ‘+’ symbol = strength Design Compliant Anchor (see ordering information) Number Code 1 = Carbon steel Body and Carbon steel Expansion Clip (not on 1/4" diameter anchors) Length Identification Mark A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T From 1-1/2"2"2-1/2"3"3-1/2"4"4-1/2"5"5-1/2"6"6-1/2"7"7-1/2"8"8-1/2"9"9-1/2"10"11"12" Up to but not including 2"2-1/2"3"3-1/2"4"4-1/2"5"5-1/2"6"6-1/2"7"7-1/2"8"8-1/2"9"9-1/2"10"11"12"13" Length identification mark indicates overall length of anchor. TECHNICAL GUIDE – MECHANICAL ANCHors ©2021 DEWALT – rEV. CANCHORS & FASTENERSreferenCe Data (aSD)Mechanical anchors3 REFERENCE DATA (ASD) Installation Specifications for Power-Stud+ SD1 in Concrete1,2 Anchor Property/Setting Information Notation Units Nominal Anchor Diameter 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4 Anchor diameter do in. (mm)0.250(6.4)0.375(9.5)0.500(12.7)0.625(15.9)0.750(19.1)0.875(22.2)1.000(25.4)1.250(31.8) Minimum diameter of hole clearance in fixture dh in. (mm)5/16(7.5)7/16(11.1)9/16(14.3)11/16(17.5)13/16(20.6)1(25.4)1-1/8(28.6)1-3/8(34.9) Nominal drill bit diameter dbit in.1/4"ANsI 3/8"ANsI 1/2"ANsI 5/8"ANsI 3/4"ANsI 7/8"ANsI 1"ANsI 1-1/4"ANsI Minimum nominal embedment depth hnom in. (mm)1-1/8(29)1-5/8(41)2-1/4(57)2-3/4(70)3-3/8(86)4-1/2(114)4-1/2(114)6-1/2(165) Minimum hole depth ho in. (mm)1-1/4(48)1-3/4(44)2-1/2(64)3-1/8(79)3-5/8(92)4-7/8(122)4-7/8(122)7-1/4(184) Installation torque Tinst ft.-lbf. (N-m)4(5)20(27)40(54)80(108)110(149)175(237)225(305)375(508)Torque wrench/ socket size -in.7/16 9/16 3/4 15/16 1-1/8 1-5/16 1-1/2 1-7/8 Nut height -In.7/32 21/64 7/16 35/64 41/64 3/4 55/64 1-1/16 For sI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 ft-lbf = 1.356 N-m. 1. The minimum base material thickness should be 1.5hnom or 3", whichever is greater. 2. see Performance Data in Concrete for additional embedment depths. Ultimate Load Capacities for Power-Stud+ SD1 in Normal-Weight Concrete1,2 Nominal Anchor Diameter in. Minimum Embedment Depth in. (mm) Minimum Concrete Compressive Strength f’c = 2,500 psi (17.3 MPa)f’c = 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa)f’c = 4,000 psi (27.6 MPa)f’c = 6,000 psi (41.4 MPa) Tension lbs. (kN) Shear lbs. (kN) Tension lbs. (kN) Shear lbs. (kN) Tension lbs. (kN) Shear lbs. (kN) Tension lbs. (kN) Shear lbs. (kN) 1/4 1-1/8 (28)1,320(5.9)1,160(5.2)1,435 (6.4)1,255 (5.6)1,660 (7.4)1,255 (5.6)-- 1-3/4 (44)2,775 (12.4)1,255 (5.6)2,775 (12.4)1,255 (5.6)2,775 (12.4)1,255 (5.6)2,775 (12.4)1,255 (5.6) 3/8 1-5/8 (41)2,240(10.9)2,320(10.3)2,685 (12)2,540 (11.3)3,100 (13.8)2,540 (11.3)-- 2-3/8 (60)3,485 (15.5)2,540 (11.3)3,815 (17)2,540 (11.3)4,410 (19.6)2,540 (11.3)5,400 (24)2,540 (11.3) 1/2 2-1/4 (57)3,800(16.9)3,840(17.1)4,155 (18.5)4,195 (18.7)4,800 (21.4)4,195 (18.7)-- 2-1/2 (64)3,910 (17.4)4,195 (18.7)4,285 (19.1)4,195 (18.7)4,950 (22)4,195 (18.7)6,060 (27)4,195 (18.7) 3-3/4 (95)7,955 (35.4)4,195 (18.7)8,715 (38.8)4,195 (18.7)10,065 (44.8)4,195 (18.7)12,325 (54.8)4,195 (18.7) 5/8 2-3/4 (70)4,960(22.1)6,220(27.7)5,440 (24.3)6,815 (30.3)6,285 (28)6,815 (30.3)-- 3-3/8 (86)6,625 (29.5)6,815 (30.3)7,260 (32.3)6,815 (30.3)8,380 (37.3)6,815 (30.3)10,265 (45.7)6,815 (30.3) 4-5/8 (117)11,260 (50.1)6,815 (30.3)12,335 (54.9)6,815 (30.3)14,245 (63.4)6,815 (30.3)14,465 (65.7)6,815 (30.3) 3/4 3-3/8 (86)7,180(31.9)11,480(51.5)7,860 (32.2)12,580 (56.0)9,075 (40.5)12,580 (56.0)-- 4 (102)9,530 (42.4)12,580 (56.0)10,440 (46.5)12,580 (56.0)12,060 (53.6)12,580 (56.0)14,770 (65.7)12,580 (56.0) 5-5/8(143)17,670(78.6)12,580(56.0)19,355(86.1)12,580(56.0)22,350(99.4)12,580(56.0)25,065(111.5)12,580(56.0) 7/8 3-7/8(98)9,120(40.6)10,680(47.5)10,005(44.5)11,690(52.0)11,555(51.4)11,690(52.0)-- 4-1/2(114)11,320 (50.4)11,690 (52.0)12,405 (55.2)11,690 (52.0)15,125 (67.3)11,690 (52.0)19,470 (86.6)11,690 (52.0) 1 4-1/2 (114)12,400(55.2)19,320(85.9)13,580 (60.4)21,155 (94.1)15,680(69.7)21,155 (94.1)-- 5-1/2 (140)16,535 (73.6)21,155 (94.1)18,115 (80.6)21,155 (94.1)20,915 (93)21,155 (94.1)25,615 (114)21,155 (94.1) 8(203)19,640(87.4)21,155(94.1)21,530(95.8)21,155(94.1)24,865(110.6)21,155(94.1)-- 1-1/4 5-1/2(140)18,520(82.5)26,560(118.1)20,275(90.9)29,105(129.4)23,410(105.0)29,105(129.4)-- 6-1/2(165)22,485 (100.0)29,105 (129.4)24,630 (109.6)29,105 (129.4)28,440 (126.5)29,105 (129.4)37,360 (166.2)29,105 (129.4) 1. Tabulated load values are for anchors installed in uncracked concrete with no edge or spacing considerations. Concrete compressive strength must be at the specified minimum at the time of installation. 2. Ultimate load capacities must be reduced by a minimum safety factor of 4.0 or greater to determine allowable working loads. TECHNICAL GUIDE – MECHANICAL ANCHors ©2021 DEWALT – rEV. CANCHORS & FASTENERS referenCe Data (aSD) 4Mechanical anchorsAllowable Load Capacities for Power-Stud+ SD1 in Normal-Weight Concrete1,2,3,4 Nominal Anchor Diameter (in.) Minimum Embedment Depth in.(mm) Minimum Concrete Compressive Strength f’c = 2,500 psi (17.3 MPa)f’c = 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa)f’c = 4,000 psi (27.6 MPa)f’c = 6,000 psi (41.4 MPa) Tension lbs. (kN) Shear lbs. (kN) Tension lbs. (kN) Shear lbs. (kN) Tension lbs. (kN) Shear lbs. (kN) Tension lbs. (kN) Shear lbs. (kN) 1/4 1-1/8(28)330(1.5)290(1.3)360(1.6)315(1.4)415(1.8)315(1.4)-- 1-3/4(44)695(3.1)315(1.4)695(3.1)315(1.4)695(3.1)315(1.4)695(3.1)315(1.4) 3/8 1-5/8(41)610(2.7)580(2.6)670(3.0)635(2.8)775(3.4)635(2.8)-- 2-3/8(60)870(3.9)635(2.8)955(4.2)635(2.8)1,105(4.9)635(2.8)1,350(6.0)635(2.8) 1/2 2-1/4(57)950(4.2)960(4.3)1,040(4.6)1,050(4.7)1,200(5.3)1,050(4.7)-- 2-1/2(64)980(4.4)1,050(4.7)1,070(4.8)1,050(4.7)1,240(5.5)1,050(4.7)1,515(6.7)1,050(4.7) 3-3/4(95)1,990(8.9)1,050(4.7)2,180(9.7)1,050(4.7)2,515(11.2)1,050(4.7)3,080(13.7)1,050(4.7) 5/8 2-3/4(70)1,240(5.5)1,555(6.9)1,360(6.0)1,705(7.6)1,570(7.0)1,705(7.6)-- 3-3/8(86)1,655(7.4)1,705(7.6)1,815(8.1)1,705(7.6)2,095(9.3)1,705(7.6)2,565(11.4)1,705(7.6) 4-5/8(117)2,815(12.5)1,705(7.6)3,085(13.7)1,705(7.6)3,560(15.8)1,705(7.6)3,615(16.1)1,705(7.6) 3/4 3-3/8(86)1,795(8.0)2,870(12.8)1,965(8.7)3,145(14.0)2,270(10.1)3,145(14.0)-- 4 (102)2,385(10.6)3,145(14.0)2,610(11.6)3,145(14.0)3,015(13.4)3,145(14.0)3,620(16.1)3,145(14.0) 5-5/8(143)4,420(19.7)3,145(14.0)4,840(21.5)3,145(14.0)5,590(24.9)3,145(14.0)6,265(27.9)3,145(14.0) 7/8 3-7/8(98)2,280(10.1)2,670(11.9)2,500(11.1)2,925(13.0)2,890(12.9)2,925(13.0)-- 4-1/2(114)2,830(12.6)2,925(13.0)3,100(13.8)2,925(13.0)3,780(16.8)2,925(13.0)4,870(21.7)2,925(13.0) 1 4-1/2(114)3,100(13.8)4,830(21.5)3,395(15.1)5,290(23.5)3,920(17.4)5,290(23.5)-- 5-1/2(140)4,135(18.4)5,290(23.5)4,530(20.2)5,290(23.5)5,230(23.3)5,290(23.5)6,405(28.5)5,290(23.5) 8 (203)4,910(21.8)5,290(23.5)5,380(23.9)5,290(23.5)6,215(27.6)5,290(23.5)-- 1-1/4 5-1/2(140)4,630(20.6)6,640(29.5)5,070(22.6)7,275(32.4)5,850(26.0)7,275(32.4)-- 6-1/2(165)5,620(25.0)7,275(32.4)6,160(27.4)7,275(32.4)7,110(31.6)7,275(32.4)9,340(41.5)7,275(32.4) 1. Tabulated load values are for anchors installed in concrete. Concrete compressive strength must be at the minimum at the time of installation. 2. Allowable load capacities are calculated using an applied safety factor of 4.0. 3. Allowable load capacities must be multiplied by reduction factors when anchor spacing or edge distances are less than critical distances. 4. Linear interpolation may be used to determine allowable loads for intermediate embedments and compressive strengths. TECHNICAL GUIDE – MECHANICAL ANCHors ©2021 DEWALT – rEV. CANCHORS & FASTENERSreferenCe Data (aSD)Mechanical anchors5 Spacing Distance and Edge Distance Tension (FnS, FnC) Adjustment Factors for Normal-Weight Concrete Dia. (in)1/4 3/8 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 3/4 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4 hnom (in.)1-3/4 2-3/8 2-1/2 3-3/4 3-3/8 4-5/8 4 5-5/8 4-1/2 5-1/2 6-1/2 cac (in.)3-1/2 6-1/2 8 8 6 10 11 16 11-1/2 12 20 cmin (in.)1-3/4 2-1/4 3-1/4 2-3/4 5-1/2 4-1/4 5 6 7 8 8 Edge Distance (inches)1-3/4 0.50 ---------- 2 0.57 ---------- 2-1/4 0.64 0.35 --------- 2-1/2 0.71 0.38 --------- 2-3/4 0.79 0.42 -0.34 ------- 3 0.86 0.46 -0.38 ------- 3-1/4 0.93 0.50 0.41 0.41 ------- 3-1/2 1.00 0.54 0.44 0.44 ------- 4 1.00 0.62 0.50 0.50 ------- 4-1/4 1.00 0.65 0.53 0.53 -0.43 ----- 4-1/2 1.00 0.69 0.56 0.56 -0.45 ----- 5 1.00 0.77 0.63 0.63 -0.50 0.45 ---- 5-1/2 1.00 0.85 0.69 0.69 0.92 0.55 0.50 ---- 6 1.00 0.92 0.75 0.75 1.00 0.60 0.55 0.38 --- 6-1/2 1.00 1.00 0.81 0.81 1.00 0.65 0.59 0.41 --- 7 1.00 1.00 0.88 0.88 1.00 0.70 0.64 0.44 0.61 -- 7-1/2 1.00 1.00 0.94 0.94 1.00 0.75 0.68 0.47 0.65 -- 8 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.80 0.73 0.50 0.70 0.67 0.40 8-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.85 0.77 0.53 0.74 0.71 0.43 9 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.82 0.56 0.78 0.75 0.45 9-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.95 0.86 0.59 0.83 0.79 0.48 10 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.91 0.63 0.87 0.83 0.50 10-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.95 0.66 0.91 0.88 0.53 11 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.69 0.96 0.92 0.55 11-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.72 1.00 0.96 0.58 12 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.75 1.00 1.00 0.60 12-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.78 1.00 1.00 0.63 13 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.81 1.00 1.00 0.65 13-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.84 1.00 1.00 0.68 14 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.88 1.00 1.00 0.70 14-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.91 1.00 1.00 0.73 15 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.94 1.00 1.00 0.75 15-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 1.00 1.00 0.78 16 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.80 16-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.83 17 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.85 17-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.88 18 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 18-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.93 19 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.95 19-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 20 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Dia. (in)1/4 3/8 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 3/4 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4 hnom (in.)1-3/4 2-3/8 2-1/2 3-3/4 3-3/8 4-5/8 4 5-5/8 4-1/2 5-1/2 6-1/2 smin (in.)2-1/4 3-1/2 4-1/2 5 6 4-1/4 6 6-1/2 6-1/2 8 8 Spacing Distance (inches)2 ----------- 2-1/4 0.78 ---------- 2-1/2 0.80 ---------- 2-3/4 0.83 ---------- 3 0.85 ---------- 3-1/2 0.90 0.84 --------- 4 0.95 0.87 --------- 4-1/4 0.98 0.89 ---0.72 ----- 4-1/2 1.00 0.90 0.91 --0.73 ----- 5 1.00 0.94 0.94 0.79 -0.75 ----- 5-1/2 1.00 0.97 0.97 0.81 -0.77 ----- 6 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.83 0.88 0.79 0.87 ---- 6-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.90 0.80 0.89 0.79 0.85 -- 7 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.88 0.93 0.82 0.91 0.81 0.87 -- 7-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.96 0.84 0.93 0.82 0.89 -- 8 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.92 0.99 0.86 0.95 0.83 0.91 0.84 0.82 8-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.94 1.00 0.88 0.97 0.85 0.93 0.85 0.83 9 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 1.00 0.89 0.99 0.86 0.94 0.87 0.84 9-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 1.00 0.91 1.00 0.87 0.96 0.89 0.85 10 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.93 1.00 0.89 0.98 0.90 0.86 10-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.95 1.00 0.90 1.00 0.92 0.87 11 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.96 1.00 0.91 1.00 0.93 0.88 11-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 1.00 0.93 1.00 0.95 0.90 12 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.94 1.00 0.96 0.91 12-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.95 1.00 0.98 0.92 13 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 1.00 1.00 0.93 13-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 1.00 1.00 0.94 14 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 1.00 1.00 0.95 14-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.96 15 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 15-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 16 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 TECHNICAL GUIDE – MECHANICAL ANCHors ©2021 DEWALT – rEV. CANCHORS & FASTENERS referenCe Data (aSD) 6Mechanical anchors Spacing Distance and Edge Distance Shear (FVS, FVC) Adjustment Factors for Normal-Weight Concrete Dia. (in)1/4 3/8 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 3/4 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4 hnom (in.)1-3/4 2-3/8 2-1/2 3-3/4 3-3/8 4-5/8 4 5-5/8 4-1/2 5-1/2 6-1/2 smin (in.)2-1/4 3-1/2 4-1/2 5 6 4-1/4 6 6-1/2 6-1/2 8 8 Spacing Distance (inches)2-1/4 0.85 ---------- 2-1/2 0.87 ---------- 2-3/4 0.88 ---------- 3 0.90 ---------- 3-1/2 0.93 0.90 --------- 4 0.97 0.92 --------- 4-1/4 0.98 0.93 ---0.82 ----- 4-1/2 1.00 0.94 0.95 --0.82 ----- 5 1.00 0.96 0.97 0.86 -0.83 ----- 5-1/2 1.00 0.98 0.98 0.87 -0.85 ----- 6 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.89 0.91 0.86 0.92 ---- 6-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.93 0.87 0.93 0.88 0.91 -- 7 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.92 0.95 0.88 0.94 0.88 0.92 -- 7-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.97 0.89 0.96 0.89 0.93 -- 8 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.95 0.99 0.90 0.97 0.90 0.94 0.90 0.89 8-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.96 1.00 0.92 0.98 0.91 0.96 0.91 0.90 9 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 1.00 0.93 0.99 0.92 0.97 0.92 0.91 9-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 1.00 0.94 1.00 0.92 0.98 0.93 0.91 10 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.95 1.00 0.93 0.99 0.94 0.92 10-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.96 1.00 0.94 1.00 0.95 0.93 11 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 1.00 0.95 1.00 0.96 0.93 11-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 1.00 0.96 1.00 0.97 0.94 12 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.96 1.00 0.98 0.95 12-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 1.00 0.99 0.95 13 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 1.00 1.00 0.96 13-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 1.00 1.00 0.97 14 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 14-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 15 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 15-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 16 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Dia. (in)1/4 3/8 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 3/4 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4 hnom (in.)1-3/4 2-3/8 2-1/2 3-3/4 3-3/8 4-5/8 4 5-5/8 4-1/2 5-1/2 6-1/2 cmin (in.)1-3/4 2-1/4 3-1/4 2-3/4 5-1/2 4-1/4 5 6 7 8 8 Edge Distance (inches)1-3/4 0.39 ---------- 2 0.44 ---------- 2-1/4 0.50 0.38 --------- 2-1/2 0.56 0.42 --------- 2-3/4 0.61 0.46 -0.28 ------- 3 0.67 0.50 -0.31 ------- 3-1/4 0.72 0.54 0.54 0.33 ------- 3-1/2 0.78 0.58 0.58 0.36 ------- 4 0.89 0.67 0.67 0.41 ------- 4-1/4 0.94 0.71 0.71 0.44 -0.35 ----- 4-1/2 1.00 0.75 0.75 0.46 -0.38 ----- 5 1.00 0.83 0.83 0.51 -0.42 0.53 ---- 5-1/2 1.00 0.92 0.92 0.56 0.67 0.46 0.59 ---- 6 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.62 0.73 0.50 0.64 0.42 --- 6-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.67 0.79 0.54 0.69 0.46 --- 7 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.72 0.85 0.58 0.75 0.49 0.67 -- 7-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.77 0.91 0.63 0.80 0.53 0.71 -- 8 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.82 0.97 0.67 0.85 0.56 0.76 0.61 0.50 8-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.87 1.00 0.71 0.91 0.60 0.81 0.65 0.53 9 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.92 1.00 0.75 0.96 0.63 0.86 0.69 0.56 9-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 1.00 0.79 1.00 0.67 0.90 0.72 0.59 10 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.83 1.00 0.70 0.95 0.76 0.62 10-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.88 1.00 0.74 1.00 0.80 0.65 11 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.92 1.00 0.77 1.00 0.84 0.68 11-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.96 1.00 0.81 1.00 0.88 0.71 12 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.84 1.00 0.91 0.74 12-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.88 1.00 0.95 0.78 13 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.91 1.00 0.99 0.81 13-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.95 1.00 1.00 0.84 14 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 1.00 1.00 0.87 14-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 15 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.93 15-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.96 16 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 16-1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 S V V N N V V C TECHNICAL GUIDE – MECHANICAL ANCHors ©2021 DEWALT – rEV. CANCHORS & FASTENERSreferenCe Data (aSD)Mechanical anchors7 Ultimate and Allowable Load Capacities in Tension for Power-Stud+ SD1 in Grout Filled Concrete Masonry Wall Faces1,2,3,4,5,6 CODE LISTEDICC-eS eSr-2966 NominalAnchor Diameter in. Nominal Drill Bit Diameterin. Min. Embed.Depth in. (mm) Min. Edge Distance in. (mm) Min. End Distance in. (mm) Installation TorqueTinstft-lbf(N-m) Grout-Filled Concrete Masonry Minimum End Distance (Typ) Minimum Edge Distance (Typ) Wall Face Permissible Anchor Locations(Un-hatched Area) Grout Filled CMU (Typ) Mortar Joint f’m = 1,500 psi f’m = 2,000 psi Ultimate Load Tension lbs. (kN) Allowable Load Tension lbs. (kN) Ultimate Load Tension lbs. (kN) Allowable Load Tension lbs. (kN) 3/8 3/8ANsI 2-3/8(60.3)4(101.6)4(101.6)20(27)2,225(10.0)445(2.0)2,670 (12.0)535 (2.4) 1/2 1/2ANsI 2-1/2(63.5)4(101.6)4(101.6)40(54)2,650(11.9)530(2.4)3,180 (14.3)635 (2.9) 5/8 5/8ANsI 3-3/8(85.7)4(101.6)4(101.6)50(68)3,525(15.9)705(3.2)4,230 (19.0)845 (3.8) 3/4 3/4ANsI 3-3/8(85.7) 12(304.8)12(304.8)80(108)7,575(33.7)1,515(6.7)8,175(36.4)1,635(7.3) 20(508.0)20(508.0)80(108)7,575(33.7)1,515(6.7)8,175(36.4)1,635(7.3) 4-3/4(120.7)12(304.8)12(304.8)80(108)7,580(34.1)1,515(6.8)8,755(39.4)1,750(7.9) 1. Tabulated load values for 3/8", 1/2" and 5/8" diameter anchors are installed in minimum 6" wide, Grade N, Type II, lightweight, medium-weight or normal-weight concrete masonry units conforming to AsTM C 90. Mortar must be minimum Type N. Masonry compressive strength must be at specified minimum at the time of installation. 2. Tabulated load values for 3/4" diameter anchors are installed in minimum 8" wide, Grade N, Type II, lightweight, medium-weight or normal-weight concrete masonry units conforming to AsTM C 90. Mortar must be minimum Type N. Masonry compressive strength must be at specified minimum at the time of installation. 3. Allowable load capacities listed are calculated using an applied safety factor of 5.0. 4. The tabulated values are applicable for anchors installed into grouted masonry wall faces at a critical spacing distance, scr, between anchors of 16 times the anchor diameter. The spacing distance between two anchors may be reduced to minimum distance, smin, of 8 times the anchor diameter provided the allowable tension loads are multiplied by a reduction factor 0.80 and allowable shear loads are multiplied by a reduction factor of 0.90. Linear interpolation for calculation of allowable loads may be used for intermediate anchor spacing distances. 5. Anchors may be installed in the grouted cells and in cell webs and bed joints not closer than 1-3/8" from head joints. The minimum edge and end distances must also be maintained. 6. Allowable tension values for anchors installed into bed joints of grouted masonry wall faces with a minimum of 12" edge distance and end distance may be increased by 20 percent for the 1/2-inch diameter and 10 percent for the 5/8-inch diameter. Ultimate and Allowable Load Capacities in Shear for Power-Stud+ SD1 in Grout Filled Concrete Masonry Wall Faces1,2,3,4,5 CODE LISTEDICC-eS eSr-2966 NominalAnchor Diameter in. NominalDrill BitDiameterin. Min. Embed.Depth in. (mm) Min. Edge Distance in. (mm) Min. End Distance in. (mm) Direction of Loading Installation TorqueTinstft-lbf(N-m) Grout-Filled Concrete Masonry f’m = 1,500 psi f’m = 2,000 psi Ultimate Load Shear lbs. (kN) Allowable Load Shear lbs. (kN) Ultimate Load Shearlbs. (kN) Allowable Load Shear lbs. (kN) 3/8 3/8ANsI 2-3/8(60.3)4(101.6)4(101.6)Perpendicular or parallel to wall edge or end 20(27)2,975(13.4)595(2.7)3,570(16.1)715(3.2) 1/2 1/2ANsI 2-1/2(63.5) 4(101.6)12(304.8)Perpendicular or parallel to wall edge or end 40(54) 2,800(12.6)560(2.5)3,360(15.1)670(3.0) 12(304.8)4(101.6)Parallel to wall end 4,025(18.1)805(3.6)4,830(21.7)965(4.3)4(101.6)12(304.8)Parallel to wall edge 5/8 5/8ANsI 3-3/8(85.7) 4(101.6)4(101.6)Perpendicular or parallel to wall edge or end 50(68) 3,425(15.4)685(3.1)4,110(18.5)820(3.7) 12(304.8)4(101.6)Parallel to wall end 5,325(24.0)1,065(4.8)6,390(28.8)1,280(5.8)4(101.6)12(304.8)Parallel to wall edge 3/4 3/4ANsI 3-3/8(85.7) 12(304.8)12(304.8) Perpendicular or parallel to wall edge or end 80(108) 8,850(39.4)1,770(7.9)9,375(41.7)1,875(8.3) 20(508.0)20(508.0)10,200(45.4)2,040(9.1)10,800(48.0)2,160(9.6) 4-3/4(120.7)12(304.8)12(304.8)12,735(56.7)2,545(11.3)12,735(56.7)2,545(11.3) 1. Tabulated load values for 3/8", 1/2" and 5/8" diameter anchors are installed in minimum 6" wide, Grade N, Type II, lightweight, medium-weight or normal-weight concrete masonry units conforming to AsTM C 90. Mortar must be minimum Type N. Masonry compressive strength must be at specified minimum at the time of installation. 2. Tabulated load values for 3/4" diameter anchors are installed in minimum 8" wide, Grade N, Type II, lightweight, medium-weight or normal-weight concrete masonry units conforming to AsTM C 90. Mortar must be minimum Type N. Masonry compressive strength must be at specified minimum at the time of installation. 3. Allowable load capacities listed are calculated using an applied safety factor of 5.0. 4. The tabulated values are applicable for anchors installed into grouted masonry wall faces at a critical spacing distance, scr, between anchors of 16 times the anchor diameter. The spacing distance between two anchors may be reduced to minimum distance, smin, of 8 times the anchor diameter provided the allowable tension loads are multiplied by a reduction factor 0.80 and allowable shear loads are multiplied by a reduction factor of 0.90. Linear interpolation for calculation of allowable loads may be used for intermediate anchor spacing distances. 5. Anchors may be installed in the grouted cells and in cell webs and bed joints not closer than 1-3/8" from head joints. The minimum edge and end distances must also be maintained. TECHNICAL GUIDE – MECHANICAL ANCHors ©2021 DEWALT – rEV. CANCHORS & FASTENERS referenCe Data (aSD) 8Mechanical anchorsUltimate and Allowable Load Capacities in Tension for Power-Stud+ SD1 in Grout Filled Concrete Masonry Wall Tops1,2,3,4 CODE LISTEDICC-eS eSr-2966 Nominal Anchor Diameter in. NominalDrill BitDiameterin. Minimum Embed.Depth in. (mm) Min. Edge Distance in. (mm) Min. End Distance in. (mm) Installation TorqueTinstft-lbf(N-m) Grout-Filled Concrete Masonry Minimum End Distance (Typ) Minimum Edge Distance (Typ) Top of Wall f’m = 1,500 psi f’m = 2,000 psi Ultimate Load Tension lbs. (kN) Allowable Load Tension lbs. (kN) Ultimate Load Tension lbs. (kN) Allowable Load Tension lbs. (kN) 3/8 3/8ANsI 2-3/8 (60.3)1-3/4 (44.5) 12 (304.8) 20(27)1,475 (6.6)295 (1.3)1,770 (8.0)355 (1.6) 1/2 1/2ANsI 2-1/2 (63.5) 2-1/4 (57.1) 40(54) 2,225 (9.9)445 (2.0)2,575 (11.5)515 (2.3) 5 (127)3,425 (15.4)685 (3.1)4,110(18.5)820(3.7) 5/8 5/8ANsI 3-3/8 (85.7)50(68)3,825 (17.2)765 (3.4)4,590(20.7)920(4.1) 1. Tabulated load values are for anchors installed in minimum 8-inch wide, minimum Grade N, Type II, lightweight, medium-weight or normal-weight concrete masonry units conforming to AsTM C 90. Mortar must be minimum Type N. Masonry compressive strength must be at the specified minimum at the time of installation. 2. Allowable load capacities listed are calculated using and applied safety factor of 5.0. Consideration of safety factors of 10 or higher may be necessary depending upon the application such as life safety. 3. Anchors must be installed in the grouted cells and the minimum edge and end distances must be maintained. 4. The tabulated values are applicable for anchors installed in top of grouted masonry walls at a critical spacing distance, scr, between anchors of 16 times the anchor diameter. Ultimate and Allowable Load Capacities in Shear for Power-Stud+ SD1 in Grout Filled Concrete Masonry Wall Tops1,2,3,4 CODE LISTEDICC-eS eSr-2966 NominalAnchor Diameter in. NominalDrill BitDiameterin. Minimum Embed.Depth in. (mm) Min. Edge Distance in. (mm) Min. End Distance in. (mm) Direction of Loading Installation TorqueTinstft-lbf(N-m) Grout-Filled Concrete Masonry f’m = 1,500 psi f’m = 2,000 psi Ultimate Load Shear lbs. (kN) Allowable Load Shear lbs. (kN) Ultimate Load Shearlbs. (kN) Allowable Load Shear lbs. (kN) 3/8 3/8ANsI 2-3/8 (60.3)1-3/4 (44.5)12 (304.8) Perpendicular to wall toward minimum edge 20(27) 1,150(5.2)230(1.0)1,380 (6.2)275(1.2) Parallel to wall edge 2,425 (10.9)485 (2.2)2,910 (13.1)580 (2.6) 1/2 1/2ANsI 2-1/2 (63.5) 2-1/4 (57.1)12 (304.8) Any 40(54) 1,150(5.2)230(1.0)1,380(6.2)275(1.2) 5 (127) Perpendicular to wall toward minimum edge 1,400 (6.3)280 (1.3)1,680 (7.6)325 (1.5) Parallel to wall edge 2,825 12.7 565 (2.5)3,390 (15.3)680 (3.1) 5/8 5/8ANsI 3-3/8 (85.7) 2-1/4 (57.1)12 (304.8) Any 50(68) 1,150 (5.2)230 (1.0)1,380 (6.2)275 (1.2) 6-1/4 (158.8) Perpendicular to wall toward minimum edge 1,700(7.7)340(1.5)2,040(9.2)410(1.8) Parallel to wall edge 3,525 (15.9)705 (3.2)4,230 (19.0)845(3.8) 1. Tabulated load values are for anchors installed in minimum 6-inch wide, minimum Grade N, Type II, lightweight, medium-weight or normal-weight concrete masonry units conforming to AsTM C 90. Mortar must be minimum Type N. Masonry compressive strength must be at the specified minimum at the time of installation. 2. Allowable load capacities listed are calculated using an applied safety factor of 5.0. Consideration of safety factors of 10 or higher may be necessary depending upon the application such as life safety. 3. Anchors must be installed in the grouted cells and the minimum edge and end distances must be maintained. 4. The tabulated values are applicable for anchors installed in top of grouted masonry walls at a critical spacing distance, scr, between anchors of 16 times the anchor diameter. TECHNICAL GUIDE – MECHANICAL ANCHors ©2021 DEWALT – rEV. CANCHORS & FASTENERSStrenGth DeSIGn (SD)Mechanical anchors9 STRENGTH DESIGN (SD) Power-Stud+ SD1 Anchor Installation Specifications in Concrete1 CODE LISTED ICC-eS eSr-2818 Anchor Property /Setting Information Notation Units Nominal Anchor Diameter 1/4inch 3/8inch 1/2inch 5/8inch 3/4inch 7/8inch 1inch 1-1/4inch Anchor diameter da in.(mm)0.250(6.4)0.375(9.5)0.500(12.7)0.625(15.9)0.750(19.1)0.875(22.2)1.000(25.4)1.250(31.8)Minimum diameter of hole clearance in fixture dh in.(mm)5/16(7.5)7/16(11.1)9/16(14.3)11/16(17.5)13/16(20.6)1(25.4)1-1/8(28.6)1-3/8(34.9)Nominal drill bit diameter dbit in.1/4ANsI 3/8ANsI 1/2 ANsI 5/8ANsI 3/4ANsI 7/8ANsI 1ANsI 1-1/4ANsINominal embedment depth hnom in.(mm)1-3/4(44)2-3/8(60)2-1/2(64)3-3/4(95)3-3/8(86)4-5/8(117)4(102)5-5/8(143) 4-1/2(114)5-1/2(140)6-1/2(165)Effective embedment depth hef in.(mm)1.50(38)2.00(51)2.00(51)3.25(83)2.75(70)4.00(102)3.125(79)4.75(114)3.50(89)4.375(111)5.375(137) Minimum hole depth hhole in.(mm)1-7/8(48)2-1/2(64)2-3/4(70)4(102)3-3/4(95)5(127)4-1/4(108)5-7/8(149)4-7/8(124)5-7/8(149)7-1/4(184)Minimum overall anchor length2 ℓanch in.(mm)2-1/4(57)3(76)3-3/4(95)4-1/2(114)4-1/2(114)6(152)5-1/2(140)7(178)8(203)9(229)9(229) Installation torque6 Tinst ft.-lbf.(N-m)4(5)20(27)40(54)80(108)110(149)175(237)225(305)375(508)Torque wrench/socket size -in.7/16 9/16 3/4 15/16 1-1/8 1-5/16 1-1/2 1-7/8 Nut height -in.7/32 21/64 7/16 35/64 41/64 3/4 55/64 1-1/16 Anchors Installed in Concrete Construction Minimum member thickness hmin in.(mm)3-1/4(83)3-3/4(95)4(102)4(102)6(152)6(152)7(178)6(152)10(254)10(254)10(254)12(305) Minimum edge distance cmin in.(mm)1-3/4(45)6(152)2-3/4(70)2-1/4(57)6(152)3-1/4(95)4(102)2-3/4(70)6(152)5-1/2(140)4-1/4(108)5(127)6(152)7`(178)8(203)8(203)Minimum spacing distance smin in.(mm)2-1/4(57)3-1/2(89)9(229)3-3/4(95)4-1/2(114)10(254)5(127)6(152)6(152)11(270)4-1/4(108)6(152)6-1/2(165)6-1/2(165)8(203)8(203)Critical edge distance (uncracked concrete only)cac in.(mm)3-1/2(89)6-1/2(165)8(203)8(203)6(152)10(254)11(279)16(406)11-1/2(292)12(305)20(508) Anchors Installed in the Topside of Concrete-filled Steel Deck Assemblies3,4 Minimum member topping thickness hmin,deck in.(mm)3-1/4(83)3-1/4(83)3-1/4(83)see note 3see note 3see note 3see note 3see note 3see note 3Minimum edge distance cmin,deck,top in.(mm)1-3/4(45)2-3/4(70)4-1/2 (114) Minimum spacing distance smin,deck,top in.(mm)2-1/4(57)4(102)6-1/2(165)Critical edge distance(uncracked concrete only)cac,deck,top in.(mm)3-1/2(89)6-1/2(165)6(152) Anchors Installed Through the Soffit of Steel Deck Assemblies into Concrete5 Minimum member topping thickness (see detail in Figure 2A)hmin,deck in.(mm)Not Applicable3-1/4(95)3-1/4(95)3-1/4(95)3-1/4(95)Not ApplicableNot ApplicableNot ApplicableMinimum edge distance, lower flute(see detail in Figure 2A)cmin in.(mm)1-1/4(32)1-1/4(32)1-1/4(32)1-1/4(32) Minimum axial spacing distance along flute (see detail in Figure 2A)smin in.(mm)6-3/4(171)6-3/4(171)9-3/4(248)8-1/4(210 12(305)9-3/8(238)14-1/4(362) Minimum member topping thickness(see detail in Figure 2B)hmin,deck in.(mm)2-1/4(57)2-1/4(57)Not ApplicableNot ApplicableNot ApplicableNot ApplicableNot ApplicableMinimum edge distance, lower flute(see detail in Figure 2B)cmin in.(mm)3/4(19)3/4(19) Minimum axial spacing distance along flute (see detail in Figure 2B)smin in.(mm)6(152)6(152)9-3/4(248) For sI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 ft-lbf = 1.356 N-m. 1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with the design criteria of ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11 Appendix D, as applicable. 2. The listed minimum overall anchor length is based on anchor sizes commercially available at the time of publication compared with the requirements to achieve the minimum nominal embedment depth, nut height and washer thickness, and consideration of a possible fixture attachment. 3. The 1/4 -inch-diameter (6.4 mm) anchors may be installed in the topside of uncracked concrete-filled steel deck assemblies where concrete thickness above the upper flute meets the minimum member thicknesses specified in this table. The 3/8 -inch (9.5 mm) through 1-1/4 -inch-diameter (31.8 mm) anchors may be installed in the topside of cracked and uncracked concrete-filled steel deck assemblies where concrete thickness above the upper flute meets the minimum member thicknesses specified in this table under Anchors Installed in Concrete Construction. 4. For installations in the topside of concrete-filled steel deck assemblies, see the installation detail in Figure 1. 5. For installations through the soffit of steel deck assemblies into concrete, see the installation details in Figures 2A and 2B. In accordance with the figures, anchors shall have an axial spacing along the flute equal to the greater of 3hef or 1.5 times the flute width. 6. For installation of 5/8 -inch diameter anchors through the soffit of the steel deck into concrete, the installation torque is 50 ft.-lbf. For installation of 3/4-inch-diameter anchors through the soffit of the steel deck into concrete, installation torque is 80 ft.-lbf. TECHNICAL GUIDE – MECHANICAL ANCHors ©2021 DEWALT – rEV. CANCHORS & FASTENERS StrenGth DeSIGn (SD) 10Mechanical anchorsPower-Stud+ SD1 Anchor Detail lanch dbit dh t hnom ho hef da da lanch dbit dh t ho hef Before After Application of Installation Torque Interpolation of Minimum Edge Distance and Anchor Spacing cdesign edge distance c spacing ssdesign cmin at s smin at c hmin This interpolation applies to the cases when two sets of minimum edge distances, cmin, and minimum spacing distances, smin, are given in the sD Installation specifications for Concrete table for a given anchor diameter under the same effective embedment depth, hef, and corresponding minimum member thickness, hmin. Figure 1 - Power-Stud+ SD1 Installation Detail for Anchors in the Topside Of Concrete Filled Steel Deck Floor and Roof Assemblies (See Dimensional Profile Requirements) Min. 3-1/4" Max. 3" 4-1/2"Min. (Typ) 4-1/2"Min. (Typ) 12” CC. (Typ) Lower Flute (Ridge) No. 20 Gage Steel Deck Min. Upper Flute (Valley) STRUCTURAL SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE OVER STEEL DECK (MINIMUM 2,500 PSI) Power-Stud+ Anchor (Typ) Anchors may be placed in the topside of steel deck profiles in accordance with Figure 1 provided the minimum member topping thickness, minimum spacing distance and minimum edge distance are satisfied as given in Installation specifications. Figure 2A - Power-Stud+ SD1 Installation Detail for Anchors in the Soffit Of Concrete Over Steel Deck Floor and Roof Assemblies (See Dimensional Profile Requirements) Min. 3-1/4" Max. 3" Min. 4-1/2"(Typ) Min. 4-1/2"(Typ) Min.1-1/4" 12” CC. (Typ) Lower Flute (Ridge) No. 20 Gage Steel Deck Min. Flute Edge Upper Flute (Valley)3/4" Clearance Min. STRUCTURAL SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE OVER STEEL DECK (MINIMUM 3,000 PSI) Power-Stud+ Anchor (Typ) Anchors may be placed in the upper flute or lower flute of the steel deck profiles in accordance with Figure 2A provided the minimum hole clearance is satisfied. Anchors in the lower flute of Figure 2A profiles may be installed with a maximum 1-inch offset in either direction from the center of the flute. The offset distance may be increased proportionally for profiles with lower flute widths greater than those shown provided the minimum lower flute edge distance is also satisfied. In addition, the anchors must have an axial spacing along the flute equal to the greater of 3hef or 1.5 times the flute width. Figure 2B - Power-Stud+ SD1 Installation Detail for Anchors in the Soffit Of Concrete Over Steel Deck Floor and Roof Assemblies (See Dimensional Profile Requirements) Min. 2-1/4" 1-1/2"Max. 2-1/2"Min. Max. 3-1/2"(Typ) Min.3/4" No. 20 Gage Steel Deck Min. Lower Flute Edge 1" Clearance Min. STRUCTURAL SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE OVER STEEL DECK (MINIMUM 3,000 PSI) Power-Stud+ Anchor (Typ) 1-3/4"Min. Anchors may be placed in the lower flute of the steel deck profiles in accordance with Figure 2B provided the minimum hole clearance is satisfied. Anchors in the lower flute of Figure 2B profiles may be installed with a maximum 1/8-inch offset in either direction from the center of the flute. The offset distance may be increased proportionally for profiles with lower flute widths greater than those shown provided the minimum lower flute edge distance is also satisfied. In addition, the anchors must have an axial spacing along the flute equal to the greater of 3hef or 1.5 times the flute width.Anchors may be placed in the upper flute of the steel deck profiles in accordance with Figure 2B provided the concrete thickness above the upper flute is minimum 3-1/4-inch and a minimum hole clearance of 3/4-inch is satisfied. TECHNICAL GUIDE – MECHANICAL ANCHors ©2021 DEWALT – rEV. CANCHORS & FASTENERSStrenGth DeSIGn (SD)Mechanical anchors11 Tension Design Information for Power-Stud+ SD1 Anchor in Concrete (For use with load combinations taken from ACI 318-14, Section 5.3 or ACI 318-11, Section 9.2)1,2 CODE LISTEDICC-eS eSr-2818 Design Characteristic Notation Units Nominal Anchor Diameter 1/4 inch 3/8 inch 1/2 inch 5/8 inch 3/4 inch 7/8 inch 1 inch 1-1/4 inch Anchor category 1, 2 or 3 -1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 STEEL STRENGTH IN TENSION4 Minimum specified yield strength fya ksi(N/mm2)88.0(606)88.0(606)80.0(551)80.0(551)64.0(441)58.0(400)58.0(400)58.0(400)Minimum specified ultimate tensile strength (neck)futa12 ksi(N/mm2)110.0(758)110.0(758)100.0(689)100.0(689)80.0(552)75.0(517)75.0(517)75.0(517) Effective tensile stress area (neck)Ase,n in2 (mm2)0.0220(14.2)0.0531(34.3)0.1018(65.7)0.1626(104.9)0.2376(150.9)0.327(207.5)0.430(273.1)0.762(484) steel strength in tension4 Nsa12 lb (kN) 2,255 (10.0) 5,455 (24.3) 9,080 (40.4) 14,465 (64.3) 19,000 (84.5) 24,500 (109.0) 32,250 (143.5)56,200(250)reduction factor for steel strength3 φ -0.75 CONCRETE BREAKOUT STRENGTH IN TENSION8 Effective embedment depth hef in.(mm)1.50(38)2.00(51)2.00(51)3.25(83)2.75(70)4.00(102)3.125(79)4.75(114)3.50(89)4.375(111)5.375(137)Effectiveness factor for uncracked concrete kuncr -24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 27 Effectiveness factor for cracked concrete kcr -Not Applicable 17 17 17 21 17 21 24 24 Modification factor for cracked and uncracked concrete5 Ψc,n12 -1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Critical edge distance (uncracked concrete only)cac in.(mm)see Installation specifications reduction factor for concrete breakout strength3 φ -0.65 (Condition B) PULLOUT STRENGTH IN TENSION (NON SEISMIC-APPLICATIONS)8,9 Characteristic pullout strength, uncracked concrete (2,500 psi)6 Np,uncr lb (kN) see note 7 2,865 (12.8) 3,220 (14.3) 5,530 (24.6) see note 7 see note 7 see note 7 see note 7 see note 7 seenote 7Characteristic pullout strength, cracked concrete (2,500 psi)6 Np,cr lb(kN)Not Applicable 2,035(9.1)seenote 7 2,505(11.2)seenote 7 4,450(19.8)seenote 7 seenote 7 seenote 7 11,350(50.5)reduction factor for pullout strength3 φ -0.65 (Condition B) PULLOUT STRENGTH IN TENSION FOR SEISMIC APPLICATIONS8,9 Characteristic pullout strength, seismic (2,500 psi)6,10 Np,eq12 lb(kN)Not Applicable 2,035(9.1)seenote 7 2,505(11.2)seenote 7 4,450(19.8)seenote 7 seenote 7 seenote 7 11,350(50.5) reduction factor for pullout strength, seismic3 φ -0.65 (Condition B) PULLOUT STRENGTH IN TENSION FOR ANCHORS INSTALLED THROUGH THE SOFFIT OF SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT AND NORMAL-WEIGHT CONCRETE OVER STEEL DECK Characteristic pullout strength, uncracked concrete over steel deck(Figure 2A)6,11 Np,deck,uncr lb (kN)Not Applicable1,940 (8.6) 3,205 (14.2) 2,795 (12.4) 3,230 (14.4)Not ApplicableNot ApplicableNot ApplicableCharacteristic pullout strength, cracked concrete over steel deck (Figure 2A)6,11 Np,deck,cr lb(kN)1,375(6.1)2,390(10.6)1,980(8.8)2,825(12.4)Characteristic pullout strength, cracked concrete over steel deck, seismic (Figure 2A)6,11 Np,deck,eq lb(kN)1,375(6.1)2,390(10.6)1,980(8.8)2,825(12.4)Characteristic pullout strength, uncracked concrete over steel deck (Figure 2B)6,11 Np,deck,uncr lb(kN)1,665(7.4)1,900(8.5)Not ApplicableNot ApplicableCharacteristic pullout strength, cracked concrete over steel deck (Figure 2B)6,11 Np,deck,cr lb(kN)1,180(5.2)1,420(6.3)Characteristic pullout strength, cracked concrete over steel deck, seismic (Figure 2B)6,11 Np,deck,eq lb(kN)1,180(5.2)1,420(6.3) reduction factor for pullout strength, steel deck3 φ -0.65 (Condition B) For sI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 ksi = 6.894 N/mm2; 1 lbf = 0.0044 kN. 1. The data in this table is intended to be used with the design provisions of ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318 -11 Appendix D, as applicable; for anchors resisting seismic load combinations the additional requirements of ACI 318-14 17.2.3 or ACI 318-11 D.3.3, as applicable, must apply. 2. Installation must comply with published instructions and details. 3. All values of φ apply to the load combinations of IBC section 1605.2, ACI 318-14 section 5.3 or ACI 318-11 section 9.2, as applicable. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, then the appropriate value of φ must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 D4.4. For reinforcement that meets ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11 Appendix D requirements for Condition A, see ACI 318-14 17.3.3(c) or ACI 318-11 D.4.3(c), as applicable, for the appropriate φ factor when the load combinations of IBC section 1605.2, ACI 318-14 section 5.3 or ACI 318-11 section 9.2, as applicable, are used. 4. The Power-stud+ sD1 is considered a ductile steel element as defined by ACI 318-14 2.3 or ACI 318-11 D.1, as applicable. Tabulated values for steel strength in tension are based on test results per ACI 355.2 and must be used for design. 5. For all design cases use Ψc,n = 1.0. The appropriate effectiveness factor for cracked concrete (kcr) or uncracked concrete (kuncr) must be used. 6. For all design cases use Ψc,P = 1.0. For concrete compressive strength greater than 2,500 psi Npn = (pullout strength from table)*(specified concrete compressive strength/2,500)0.5. For concrete over steel deck the value of 2,500 must be replaced with the value of 3,000. 7. Pullout strength does not control design of indicated anchors. Do not calculate pullout strength for indicated anchor size and embedment. 8. Anchors are permitted to be used in lightweight concrete provided the modification factor λa equal to 0.8λ is applied to all values of f'c√ affecting Nn and Vn. λ shall be determined in accordance with the corresponding version of ACI 318. 9. For anchors in the topside of concrete-filled steel deck assemblies, see Figure 1. 10. Tabulated values for characteristic pullout strength in tension are for seismic applications and based on test results in accordance with ACI 355.2, section 9.5. 11. Values for Np,deck are for sand-lightweight concrete (f'c, min = 3,000 psi) and additional lightweight concrete reduction factors need not be applied. In addition, evaluation for the concrete breakout capacity in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.2 or ACI 318-11 D.5.2, as applicable, is not required for anchors installed in the deck soffit (flute). TECHNICAL GUIDE – MECHANICAL ANCHors ©2021 DEWALT – rEV. CANCHORS & FASTENERS StrenGth DeSIGn (SD) 12Mechanical anchorsShear Design Information for Power-Stud+ SD1 Anchor in Concrete (For use with load combinations taken from ACI 318-14, Section 5.3 or ACI 318-11, Section 9.2)1,2 CODE LISTEDICC-eS eSr-2818 Design Characteristic Notation Units Nominal Anchor Diameter 1/4 inch 3/8 inch 1/2 inch 5/8 inch 3/4 inch 7/8 inch 1 inch 1-1/4 inch Anchor category 1, 2 or 3 -1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 STEEL STRENGTH IN SHEAR4 Minimum specified yield strength (threads)fya ksi(N/mm2)70.0(482)80.0(552)70.4(485)70.4(485)64.0(441)58.0(400)58.0(400)58.0(400) Minimum specified ultimate strength (threads)futa ksi(N/mm2)88.0(606)100.0(689)88.0(607)88.0(607)80.0(552)75.0(517)75.0(517)75.0(517) Effective tensile stress area (threads)Ase,V in2 (mm2)0.0318(20.5)0.0775(50.0)0.1419(91.5)0.2260(145.8)0.3345(212.4)0.462(293.4)0.6060(384.8)0.969(615) steel strength in shear5 Vsa lb(kN)925(4.1)2,990(13.3)4,620(20.6)9,030(40.2)10,640(47.3)11,655(54.8)8,820(39.2)10,935(48.6)17,750(79.0) reduction factor for steel strength3 φ -0.65 CONCRETE BREAKOUT STRENGTH IN SHEAR6,7 Load bearing length of anchor (hef or 8do, whichever is less)ℓe in.(mm)1.50(38)2.00(51)2.00(51)3.25(83)2.75(70)4.00(102)3.125(79)4.75(114)3.50(88.9)4.375(111)5.375(137) Nominal anchor diameter da in.(mm)0.250(6.4)0.375(9.5)0.500(12.7)0.625(15.9)0.750(19.1)0.875(22.2)1.000(25.4)1.25(31.8) reduction factor for concrete breakout3 φ -0.70 (Condition B) PRYOUT STRENGTH IN SHEAR6,7 Coefficient for pryout strength(1.0 for hef < 2.5 in., 2.0 for hef ≥ 2.5 in.)kcp -1.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Effective embedment hef in.(mm)1.50(38)2.00(51)2.00(51)3.25(83)2.75(70)4.00(102)3.125(79)4.75(114)3.50(88.9)4.375(111)5.375(137) reduction factor for pryout strength3 φ -0.70 (Condition B) STEEL STRENGTH IN SHEAR FOR SEISMIC APPLICATIONS steel strength in shear, seismic8 Vsa,eq lb(kN)N/A 2,440(10.9)3,960(17.6)6,000(26.7)8,580(38.2)9,635(42.9)8,820(39.2)9,845(43.8)17,750(79.0) reduction factor for steel strength in shear for seismic3 φ -0.65 STEEL STRENGTH IN SHEAR FOR FOR ANCHORS INSTALLED THROUGH THE SOFFIT OF SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT AND NORMAL-WEIGHT CONCRETE OVER STEEL DECK9,10 steel strength in shear, concrete over steel deck (Figure 2A)9 Vsa,deck lb(kN)Not Applicable2,120(9.4)2,290(10.2)3,710(16.5)5,505(24.5)Not ApplicableNot ApplicableNot Applicablesteel strength in shear, concrete over steel deck, seismic (Figure 2A)9 Vsa,deck,eq lb(kN)2,120(9.4)2,290(10.2)3,710(16.5)4,570(20.3) steel strength in shear, concrete over steel deck (Figure 2B)9 Vsa,deck lb(kN)2,120(9.4)2,785(12.4)Not ApplicableNot Applicablesteel strength in shear, concrete over steel deck, seismic (Figure 2B)9 Vsa,deck,eq lb(kN)2,120(9.4)2,785(12.4) reduction factor for steel strength in shear, steel deck3 φ -0.65 For sI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 ksi = 6.894 N/mm2; 1 lbf = 0.0044 kN. 1. The data in this table is intended to be used with the design provisions of ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11 Appendix D, as applicable; for anchors resisting seismic load combinations the additional requirements of ACI 318-14 17.2.3 or ACI 318-11 D.3.3, as applicable, must apply. 2. Installation must comply with published instructions and details. 3. All values of φ were determined from the load combinations of IBC section 1605.2, ACI 318-14 section 5.3 or ACI 318-11 section 9.2. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, then the appropriate value of φ must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 D.4.4. For reinforcement that meets ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11 Appendix D requirements for Condition A, see ACI 318-14 17.3.3(c) or ACI 318-11 D.4.3(c), as applicable, for the appropriate φ factor when the load combinations of IBC section 1605.2, ACI 318-14 section 5.3 or ACI 318-11 section 9.2, as applicable, are used. 4. The Power-stud+ sD1 is considered a ductile steel element as defined by ACI 318-14 2.3 or ACI 318-11 D.1, as applicable. 5. Tabulated values for steel strength in shear must be used for design. These tabulated values are lower than calculated results using equation D-20 in ACI 318-08. 6. Anchors are permitted to be used in lightweight concrete provided the modification factor λa equal to 0.8λ is applied to all values of f'c√ affecting Nn and Vn. λ shall be determined in accordance with the corresponding version of ACI 318. 7. For anchors in the topside of concrete-filled steel deck assemblies, see Figure 1. 8. Tabulated values for steel strength in shear are for seismic applications and based on test results in accordance with ACI 355.2, section 9.6. 9. Tabulated values for Vsa,deck and Vsa,deck,eq are for sand-lightweight concrete (f'c, min = 3,000 psi); additional lightweight concrete reduction factors need not be applied. In addition, evaluation for the concrete breakout capacity in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.5.2 or ACI 318-11 D.6.2, as applicable, and the pryout capacity in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.5.3 or ACI 318-11 D.6.3, as applicable, are not required for anchors installed in the deck soffit (flute). 10. shear loads for anchors installed through steel deck into concrete may be applied in any direction. TECHNICAL GUIDE – MECHANICAL ANCHors ©2021 DEWALT – rEV. CANCHORS & FASTENERSStrenGth DeSIGn PerformanCe Data Mechanical anchors13 STRENGTH DESIGN PERFORMANCE DATA Factored design strength φNn and φVnCalculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 Chapter 17Compliant with the International Building Code Tension and Shear Design Strengths for Power-Stud+ SD1 in Cracked Concrete1-6 Nominal Anchor Diameter (in.) Nominal Embed. hnom (in.) Minimum Concrete Compressive Strength f’c = 2,500 psi f’c = 3,000 psi f’c = 4,000 psi f’c = 6,000 psi f’c = 8,000 psi φNn Tension (lbs.) φVn Shear (lbs.) φNn Tension (lbs.) φVn Shear (lbs.) φNn Tension (lbs.) φVn Shear (lbs.) φNn Tension (lbs.) φVn Shear (lbs.) φNn Tension (lbs.) φVn Shear (lbs.) 1/4 1-3/4 ---------- 3/8 2-3/8 1,325 1,685 1,450 1,845 1,675 1,945 2,050 1,945 2,365 1,945 1/2 2-1/2 1,565 1,685 1,710 1,845 1,975 2,130 2,420 2,605 2,795 3,005 3-3/4 1,630 3,005 1,785 3,005 2,060 3,005 2,520 3,005 2,915 3,005 5/8 3-3/8 2,520 3,125 2,760 3,425 3,185 3,955 3,905 4,845 4,505 5,590 4-5/8 2,895 5,870 3,170 5,870 3,660 5,870 4,480 5,870 5,175 5,870 3/4 4 3,770 6,210 4,130 6,800 4,770 6,915 5,840 6,915 6,735 6,915 5-5/8 5,720 7,575 6,265 7,575 7,235 7,575 8,860 7,575 10,230 7,575 7/8 4-1/2 4,470 5,735 4,895 5,735 5,655 5,735 6,925 5,735 7,995 5,735 1 5-1/2 7,140 7,110 7,820 7,110 9,030 7,110 11,060 7,110 12,770 7,110 1-1/4 6-1/2 7,380 11,540 8,080 11,540 9,330 11,540 11,430 11,540 13,195 11,540 ■ - Anchor Pullout/Pryout strength Controls ■ - Concrete Breakout strength Controls ■ - steel strength Controls Tension and Shear Design Strengths for Power-Stud+ SD1 in Uncracked Concrete1-6 Nominal Anchor Diameter (in.) Nominal Embed. hnom (in.) Minimum Concrete Compressive Strength f’c = 2,500 psi f’c = 3,000 psi f’c = 4,000 psi f’c = 6,000 psi f’c = 8,000 psi φNn Tension (lbs.) φVn Shear (lbs.) φNn Tension (lbs.) φVn Shear (lbs.) φNn Tension (lbs.) φVn Shear (lbs.) φNn Tension (lbs.) φVn Shear (lbs.) φNn Tension (lbs.) φVn Shear (lbs.) 1/4 1-3/4 1,435 600 1,570 600 1,690 600 1,690 600 1,690 600 3/8 2-3/8 1,860 1,945 2,040 1,945 2,335 1,945 2,885 1,945 3,330 1,945 1/2 2-1/2 2,095 2,375 2,295 2,605 2,645 3,005 3,240 3,005 3,745 3,005 3-3/4 3,595 3,005 3,940 3,005 4,545 3,005 5,570 3,005 6,430 3,005 5/8 3-3/8 3,555 4,375 3,895 4,795 4,500 5,535 5,510 5,870 6,365 5,870 4-5/8 6,240 5,870 6,835 5,870 7,895 5,870 9,665 5,870 10,850 5,870 3/4 4 4,310 6,915 4,720 6,915 5,450 6,915 6,675 6,915 7,710 6,915 5-5/8 8,075 7,575 8,845 7,575 10,215 7,575 12,510 7,575 14,250 7,575 7/8 4-1/2 5,105 5,735 5,595 5,735 6,460 5,735 7,910 5,735 9,135 5,735 1 5-1/2 7,140 7,110 7,820 7,110 9,030 7,110 11,060 7,110 12,770 7,110 1-1/4 6-1/2 10,935 11,540 11,980 11,540 13,830 11,540 16,940 11,540 19,560 11,540 ■ - Anchor Pullout/Pryout strength Controls ■ - Concrete Breakout strength Controls ■ - steel strength Controls 1- Tabular values are provided for illustration and are applicable for single anchors installed in normal-weight concrete with minimum slab thickness, ha = hmin, and with the following conditions: - ca1 is greater than or equal to the critical edge distance, cac (table values based on ca1 = cac). - ca2 is greater than or equal to 1.5 times ca1. 2- Calculations were performed according to ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. The load level corresponding to the controlling failure mode is listed. (e.g. For tension: steel, concrete breakout and pullout; For shear: steel, concrete breakout and pryout). Furthermore, the capacities for concrete breakout strength in tension and pryout strength in shear are calculated using the effective embedment values, hef, for the selected anchors as noted in the design information tables. Please also reference the installation specifications for more information. 3- strength reduction factors (ø) were based on ACI 318-14 section 5.3 for load combinations. Condition B is assumed. 4- Tabular values are permitted for static loads only, seismic loading is not considered with these tables. 5- For designs that include combined tension and shear, the interaction of tension and shear loads must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 6- Interpolation is not permitted to be used with the tabular values. For intermediate base material compressive strengths please see ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. For other design conditions including seismic considerations please see ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. Ca1 Ca2 ha TECHNICAL GUIDE – MECHANICAL ANCHors ©2021 DEWALT – rEV. CANCHORS & FASTENERS orDerInG InformatIon 14Mechanical anchorsORDERING INFORMATION Power-Stud+ SD1 (Carbon Steel Body and Expansion Clip) Cat. No.Anchor Size Thread Length Box Qty.Carton Qty.Wt./100(lbs.) Suggested ANSI Carbide Drill Bit Cat. No. Full Head SDS-Plus SDS-Plus SDS-Max Hollow BitSDS-Plus Hollow BitSDS-Max 7400sD1 1/4" x 1-3/4"3/4"100 600 3 DW5517 DW5416 --- 7402sD1 1/4" x 2-1/4"1-1/4"100 600 4 DW5517 DW5417 --- 7404sD1 1/4" x 3-1/4"2-1/4"100 600 5 DW5517 DW5417 --- 7410sD1 3/8" x 2-1/4"7/8"50 300 8 DW5527 DW5427 --- 7412sD1 3/8" x 2-3/4"1-3/8"50 300 9 DW5527 DW5427 --- 7413sD1 3/8" x 3"1-5/8"50 300 10 DW5527 DW5427 --- 7414sD1 3/8" x 3-1/2"2-1/8"50 300 12 DW5527 DW5427 --- 7415sD1 3/8" x 3-3/4"2-3/8"50 300 13 DW5527 DW5427 --- 7416sD1 3/8" x 5"3-5/8"50 300 15 DW55300 DW5429 --- 7417sD1 3/8" x 7"5-5/8"50 300 21 DW55300 DW5429 --- 7420sD1 1/2" x 2-3/4"1"50 200 19 DW5537 DW5437 DW5803 DWA54012 - 7422sD1 1/2" x 3-3/4"2"50 200 23 DW5537 DW5437 DW5803 DWA54012 - 7423sD1 1/2" x 4-1/2"2-3/4"50 200 27 DW5539 DW5438 DW5803 DWA54012 - 7424sD1 1/2" x 5-1/2"3-3/4"50 150 30 DW5539 DW5438 DW5803 DWA54012 - 7426sD1 1/2" x 7"5-1/4"25 100 38 DW5539 DW5438 DW5803 DWA54012 - 7427sD1 1/2" x 8-1/2"6-3/4"25 100 44 DW5539 DW5439 DW5804 DWA54012 - 7428sD1 1/2" x 10"8-1/4"25 100 53 DW5539 DW5439 DW5804 DWA54012 - 7430sD1 5/8" x 3-1/2"1-1/2"25 100 37 -DW5446 DW5806 DWA54058 DWA54058 7432sD1 5/8" x 4-1/2"2-1/2"25 100 43 -DW5446 DW5806 DWA54058 DWA54058 7433sD1 5/8" x 5"3"25 100 47 -DW5446 DW5806 DWA54058 DWA54058 7434sD1 5/8" x 6"4"25 75 53 -DW5446 DW5806 DWA54058 DWA54058 7436sD1 5/8" x 7"5"25 75 60 -DW5447 DW5806 DWA54058 DWA54058 7438sD1 5/8" x 8-1/2"6-1/2"25 50 70 -DW5447 DW5809 DWA54058 DWA54058 7439sD1 5/8" x 10"8"25 75 87 -DW5447 DW5809 DWA54058 DWA54034 7440sD1 3/4" x 4-1/4"1-3/4"20 60 63 -DW5453 DW5810 DWA54034 DWA54034 7441sD1 3/4" x 4-3/4"2-1/4"20 60 68 -DW5453 DW5810 DWA54034 DWA54034 7442sD1 3/4" x 5-1/2"3"20 60 76 -DW5453 DW5810 DWA54034 DWA54034 7444sD1 3/4" x 6-1/4"3-3/4"20 60 83 -DW5455 DW5810 DWA54034 DWA54034 7446sD1 3/4" x 7"4-1/2"20 60 91 -DW5455 DW5810 DWA54034 DWA54034 7448sD1 3/4" x 8-1/2"6"10 40 107 -DW5455 DW5812 DWA54034 DWA54034 7449sD1 3/4" x 10"7-1/2"10 30 123 -DW5455 DW5812 DWA54034 DWA54034 7451sD1 3/4" x 12"9-1/2"10 30 144 -DW5456 DW5812 DWA54034 DWA54034 7450sD1 7/8" x 6"2-3/4"10 20 128 --DW5815 -DWA54078 7452sD1 7/8" x 8"4-3/4"10 40 161 --DW5815 -DWA54078 7454sD1 7/8" x 10"6-3/4"10 30 187 --DW5816 -DWA54078 7461sD1 1" x 6"2-3/8"10 30 168 --DW5818 -DWA58001 7463sD1 1" x 9"5-3/8"10 30 234 --DW5819 -DWA58001 7465sD1 1" x 12"8-3/8"5 15 307 --DW5819 -DWA58001 7473sD1 1-1/4" x 9"4-3/4"5 15 374 --DW5820 -- 7475sD1 1-1/4" x 12"7-3/4"5 15 476 --DW5825 -- Tie Wire Power-Stud+ SD1 (Carbon Steel Body and Expansion clip) Cat. No.Anchor Size Thread Length Box Qty.Carton Qty.Wt./100(lbs.) 7409sD1 1/4" x 2"N/A 100 500 3 shaded catalog numbers denote sizes which are less than the minimum standard anchor length for strength design. The published size includes the diameter and the overall length of the anchor. All anchors are packaged with nuts and washers (not including tie wire version). see the DEWALT website or Buyers Guide for additional information on carbide drill bits. A manual hand pump is available (Cat. No. 08280). Hollow drill bits must be used with a dust extraction vacuum (Cat. No. DW012). Size inches (mm) Voltage Model Number Stock Number Current (Max.) Typical dB at 10 ft. (3m) (2) Minimum dB at 10 ft. (3m) (1) 6 (150)12VDC MBA-6-12 1750070 .12A 85 76 8 (200)12VDC MBA-8-12 1750080 .12A 90 77 10 (250)12VDC MBA-10-12 1750060 .12A 92 78 6 (150)24VDC MBA-6-24 1750100 .06A 87 77 8 (200)24VDC MBA-8-24 1750110 .06A 91 79 10 (250)24VDC MBA-10-24 1750090 .06A 94 80 6 (150)24VAC PBA246 1806024*.17A 91 78 8 (200)24VAC PBA248 1808024*.17A 94 77 10 (250)24VAC PBA2410 1810024*.17A 94 78 6 (150)120VAC PBA1206 1806120*.05A 92 83 8 (200)120VAC PBA1208 1808120*.05A 99 84 10 (250)120VAC PBA12010 1810120*.05A 99 86 All DC bells are polarized and have built-in transient protection. * Does not have ULC listing. BELLS PBA-AC & MBA-DC These vibrating type bells are designed for use as fire, burglar or general signaling devices. They have low power consumption and high decibel ratings. The unit mounts on a standard 4" (101mm) square electrical box for indoor use or on a model BBK-1 weatherproof backbox or BBX-1 deep weatherproof backbox for outdoor applications. Weatherproof backbox model BBK-1, Stock No. 1500001. PRINTED IN USA PAGE 1 OF 2MFG. #5400776 - REV Y-101/13 UL, ULC, and FM Approved Sizes Available: 6" (150mm), 8" (200mm) and 10" (250mm)Voltages Available: 24VAC 120VAC 12VDC (10.2 to 15.6) Polarized 24VDC (20.4 to 31.2) PolarizedService Use: Fire Alarm General Signaling Burglar Alarm Environment: Indoor or outdoor use (See Note 1) -40° to 150°F (-40° to 66°C) (Outdoor use requires weatherproof backbox.)Termination: AC Bells - 4 No. 18 AWG stranded wires DC Bells - Terminal stripFinish: Red powder coating Optional: Model BBK-1 weatherproof backbox Model BBX-1 deep weatherproof backbox Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO, • Phone: 866-572-3005/Canada 888-882-1833 • www.pottersignal.com In outdoor or wet installations, bell must be mounted with weatherproof backbox, BBK-1 or BBX-1. Standard electrical boxes will not provide a weatherproof enclosure. If the bell and/or assembly is exposed to moisture, it may fail or create an electrical hazard. Notes: 1. Minimum dB ratings are calculated from integrated sound pressure measurements made at Underwriters Laboratories as specified in UL Standard 464. UL temperature range is -30° to 150°F (-34° to 66°C). 2. Typical dB ratings are calculated from measurements made with a conventional sound level meter and are indicative of output levels in an actual installation. 3. ULC only applies to MBA DC bells. * BELLS PBA-AC & MBA-DC PRINTED IN USA PAGE 2 OF 2MFG. #5400776 - REV Y-101/13 A.C. BELLS WHITE (IN) BLACK (IN) WHITE (OUT) BLACK (OUT) FROM CONTROL PANEL OR PRECEDING BELL CAUTION:WHEN ELECTRICAL SUPERVISION IS REQUIRED USE IN AND OUT LEADS AS SHOWN. NOTES: 1. WHEN USING AC BELLS, TERMINATE EACH EXTRA WIRE SEPARATELY AFTER LAST BELL. 2. END-OF-LINE RESISTOR IS NOT REQUIRED ON AC BELLS. DWG# 776-3 5 3/4” (146) 1 5/8” (41) DWG# 776-2 3 3/8” (86) 4 1/4” (108) 3 3/8” (86)5” (127) Weatherproof Backbox Dimensions Inches (mm)Fig. 2 Box has one threaded 1/2" conduit entrance Wiring (rear view)Fig. 3 +_FACP To Next Device or End-of-Line Resistor Installation1. The bell shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 13, 72, or local AHJ. The top of the device shall be no less than 90" AFF and not less than 6" below the ceiling.2. Remove the gong.3. Connect wiring (see Fig. 3).4. Mount bell mechanism to backbox (bell mechanism must be mounted with the striker pointing down).5. Reinstall the gong (be sure that the gong positioning pin, in the mechanism housing, is in the hole in the gong).6. Test all bells for proper operation and observe that they can be heard where required (bells must be heard in all areas as designated by the authority having jurisdiction). 2 11/16” (68)DWG# 776-1 10” (250)8” (200)6” (150) Bells Dimensions Inches (mm)Fig. 1 2” (51)4 1/4” (108)3 3/8” (85.9)BBX-1 Failure to install striker down will prevent bell from operating. UL Listed Oilless Piston Air Compressors for Dry Sprinkler Systems Tankless / Tank Mounted F-30 (4-10) UL1450 Listed No lubrication required Fully automatic Direct Drive Corrosion resistant internal parts Compact, easy to install High cycle rating pressure switch 4LCB-46T-M450GX 4LCB-55S-M450GX 6LCF-46S-M616NEX 7LDE-46S-M750X Gast Oilless Piston Air Compressors UL1450 Listed All air compressors shown have open motors. Single phase motors have internal thermal protection. Dual voltage motors are shipped pre-wired for the higher voltage. All tank units are wired for 115 volts. For Dry Sprinkler systems Factory setting: cut-in 40 psi ± 2 psi / c ut-out 50 psi ± 2 psi 1LAA-46S-M100GX 90 1.0 1/6 115-60-1 8.31 15.25 9.75 1/4 22.5 2LAF-46S-M200EX 150 1.5 1/4 115-60-1 8.31 15.59 9.75 1/4 24.2 3LBA-46S-M300GX 180 2.0 1/3 115-60-1 8.31 15.55 12.35 1/4 30.2 3LEM-46S-M345EX 180 2.0 1/3 115-60-1 9.63 14.81 9.37 1/4 29.2 4LCB-46S-M450GX 300 3.1 1/2 115/230-60-1 8.81 16.09 13.32 1/4 39.5 5LCA-46S-M550GX 400 4.2 3/4 115/230-60-1 8.81 16.96 13.37 1/4 47.5 6LCF-46S-M616NEX 600 5.9 1 115/208-230-60-1 8.79 18.91 13.43 3/8 55.2 7LDE-46S-M750X 800 7.9 1 1/2 115/230-110/220-60-1 9.80 25.25 12.50 3/8 73.0 8LDF-46S-M850X 1000 8.84 2 115/230-50/60-1 9.80 25.90 12.60 3/8 90.0 MODEL NUMBER Maximum Gallons in System to Pump to 40 PSI in 30 Min. In support of NFPA Standard 13 FREE AIR FLOW at 40 PSI POWER RATING CFM HP HZ A B C IN. NPT LBS OPERATING VOLTAGE FREQUENCY DIMENSIONS INCHES PIPE SIZE SHIP WT. Tankless Units UL Fire Protection Listing UL File EX5324 Evaluated to UL1450 Motor-operated air compressors for use in sprinkler systems For low pressure air maintenance devices Factory setting: cut-in 13 psi ± 2 psi / cut-out 18 psi ± 2 psi 1LAA-55S-M100GX 1.0 1/6 115-60-1 7.67 13.75 9.17 23.0 3LEM-55S-M345EX 1.5 1/3 115-60-1 7.67 14.81 9.37 29.7 4LCB-55S-M450GX 2.0 1/2 115-60-1 6.05 16.09 13.29 1/41/41/4 40.0 MODEL NUMBER FREE AIR FLOW at 13 PSI POWER RATING CFM HP HZ A B C IN. NPT LBS OPERATING VOLTAGE FREQUENCY DIMENSIONS INCHES PIPE SIZE SHIP WT. SINGLE CYLINDER MODEL B A C B A C TWIN CYLINDER MODEL Maximum Gallons in System to Pump to 18 PSI in 30 Min. In support of NFPA Standard 13 250 480 730 Tank Units ASME Coded Tank Packages Tank mounted compressors include gauge, pressure switch, shut off valve, drain valve, check valve and safety valve. All tank units are wired for 115 volts. Diameter (In.) 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 3 1/2 4 5 6 8 Gallons .016 .028 .045 .078 .106 .174 .248 .383 .513 .660 1.04 1.50 2.66 System Air Capacity per 1’ pipe (Based on actual internal diameter) Factory setting: cut-in 30 psi ± 2 psi/ c ut-out 50 psi ± 2 psi 1LAA-46T-M100GX 90 1.0 1/6 115-60-1 19 18 9 1/4 44 2 2LAF-46T-M200EX 150 1.5 1/4 115-60-1 26 21 13 1/4 78 12 3LBA-46T-M300GX 180 2.0 1/3 115-60-1 26 21 13 1/4 80 12 3LEM-46T-M345EX 180 2.0 1/3 115-60-1 26 21 13 1/4 83 12 4LCB-46T-M450GX 300 3.1 1/2 115/230-60-1 33 26 17 1/4 109 20 5LCA-46T-M550GX 400 4.2 3/4 115/230-60-1 33 26 17 1/4 115 20 6LCF-46T-M616NEX 600 5.9 1 115/208-230-60-1 33 25.5 17 1/4 169 30 7LDE-46T-M750X 800 7.9 1 1/2 115/230-110/220-60-1 38 28.6 18 3/8 185 30 8LDF-46T-M850X 1000 8.84 2 115/230-50/60-1 38 29.1 18 3/8 200 30 MODEL NUMBER Maximum Gallons in System to Pump to 40 PSI in 30 Min. In support of NFPA Standard 13 FREE AIR FLOW at 40 PSI POWER RATING CFM HP HZ A B C IN. NPT LBS GALLON OPERATING VOLTAGE FREQUENCY DIMENSIONS INCHES PIPE SIZE SHIP WT. TANK SIZE A B C Parts & Accessories For Dry Sprinkler systems AJ550 Check Valve 1/4” NPT female 1LAA-55S 1LAA-46S 1LAA-46T 3LEM-55S 2LAF-46S 2LAF-46T 4LCB-55S 3LBA-46S 3LEM-46T 3LEM-46S 3LBA-46T 4LCB-46S 4LCB-46T 5LCA-46S 5LCA-46T 6LCF-46T AJ550A Check Valve 3/8” NPT female 6LCF-46S 7LDE-46S 7LDE-46T 8LDF-46S 8LDF-46T AF631 Shock/isolation mounts 1LAA-55S 1LAA-46S 1LAA-46T 1/4 - 20 thread both ends 3LEM-55S 2LAF-46S 2LAF-46T 3LBA-46S 3LBA-46T 3LEM-46S 3LEM-46T AF633 Shock/isolation mounts 4LCB-55S 4LCB-46S 4LCB-46T 5/16 - 18 thread both ends 5LCA-46S 5LCA-46T 6LCF-46S 6LCF-46T 7LDE-46S 7LDE-46T 8LDF-46S 8LDF-46T AK620E Pressure Switch All 55S tankless models (cut-in 13 psi, cut-out 18 psi) AK620D Pressure Switch All 46S tankless models (cut-in 40 psi, cut-out 50 psi) AE163F Pressure Switch All 46T tank models (cut-in 30 psi, cut-out 50 psi) AF634 15” hose assy. 1/4” NPT Fittings All models with 1/4” NPT Fittings AH332 16” hose assy. 3/8” NPT Fittings All models with 3/8” NPT Fittings Part Number Used On Description (See charts for full model number) 55S 46S 46T For mounting all 55S and 46S tankless models to all shapes and sizes of riser pipes. Comes complete with all the hardware and adjustable stainless steel straps. Contact your local sprinkler supply company or Gast distributor to order. AT670 AT670A Compressor Mounting Bracket ®Registered Trademark/™Trademark of Gast Manufacturing Inc., Copyright ©2012 Gast Manufacturing Inc. All rights reserved. GAST Manufacturing, Inc. A Unit of IDEX Corporation Post Office Box 97 2300 M-139 Highway Benton Harbor, Michigan 49023-0097 Phone 269-926-6171 Fax 269-925-8288 www.gastmfg.com Gast Hong Kong Unit 12, 21/F, Block B New Trade Plaza 6, On Ping Street, Shatin N. T. Hong Kong Phone 852-2690-1008 Fax 852-2690-1012 GAST GROUP LTD A Unit of IDEX Corporation Unit 11, The I O Centre Nash Road Redditch, B98 7AS United Kingdom Phone +44 (0)1527-504040 Fax +44 (0)1527-525262 Fire Protection Valve • threaded or Grooved Body Style • Full Port design 1" - 2" • Standard Port Design 2¹⁄₂" MATeRIAL LIST PART SPeCIFICATION 1 . Body Bronze ASTM B584 Alloy C84400 2 . Ball Chrome Plated Brass ASTM B124 Alloy C37700 3 . Seat Ring Carbon-filled PTFE 4 . Thrust Washer Reinforced PTFE 5 . Stem Bronze ASTM B371 Alloy C69430 6 . Stem O-Ring Nitrile 7 . Retaining Washer Brass 8 . Retaining Ring Steel 9 . Ground Wire Screw Steel 10 . 505-8 Act Assy . Brass 11 . Body End Bronze ASTM B584 Alloy C84400 12 . Mounting Screw Steel 13 . Lock Washer Steel 14 . Handle Pin Brass 15 . Hand Wheel Steel/plastisol coated (1¹⁄₄" -2¹⁄₂") Brass Tee Handle (1") 16 . Indicator Flag Painted Steel 17 . Body Gasket Elastomer 18 . Lead Screw O-Ring Nitrile 19 . Thrust Washer Anti-friction Polymer 20 . Cover Gasket Buna-N 21 . Flag Seal O-Ring Nitrile 22 . Tamper-Proof Screw Stainless Steel 23 . Pipe Plug (-4 units) Stainless Steel (Not shown) Refer to page 42 for details for TS-2M Switch Kit . 300 PSI WWP Bronze Ball Valves 300 PSI/20 .7 Bar Non-Shock Cold Water COnFOrMS tO MSS SP-110 • FM APPrOVed FOr indOOr And OUtdOOr SerViCe • UL LiSted FOr indOOr And OUtdOOr SerViCe* • CALIFORNIA STATE FIRE MARSHAL LISTING NO . 7770-1243:103 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 20 16 11 22 21 14 15 17 18 19 12 13 DIMeNSIONS—WeIGHTS—QUANTITIeS Dimensions A B Weight Size Threaded Grooved Threaded Grooved C D e F G Cv† Threaded Grooved Box Master In . mm . In . mm . In . mm . In . mm . In . mm . In . mm . In . mm . In . mm . In . mm . In . mm . Value Lbs . Kg . Lbs . Kg . Qty . Ctn . Qty . 1 25 3 .33 85 – – 1 .66 42 – – 2 .11 54 3 .81 97 2 .31 59 6 .14 156 1 .75 44 57 6 .1 2 .77 – – 1 10 1¹⁄₄ 32 4 .18 106 – – 2 .09 53 – – 2 .46 62 4 .21 107 2 .72 69 6 .33 161 3 .50 89 103 7 .1 3 .23 – – 1 8 1¹⁄₂ 40 4 .70 119 – – 2 .35 60 – – 2 .95 74 4 .46 113 2 .97 75 6 .33 161 3 .50 89 143 8 .1 3 .68 – – 1 4 2 50 5 .15 131 6 .71 170 2 .57 65 3 .36 85 3 .69 94 4 .67 119 3 .18 81 6 .33 161 3 .50 89 245 10 .7 4 .86 9 .7 4 .40 1 4 2¹⁄₂ 65 5 .65 144 7 .28 185 2 .92 74 3 .64 93 3 .75 95 4 .67 119 3 .18 81 6 .33 161 3 .50 89 183 13 .0 5 .91 12 .6 5 .73 1 4 † Note: Cv is defined as the flow in GPM that a valve will carry with a pressure drop of 1 .0 psi when the media is water at 60° F . DO NOT USe FOR NATURAL GAS KT-505-W-8 Threaded KT-505-W KG-505-W-8 Grooved (2" & 21/2" only) Dezincification Resistant * Compliance with the applicable requirements of the Standard for Butterfly Valves for Fire Protection Service, UL 1091B . NIBCO INC. WORLD HEADQUARTERS • 1516 MIDDLEBURY ST. • ELKHART, IN 46516-4740 • USA • PH: 1.800.234.0227 TECH SERVICES PH: 1.888.446.4226 • FAX: 1.888.336.4226 • INTERNATIONAL OFFICE PH: +1.574.295.3327 • FAX: +1.574.295.3455www.nibco.com 6 AHEAD OF THE FLOW® www.nibco.com Revision 11/14/2014 5401525 - REV D • 1/15 PAGE 1 OF 6 Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Tech Support: 866-956-0988 / Customer Service: 866-572-3005 • www.pottersignal.com OSYSU Series Outside Screw and Yoke Valve Supervisory Switch Description The OSYSU is used to monitor the open position of an OS&Y (outside screw and yoke) type gate valve. This device is available in two models; the OSYSU-1, containing one set of SPDT (Form C) contacts and the OSYSU-2, containing two sets of SPDT (Form C) contacts. These switches mount conveniently to most OS&Y valves ranging in size from 2” to 12” (50mm to 300mm). They will mount on some valves as small as ½” (12,5mm). The cover is held in place by two tamper resistant screws that require a special tool to remove. The tool is furnished with each device. Testing The operation of the OSYSU and its associated protective monitoring system shall be inspected, tested, and maintained in accordance with all applicable local and national codes and standards and/or the Authority Having Jurisdiction (manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently). A minimum test shall consist of turning the valve wheel towards the closed position. The OSYSU shall operate within the first two revolutions of the wheel. Fully close the valve and ensure that the OSYSU does not restore. Fully open the valve and ensure that the OSYSU restores to normal only when the valve is fully opened. Technical Specifications Dimensions See Fig 8 Weight 1.6 lbs (0,73 kg) Enclosure Cover: Die Cast Finish: Red Powder Coat Base: Die Cast Finish: Black Powder Coat All parts have corrosion resistant finishes Cover Tamper Tamper Resistant Screws Optional Cover Tamper Switch Available Contact Ratings OSYSU-1: One Set of SPDT (Form C) OSYSU-2: Two Sets of SPDT (Form C) 10.0 Amps at 125/250 VAC 2.0 Amps at 30VDC Resistive 10 mAmps minimum at 24 VDC Environmental Limitations -40º F to 140ºF (-40ºC to 60ºC) NEMA 4X (IP 65) and NEMA 6P (IP 67) Enclosure (Use suitably rated conduit and connector) Indoor or Outdoor Use (See OSYSU-EX Bulletin 5400705 for Hazardous locations) Conduit Entrances Two Knockouts for 1/2” conduit provided (See Notice on Page 6) Service Use NFPA 13, 13D, 13R, 72 Features • NEMA 4X* (IP 65) and 6P (IP 67) *Enclosure is 4X. For additional corrosion protection of mounting hardware, use model OSYSU-2 CRH • -40º to 140º (-40ºC to 60ºC) operating temperature range • Visual switch indicators • Two conduit entrances • Adjustable length trip rod • Accomodates up to 12AWG wire • Three position switch detects tampering and valve closure • Knurled mounting bracket prevents slipping • Fine adjustment feature for fast, easy installation • RoHS compliant • One or two SPDT contact models (-1,-2) Important: This document contains important information on the installation and operation of OS&Y valve supervisory switches. Please read all instructions carefully before beginning installation. A copy of this document is required by NFPA 72 to be maintained on site. Specifications subject to change without notice Close the valve fully to determine that the stem threads do not activate the switch. The switch being activated by the stem threads could result in a false valve open indication. Before any work is done on the fire sprinkler or fire alarm system, the building owner or their authorized representative shall be notified. Before opening any closed valve, ensure that opening the valve will not cause any damage from water flow due to open or missing sprinklers, piping, etc. 5401525 - REV D • 1/15 PAGE 2 OF 6 Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Tech Support: 866-956-0988 / Customer Service: 866-572-3005 • www.pottersignal.com OSYSU Series Outside Screw and Yoke Valve Supervisory Switch Theory of Operation The OSYSU is a 3 position switch. The center position is the normal installation position. Normal is when the switch is installed on the OS&Y valve, the valve is fully open and the trip rod of the OSYSU is in the groove of the valve stem. Closing the valve causes the trip rod to ride up out of the groove and activates the switches. Removing the OSYSU from the valve causes the spring to pull the trip rod in the other direction and activates the switches. Visual Switch Status Indication There are 3 visual indicators to determine the status of the switches. Fig 1; the actuator button of the micro switches are on the raised section of the switch actuator. Fig 2; the trip rod is perpendicular to the base and lined up with the alignment mark on the mounting bracket. Fig 3; the white visual indicator is visible through the window on the back of the switch actuator. A final test is to meter the contacts marked COM and N.O. to ensure they are an open circuit when the valve is open and that they close and have continuity within 2 revolutions of turning the valve handwheel towards the closed position and the contacts remain closed as the valve is completely closed and until the valve is completely opened when the trip rod drops back into the groove in the valve stem. Fig 1 Fig 2 Fig 3 Trip Rod Locking Screw Fig 4 Fig 5 Micro-Adjustment Feature 5401525 - REV D • 1/15 PAGE 3 OF 6 Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Tech Support: 866-956-0988 / Customer Service: 866-572-3005 • www.pottersignal.com OSYSU Series Outside Screw and Yoke Valve Supervisory Switch Small Valve Installation NOTE: If the valve stem is pre-grooved at 1/8” minimum depth; proceed to step 7. 1. Remove and discard "E" ring and roller from the trip rod. 2. With the valve in the FULL OPEN position, locate the OSYSU across the valve yoke as far from the valve gland so that the spring loaded trip rod of the OSYSU is pulled against the non threaded portion of the valve stem. Position the OSYSU with the bracket near the handwheel as shown in Fig. 6 if possible to avoid creating a pinch point between the wheel and the OSYSU. 3. Loosen the locking screw that holds the trip rod in place and adjust the rod length (see Fig. 5). When adjusted properly, the rod should extend past the valve screw, but not so far that it contacts the clamp bar. Tighten the locking screw to 5 in-lbs minimum to hold the trip rod in place and properly seal the enclosure. NOTE: If trip rod length is excessive, loosen the locking screw and remove the trip rod from the trip lever. Using pliers, break off the one (1) inch long notched section (see Fig. 9). Reinstall trip rod and repeat Step 3 procedure. 4. Mount the OSYSU loosely with the carriage bolts and clamp bar supplied. On valves with limited clearance use J-hooks supplied instead of the carriage bolts and clamp bar to mount the OSYSU. 5. Mark the valve stem at the center of the trip rod. 6. Remove the OSYSU. Utilizing a 3/16” or 1/4” diameter straight file, file a 1/8” minimum depth groove centered on the mark on the valve stem. Deburr and smooth the edges of the groove to prevent damage to the valve packing and to allow the trip rod to move easily in and out of the groove as the valve is operated. NOTE: A groove depth of up to approximately 3/16” can make it easier to install the OSYSU so that it does not restore as it rolls over by the threads of the valve stem. 7. Mount the OSYSU on the valve yoke with the spring loaded trip rod of the OSYSU pulled against the valve stem and centered in the groove of the stem. If possible, position the OSYSU with the flat side of the bracket toward the hand wheel, as shown in Fig. 6, to help avoid creating a pinch point between the wheel and OSYSU. When in this preferred mounting position, it is usually best to use the white indicator visible through the window, as illustrated in Fig. 3, to aid in initially locating the OSYSU in the correct position on the yoke. If the unit must be installed inverted with the white indicator no longer easily visible, use the visual indicators of the actuator buttons on the micro-switches, as illustrated in Fig. 1, or the trip rod alignment mark on the bracket, as illustrated in Fig. 2 , to aid in initially locating the OSYSU. 8. Final adjustment can be made by slightly loosening the two screws on the bracket and using the fine adjustment feature (see Fig. 5). The adjustment is correct when the plungers on the switches are depressed by the actuator and there is no continuity between the COM and NO terminals on the switches. 9. Tighten the adjustment screws and all mounting hardware securely (20 in-lbs minimum). Check to insure that the rod moves out of the groove easily and that the switches activate within two turns when the valve is operated from the FULL OPEN towards the CLOSED position. 10. Reinstall the cover and tighten the cover screws to 15 in-lbs minimum to properly seal the enclosure. Small Valve Installation - 1/2” Through 2 1/2” SizesFig 6 A MOUNTING BRACKET B FLAT SCREWDRIVERMICROADJUSTMENTFEATURE CENTER LINE ON ROD ROLLER SLOTTED MOUNTINGHOLES MAY BE USEDFOR FINE ADJUSTMENTOF SWITCH ASSEMBLYTO MOUNTING BRACKET DETAIL A SCALE 1 : 1LEVERS ARE SHOWNIN "SETTING" POSITIONWITH ROLLER LOCATEDIN THE GROOVE ON THEACME THREAD SHAFT DETAIL B SCALE 1 : 1 WHITE LINE THROUGH THERECTANGULAR WINDOWINDICATES "SETTING" POSITIONWITH ROLLER LOCATED IN THEGROOVE ON THE ACME THREADSHAFT Slotted mounting holes and micro-adjustment feature may be used for fine adjustment of switch assembly to mounting bracket. Re-tighten screws to 20 in-lbs minimum. Close the valve fully to determine that the stem threads do not activate the switch. The switch being activated by the stem threads could result in a false valve open indication. 5401525 - REV D • 1/15 PAGE 4 OF 6 Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Tech Support: 866-956-0988 / Customer Service: 866-572-3005 • www.pottersignal.com OSYSU Series Outside Screw and Yoke Valve Supervisory Switch Close the valve fully to determine that the stem threads do not activate the switch. The switch being activated by the stem threads could result in a false valve open indication. A MOUNTING BRACKET B FLAT SCREWDRIVERMICROADJUSTMENTFEATURE CENTER LINE ON ROD ROLLER SLOTTED MOUNTINGHOLES MAY BE USEDFOR FINE ADJUSTMENTOF SWITCH ASSEMBLYTO MOUNTING BRACKET DETAIL A SCALE 1 : 1LEVERS ARE SHOWNIN "SETTING" POSITIONWITH ROLLER LOCATEDIN THE GROOVE ON THEACME THREAD SHAFT DETAIL B SCALE 1 : 1 WHITE LINE THROUGH THERECTANGULAR WINDOWINDICATES "SETTING" POSITIONWITH ROLLER LOCATED IN THEGROOVE ON THE ACME THREADSHAFT Large Valve Installation NOTE: If the valve stem is pre-grooved at 1/8” minimum depth; proceed to step 6. 1. With the valve in the FULL OPEN position, locate the OSYSU across the valve yoke as far from the valve gland so that the spring loaded trip rod of the OSYSU is pulled against the non threaded portion of the valve stem. Position the OSYSU with the bracket near the handwheel as shown in Fig. 7 if possible to avoid creating a pinch point between the wheel and the OSYSU. 2. Mount the OSYSU loosely with the carriage bolts and clamp bar supplied. 3. Loosen the locking screw that holds the trip rod in place and adjust the rod length (see Fig. 5). When adjusted properly, the rod should extend past the valve screw, but not so far that it contacts the clamp bar. Tighten the locking screw to 5 in-lbs minimum to hold the trip rod in place and properly seal the enclosure. NOTE: If trip rod length is excessive, loosen the locking screw and remove the trip rod from the trip lever. Using pliers, break off the one (1) inch long notched section (see Fig. 9). Reinstall trip rod and repeat Step 3 procedure. 4. Mark the valve stem at the center of the trip rod. 5. Remove the OSYSU. Utilizing a 3/8” or ½” diameter straight file, file a 1/8” minimum depth groove centered on the mark on the valve stem. Deburr and smooth the edges of the groove to prevent damage to the valve packing and to allow the trip rod to move easily in and out of the groove as the valve is operated. NOTE: A groove depth of up to approximately 3/16” can make it easier to install the OSYSU so that it does not restore as it rolls over by the threads of the valve stem. 6. Mount the OSYSU on the valve yoke with the spring loaded trip rod of the OSYSU pulled against the valve stem and centered in the groove of the stem. If possible, position the OSYSU with the flat side of the bracket toward the hand wheel, as shown in Fig. 7, to help avoid creating a pinch point between the wheel and OSYSU. When in this preferred mounting position, it is usually best to use the white indicator visible through the window, as illustrated in Fig. 3, to aid in initially locating the OSYSU in the correct position on the yoke. If the unit must be installed inverted with the white indicator no longer easily visible, use the visual indicators of the actuator buttons on the micro-switches, as illustrated in Fig. 1, or the trip rod alignment mark on the bracket, as illustrated in Fig. 2 , to aid in initially locating the OSYSU. 7. Final adjustment can be made by slightly loosening the two screws on the bracket and using the fine adjustment feature (see Fig. 5). The adjustment is correct when the plungers on the switches are depressed by the actuator and there is no continuity between the COM and NO terminals on the switches. 8. Tighten the adjustment screws and mounting hardware securely (minimum 20 in-lbs). Check to insure that the rod moves out of the groove easily and that the switches activate within two turns when the valve is operated from the FULL OPEN towards the CLOSED position. 9. Reinstall the cover and tighten the cover screws to 15 in-lbs minimum to properly seal the enclosure. Fig 7 Slotted mounting holes and micro- adjustment feature may be used for fine adjustment of switch assembly to mounting bracket. Re-tighten screws to 20 in-lbs minimum. Large Valve Installation - 3” Through 12” Sizes 5401525 - REV D • 1/15 PAGE 5 OF 6 Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Tech Support: 866-956-0988 / Customer Service: 866-572-3005 • www.pottersignal.com OSYSU Series Outside Screw and Yoke Valve Supervisory Switch 3.6793.26 5.69144.42 2.7970.87 3.2081.26 4.00101.60 6.19157.23 1.1729.72 2.2557.13 3.0577.47 2.1053.34 .XX = ENGLISH[XX.XX] = METRIC DIMENSIONS APPEARING IN PARENTHESIS [ ]REPRESENTS EQUVALENT IN MILLIMETERS ALL DIMENSIONS FOR REFERENCE ONLY D C B AA B C D CAD GENERATED DRAWING,DO NOT MANUALLY UPDATE SCALE SIZE DWG. NO.D SHEET 1 OF 1 DATEAPPROVALSDRAWN CHECKED TOLERANCES UNLESS SPECIFIEDDECIMALS ANGLES DO NOT SCALE DRAWING 12345678 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 E F E F POTTER ELECTRIC SIGNAL CO. -P. REFIOR - 9/24/2013 -NONE DATA CONTAINED HEREIN SHALL NOT BE USED, DUPLICATED OR DISCLOSED IN WHOLEOR PART OUTSIDE POTTER ELECTRIC, INC. WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SAME. PROPRIETARY DATA OSYSUSUPERVISORY SWITCH(OUTLINE DRAWING) VENDOR CERTIFIES ALL PARTS SUPPLIED FROM THIS DRAWING HAVE BEEN PRODUCEDTO ITS SPECIFICATIONS AND VENDOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY REWORK COSTWHERE SPECIFICATIONS HAVE NOT BEEN MET. VENDOR CERTIFICATION TITLE Dimensions Fig 8 3.6793.26 5.69 144.42 2.7970.87 3.20 81.26 4.00 101.60 6.19157.23 1.1729.72 2.25 57.13 3.05 77.47 2.1053.34 .XX = ENGLISH[XX.XX] = METRIC DIMENSIONS APPEARING IN PARENTHESIS [ ]REPRESENTS EQUVALENT IN MILLIMETERS ALL DIMENSIONS FOR REFERENCE ONLY D C B AA B C D CAD GENERATED DRAWING,DO NOT MANUALLY UPDATE SCALE SIZE DWG. NO.D SHEET 1 OF 1 DATEAPPROVALSDRAWN CHECKED TOLERANCES UNLESS SPECIFIEDDECIMALS ANGLES DO NOT SCALE DRAWING 12345678 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 E F E F POTTER ELECTRIC SIGNAL CO. -P. REFIOR - 9/24/2013 -NONE DATA CONTAINED HEREIN SHALL NOT BE USED, DUPLICATED OR DISCLOSED IN WHOLEOR PART OUTSIDE POTTER ELECTRIC, INC. WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SAME. PROPRIETARY DATA OSYSUSUPERVISORY SWITCH(OUTLINE DRAWING) VENDOR CERTIFIES ALL PARTS SUPPLIED FROM THIS DRAWING HAVE BEEN PRODUCEDTO ITS SPECIFICATIONS AND VENDOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY REWORK COSTWHERE SPECIFICATIONS HAVE NOT BEEN MET. VENDOR CERTIFICATION TITLE Rod fully extended Rod retracted and breakaway section removed 5.69 144.48 2.79 70.87 3.2081.26 4.00 101.60 6.19 157.23 3.67 93.21 1.1729.72 3.04 77.28REF .65 16.39 REF ROD RETRACTED ANDBREAKAWAY SECTIONREMOVED 2.2557.13 3.05 77.47 2.10 53.34 (2) .886 KNOCKOUTS FOR 1/2" ELECTRICAL CONDUIT CONNECTIONS ROD FULLY EXTENDED .XX = ENGLISH[XX.XX] = METRIC DIMENSIONS APPEARING IN PARENTHESIS [ ]REPRESENTS EQUVALENT IN MILLIMETERS ALL DIMENSIONS FOR REFERENCE ONLY D C B AA B C D CAD GENERATED DRAWING,DO NOT MANUALLY UPDATE SCALE SIZE DWG. NO.D SHEET 1 OF 1 DATEAPPROVALSDRAWN CHECKED TOLERANCES UNLESS SPECIFIEDDECIMALS ANGLES DO NOT SCALE DRAWING 12345678 876 5 4 3 2 1 E F E F POTTER ELECTRIC SIGNAL CO. -P. REFIOR - 12/6/2013 -NONE DATA CONTAINED HEREIN SHALL NOT BE USED, DUPLICATED OR DISCLOSED IN WHOLEOR PART OUTSIDE POTTER ELECTRIC, INC. WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SAME. PROPRIETARY DATA OSYSUSUPERVISORY SWITCH(OUTLINE DRAWING) VENDOR CERTIFIES ALL PARTS SUPPLIED FROM THIS DRAWING HAVE BEEN PRODUCEDTO ITS SPECIFICATIONS AND VENDOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY REWORK COSTWHERE SPECIFICATIONS HAVE NOT BEEN MET. VENDOR CERTIFICATION TITLE Cover Tamper Switch (Optional) Ground Screw 1/4”-20 Mounting Hardware Trip Rod (2) ø.886 Knockouts For 1/2” Electrical Conduit Connections Clamp Bar Cover Removed 5401525 - REV D • 1/15 PAGE 6 OF 6 Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Tech Support: 866-956-0988 / Customer Service: 866-572-3005 • www.pottersignal.com OSYSU Series Outside Screw and Yoke Valve Supervisory Switch Breaking Excessive Rod Length Typical Electrical Connections Model Description Stock No. OSYSU-1 Outside Screw & YokeSupervisory Switch (Single switch) 1010102 OSYSU-2 Outside Screw & Yoke Supervisory Switch (Double switch) 1010202 OSYSU-2 CRH Outside Screw & Yoke Supervisory Switch (Double Switch). Corrosion resistant hardware of 316 stainless steel & nickel plated to ASTM B377 Type V Brackets 1010210 Cover Screw 5490424 Hex Key for Cover Screws and Installation Adjustments 5250062 Optional Cover Tamper Switch Kit 0090200 Ordering Information Engineering Specifications: OS&Y Valves UL, CUL Listed / FM Approved and CE Marked valve supervisory switches shall be furnished and installed on all OS&Y type valves that can be used to shut off the flow of water to any portion of the fire sprinkler system, where indicated on the drawings and plans and as required by applicable local and national codes and standards. The supervisory switch shall be NEMA 4X and 6P rated and capable of being mounted in any position indoors or out and be completely submerged without allowing water to enter the enclosure.. The enclosure shall be held captive by tamper resistant screws. The device shall contain two ½” conduit entrances and one or two Single Pole Double Throw (SPDT) switches. There shall be a visual indicator to display the status of the switches. To aid in installation, it shall be possible to make fine adjustments to the position of the switch on the valve without loosening the mounting bracket from the valve. The device shall contain an adjustable length trip rod and roller, the trip rod shall be held captive by a set screw accessible upon removal of the cover. The switch contacts shall be rated at 10A, 125/250VAC and 2A, 30VDC. OS&Y Valve supervisory switch shall be model OSYSU-1 for the single switch model and OSYSU-2 for the two switch model manufactured by Potter Electric Signal Company LLCCOMNCNONONCCOM EOLR TO FIRE ALARM PANEL Fig 9 Fig 10 Fig 11 Outg o i n g Inco m i n g Switch Terminal Connections Clamping Plate Terminal All conduit and connectors selected for the installation of this product shall be suitable for the environment for which it is to be used and shall be installed to the manufacturer’s installation instructions. For NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P installations, the cover screws are recommended to be tightened to 15 in-lbs minimum and the trip rod locking screw tightened to 5 in-lbs minimum to properly seal the enclosure. An uninsulated section of a single conductor should not be looped around the terminal and serve as two separate connections. The wire must be severed, thereby providing supervision of the connection in the event that the wire become dislodged from under the terminal. Failure to sever the wire may render the device inoperable risking severe property damage and loss of life. Do not strip wire beyond 3/8" of length or expose an uninsulated conductor beyond the edge of the terminal block. When using stranded wire, capture all strands under the clamping plate.